Hunan Miluo River Disaster Risk Management and Comprehensive Environment Improvement Project (RRP PRC 53052)

Initial Environmental Examination (DRAFT)

November 2020

People's Republic of China: Hunan Miluo River Disaster Risk Management and Comprehensive Environment Improvement Project Prepared by Pingjiang County Government for the Asian Development Bank.

CURRENCY EQUIVALENTS (as of 28 July 2020)

Currency unit – yuan (CNY) CNY1.00 = €0.1216 or $0.1429

€1.00 = CNY8.2222 or $1.1752

ABBREVIATIONS

ADB - Asian Development Bank LIEC - loan implementation environmental consultant

BOD5 - 5-day biochemical oxygen demand MEE - Ministry of Ecology and Environment CNY - Chinese yuan NDRC - National Development and Reform

Commission COD - chemical oxygen demand NPS - non-point source COVID-19 - coronavirus disease O&M - operation and maintenance CRVA - climate risk vulnerability assessment PCG - Pingjiang County Government CSC - construction supervision company WHO - World Health Organization DI - design institute PCC - public complaint center EEB - ecology and environment bureau PM - particulate matter EHS - environment, health, and safety PMO - project management office EIA - environmental impact assessment PIU - project implementation unit EMA - environmental monitoring agency PPE - personal protective equipment EMP - environmental management plan PRC - People’s Republic of China FSR - feasibility study report SPS - Safeguard Policy Statement FYP - five-year plan TEIA - tabular environmental impact assessment GDP - gross domestic product TrTA - transaction technical assistance GHG - greenhouse gas TSP - total suspended particulate GRM - grievance redress mechanism WBG - World Bank Group IEE - initial environmental examination WRB - Water Resources Bureau LAeq - equivalent continuous A-weighted

sound pressure level WWTP - wastewater treatment plant

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES

oC - degree centigrade m3 - cubic meter dB - decibel m3/a - cubic meter per annum kg/d - kilogram per day m3/d - cubic meter per day km - kilometer mg/l - milligram per liter km2 - square kilometer mg/m3 - milligram per cubic meter kW - kilowatt t - metric ton m - meter t/a - ton per annum mu - 1/15 hectare t/d - ton per day m2 - square meter time/h - time per hour

NOTES

In this report, "$" refers to United States dollars.

This initial environmental examination is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB's Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature. Your attention is directed to the “terms of use” section on ADB’s website. In preparing any country program or strategy, financing any project, or by making any designation of or reference to a particular territory or geographic area in this document, the Asian Development Bank does not intend to make any judgments as to the legal or other status of any territory or area.

Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY I

A. Introduction i B. Environment Baseline iii C. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures iii D. Public Consultation and Grievance Redress Mechanism v E. Climate Change v F. Environment Management Plan vi G. Risks and Key Assurances vi

I. POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK 1

A. ADB Safeguard Policy Statement 1 B. PRC Legislative Framework 1 C. PRC Environmental Impact Assessment Framework and Procedures 3 D. International Agreements 5 E. Assessment Standards for Proposed Project Components 5

II. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT 16

A. Background 16 B. Project Overview 16 C. Project Design 17 D. Associated and Existing facilities 39

III. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 43

A. Physical Setting 43 B. Ecological Resources 46 C. Physical Cultural Resources 60 D. Social and Economic Conditions 60 E. Environmental Quality 61

IV. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 93

A. Project Area of Influence and Sensitive Receptors 93 B. Anticipated Project Benefits and Positive Impacts 94 C. Value-added during the project preparation 95 D. Pre-Construction Phase 96 E. Construction Phase 97 F. Operation Phase 110 G. Indirect, Induced and Cumulative Impacts 119 H. Climate Change and Greenhouse Gas Emissions 120

V. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES 124

A. No Project Alternative 124 B. Alternative Methods of Dredging 124 C. Dredger Types and Appropriate Use 125 D. Alternatives for Embankment Layouts for Subproject 1 127 E. Alternatives for Subproject 6 128

VI. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION AND PARTICIPATION 131

A. Legislative Framework for Public Consultation and Information Disclosure 131 B. Information Disclosure 131 C. First Round Consultation 133

D. Second Round of Consultation 140 E. Future Information Disclosure and Public Consultation Program 141

VII. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM 142

VIII. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 142

IX. ASSURANCES 142

X. CONCLUSIONS 144

ATTACHMENT 1: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 145

A. Objectives 146 B. Institutional Responsibilities 146 C. Summary of Potential Impact and Mitigation Measures 149 D. Environmental Monitoring, Inspection and Reporting 163 E. Institutional Strengthening and Training 169 F. Grievance Redress Mechanism 170 G. Consultation, Participation, and Information Disclosure 173 H. Cost Estimates 174 I. Mechanisms for Feedback and Adjustment 176

ATTACHMENT 2: DRAFT TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL POSITIONS 177

ATTACHMENT 3: COVID 19 – HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN. APPLICATION OF INTERNATIONAL GOOD PRACTICE OHS AT THE WORKPLACE 184

i

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY A. Introduction 1. This initial environmental examination (IEE), including an environmental management plan (EMP), is prepared for the proposed Hunan Miluo River Disaster Risk Management and Comprehensive Environment Improvement Project (the project) in Hunan Province of the People’s Republic of China (PRC). The project will assist the Pingjiang County Government (PCG) to strengthen disaster risk and flood management, improve the environment, including water quality, water supply, sanitation, and livestock waste management, and promote green procurement and eco-farming practices. The IEE has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Asian Development Bank’s (ADB) Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS 2009) (under which the project is classified as Category B for environment safeguards) and environmental impact assessment (EIA) procedures of the PRC, on the basis of seven domestic tabular environmental impact assessment (TEIA) reports, a domestic feasibility study report (FSR), and site investigations and stakeholder discussions. 2. The project outputs are (i) water-related disaster risk management strengthened, (ii) accessibility to safe drinking water and sanitation services enhanced, (iii) circular agriculture for sustainable livestock waste management, and eco-farming demonstrated, and (iv) green procurement practices piloted and environmental education mainstreamed. The PCG is the executing agency. Ten subprojects are proposed (Table ES-1; and see Table II-1 for further details).

Table ES-1: Summary of Subprojects under the Hunan Miluo River Disaster Risk Management and Comprehensive Environment Improvement Project

Subproject Facilities to be built

Subproject 1: Flood prevention and risk management in Miluo River

• 38.93 km of riverbank reinforcement and ecological embankment (including floodways and channels) in 12 townships along Miluo River

• 5.14 km of river dredging to remove polluted sediments and solid waste

• Construction of one drainage pumping station (90 kW capacity)

• Rehabilitation of two drainage pumping stations

• Restoration of 1.6 km sandbanks

• Riparian buffers (riverbank greenbelt and storm drain ditches) from the edge of the riverbank

Subproject 2: Huangjin River National Wetland Park restoration and protection

• Biodiversity protection and monitoring center o Biodiversity protection and monitoring center (floor area: 806.6 m2) and

associated facilities o Solid waste collection and transportation station (20 m2) o Protection equipment (patrol boats and cars, interphones and field tools, and

forest fire protection)

• Public awareness-raising and wetland park protection propaganda

• Wetland monitoring and management

• Habitat restoration and protection o Habitat restoration for bird conservation (242.1 ha), with plantation of about

120,106 native trees o Wetland restoration in Qingmei Bay (0.8 ha), with plantation of about 2,376 native

wetland plants

Subproject 3: Integrated smart disaster risk management

• Rehabilitation of emergency management center in the Emergency Management Bureau

• Institutional coordination for disaster risk management in Pingjiang

ii

Subproject Facilities to be built

system

Subproject 4: Integrated water supply in urban and rural Pingjiang

• Drinking water supply plant (supply capacity 25,000 m3/d) in Northern Pingjiang (Nanjiang Town)

• Drinking water distribution o Water distribution station (10,000 m3 capacity) in Dazhou Township o 61.27 km water supply and distribution pipelines (DN200-DN700)

• 1,063.68 km of water supply pipelines (DN50-DN500) to rural households in 107 villages of 14 town/ships

Subproject 5: Separating rainwater from sewers in urban and rural Pingjiang

• Separating rainwater from sewers in 12 areas in urban Pingjiang – reconstruction and/or expansion of 23.36 km rainwater pipes and 23.16 km domestic wastewater pipes

• Separating rainwater from sewers in 22 towns in rural Pingjiang – reconstruction and/or expansion of 6.31 km rainwater pipes and 45.74 km domestic wastewater pipes

Subproject 6: Rural domestic wastewater treatment and sanitary conditions improvement

• Rural centralized domestic wastewater collection and treatment facilities (capacity between 100-350 t/d) in 21 villages of 11 town/ships, with a total wastewater treatment capacity of 3,300 m3/d

• Wastewater collection and treatment facilities (capacity between 20-100 t/d) for 136 schools in 23 town/ships, with a total wastewater treatment capacity of 5,460 m3/d

• Wastewater collection and treatment facilities (capacity between 5-60 t/d) for 26 health clinics in 20 town/ships, with a total wastewater treatment capacity of 555 m3/d

• Toilet reconstruction (change to flush water toilets) for 59,732 rural households in 464 villages of 24 town/ships

Subproject 7: Sustainable livestock waste management

• Application of livestock wastewater treatment and fertilization model (Model 1) in 77 pig farms (annual production between 500-1,999 hogs) in 16 town/ships (annual treatment capacity of 112,400 tons/a)

• Application of “Energy-Ecological Model (Model 2)” (livestock waste treatment to produce biogas) in 15 pig farms (annual production between 2,000-5,000 hogs) in 8 town/ships (annual treatment capacity of 72,600 tons/a)

• Application of manure composting (Model 3) in one cattle farm and one chicken farm in Wushi Town (annual treatment capacity of 1,760 tons/a)

Subproject 8: Promotion of eco-farming technology and practices

• Eco-farming for rice production piloting (120 ha) in 4 town/ships

• Eco-farming for vegetable production piloting (26.7 ha) in Changshou Town

• Eco-farming for fruits production piloting (40 ha) in Yuanyi Center

• Eco-farming for tea production piloting (842 ha) in 35 villages of 12 town/ships

• Eco-farming for tea camellia production piloting (901.15 ha) in 72 villages of 11 town/ships

• Support and training for farmers’ cooperatives and farmers on good agricultural practices and technology

Subproject 9: Green procurement and environmental education

• Green procurement practices to be piloted in subproject facilities for eco-friendly products

• Mainstream environmental education in the Pingjiang County local educational system

• Develop a green procurement guideline for PCG consideration to achieve environmental protection and plastic reduction objectives in public and private sectors in Pingjiang County

Subproject 10: Institutional and project management capacity building

• Project management and technical support consulting services • Consulting service for developing green procurement guideline

• external environmental monitoring and evaluation

• external monitoring and evaluation of land acquisition and resettlement

• Training for staff and stakeholders in project management and technology PCG = Pingjiang County Government. Source: domestic feasibility study report, June 2020.

iii

B. Environment Baseline 3. Project Location. Pingjiang County is in the northeastern region of Hunan Province, about 115 kilometers (km) northeast of Changsha City, the provincial capital. It covers 24 townships, a provincial industrial park, and a national-level scenic area, with a total land area of 4,125 square kilometers (km2). The total population of Pingjiang County was 1,120,000 in 2018, with urban and rural residents comprising 45% and 55%, respectively. The Miluo River runs through Pingjiang County from east to west, finally discharging to Dongting Lake. The Miluo River is the largest tributary of the Xiang River in northern Hunan Province. 4. Baseline data collection. Baseline surveys, through sampling and analysis, were conducted at 158 locations for establishing baseline conditions for surface water quality, riverbed sediment quality, and noise and air quality. The results documented high exceedances of nitrogen (total nitrogen and ammonia nitrogen) and total phosphorus in surface water quality, especially near the livestock farms. Hydrogen sulfide in the air also show exceedances over national standards near the livestock farms. The results of riverbed sediments documented that the sediments are free of any contamination from pesticides and persistent organic pollutants. High concentrations of cadmium are observed in sediments at one site (which is located outside the proposed dredging areas).

5. Two protected areas are located near subprojects 1 and 2. They are (i) National Pingjiang Section of Miluo River Germplasm Resources Protection Zone in the subproject 1 area and (ii) the Huangjin River National Wetland Park in subproject 2 area.

6. National Pingjiang Section of Miluo River Germplasm Resources Protection Zone. This protected area was established in 2017 and is rich in fishery resources and provides good germplasm resources for aquaculture. It is divided into two zones, core subzone (where spawning, nursery, and wintering grounds are located) and experimental subzone (a buffer zone around the core zone). It includes 77 species of fish (6 orders and 12 families), and the majority of these species are carps. Two of these species are protected, under PRC regulations, for their high economic value, and short supply to the market. They are golden mandarin fish and yellow catfish. None of the fish species in the protected area are listed on the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Red List as threatened.

7. Huangjin River National Wetland Park. About 228 species of vertebrates, including 54 species of fish, 19 species of amphibians, 26 species of reptiles, 112 species of birds, and 17 species of mammals, have been recorded in the park. This does not include any Grade 1 national key protected species but includes 14 Grade 2 protected provincial species. Fifteen species are listed under the IUCN Red List: one mammal, two birds, 11 reptiles, and one amphibian. Flora includes 1,059 species of vascular plants, 38 species of wetland vegetation, and seven types of forest vegetation. The park contains one Grade I protected flora species and five grade II species and one IUCN-listed plant species. C. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures 8. Construction phase. Key risks are: (i) short-term damage to aquatic habitats in the river channels due to the dredging and embankment works; (ii) limited removal of trees and shrubs along short sections of the rivers for the construction of embankments; (iii) short-term alteration of river flow from the temporary installation of drinking water extraction points during construction; and (iv) general impacts associated with civil works such as dust and gaseous dispersion, noise,

iv

construction wastewaters; temporary traffic diversion; soil erosion; worker and community health and safety. The key construction-related risks are from the planned dredging and embankment of river sections within the Miluo River Germplasm Resources Protection Zone, which provides habitat for two protected fish species. These risks relate to high sediment flows, possible release of pollutants from sediments during dredging, and disturbance to spawning habitats.

9. These risks are assessed to be low. All river works will be restricted to July-December and January-March, the time of lowest flow and which is outside of the fish spawning season (April to June). The protected flora in the Huangjin River National Wetland Park will not be affected by the project works, as there are no populations of these species in the planned sites for the park buildings. The protected fauna in the park will also be not affected since the proposed construction works are relatively minor and do not involve the loss of critical habitat. To protect river water quality during construction of embankments and installation sewer pipelines, sediment traps and curtains, and restrictions on the timing of works to avoid the wet season will be implemented. Procedures for appropriate collection and disposal of construction and worker waste will be established. For dust impacts, mitigation measures include installation of barriers, water spray, covering of onsite stockpiles, and design of haulage routes and schedules. Construction and worker waste will be contained and regularly transported offsite. The mitigation measures are given in the EMP. 10. Operational phase. During operational and maintenance (O&M) stages of the subprojects, potential impacts are associated with noise emissions from the pumping stations for water supply and drainage pumps, use of fertilizer for plantation development, sludge and wastewater discharge from the water supply and wastewater treatment plants, solid waste, odor from the waste treatment plant, and occupational health and safety risks to workers. These risks have been minimized to the extent possible through the designs, including the use of low-noise equipment and sealed treatment systems, work safety procedures, response measures in the event of machinery damage or leakage, and routine health checks for workers. The sludge from the drinking water and wastewater treatment plants will be shipped to Pingjiang County sanitary landfill site for disposal. The potential risk that the river works might alter the hydrology (e.g., flow regime or velocities) of the Pingjiang River was also assessed, as this might impact the stability of the river embankments and/or safety of downstream residents. Hydrological modeling confirmed that the river works will not alter seasonal flow regimes or hydrology of the river. In addition, all embankments will be inspected annually and after heavy rainfall or storm events and will be subject to maintenance as needed.

11. The project designs and EMP include the preparation of O&M procedures for each facility, training to staff (including worker health and safety), and emergency response procedures in the event of facility failure (e.g., quick response in the event of a small rural power failure, to ensure facilities continue operating effectively). For six subprojects, air, noise and wastewater quality monitoring programs have been designed. 12. Coronavirus disease outbreak (COVID-19). The outbreak and subsequent global spread of COVID-19 since December 2019 poses new risks and management implications for most regions and projects. For the current project, the extent of COVID-19 in Hunan Province and the project area was reviewed and requirements for a COVID-19 health and safety plan are included in the EMP. Measures include the screening of all project personal prior to admission to project sites and on-site measures for sanitation, emergency response, and the provision of personal protective equipment. 13. Project Benefits. The Project will have positive, long-term benefits for the environment in

v

Pingjiang County and for the rural communities. The beneficiaries will benefit directly through improved flood control measures, wastewater and livestock waste management, river ecological restoration, wetland construction, and landscaping. The expected outcomes of the project for Pingjiang County are: (i) 523,333 people benefit from strengthened climate and disaster resilience, (ii) coverage of rural drinking water supply increased to 90% (2020 baseline: 46%), (iii) wastewater collection and treatment coverage increased to 90% (2020 baseline: 52%), (iv) total chemical fertilizer use is reduced by 10%, (v) about 90% of the livestock waste is treated and applied in agricultural farming, and (vi) about 9,000 new job opportunities (3,464 skilled and 5,537 unskilled) are established. D. Public Consultation and Grievance Redress Mechanism 14. Two rounds of public consultations were conducted. The first comprised the disclosure of project information on the Pingjiang County Government website and a questionnaire survey to 535 households in 25 subdistricts/townships in April and May 2020. The second comprised public meetings with about 250 residents and representatives of local agencies, including a voluntary questionnaire after the meetings (completed by about 212 participants), in June 2020. Prior to the second round of consultation, an updated summary of the project designs and IEE findings was distributed to communities to provide adequate time for residents to read and consider the information. Feedback from consulted villagers and institutions included project support for improving flood protection, water source protection, biodiversity protection, and livelihoods improvement; and at the same time, concerns over potential water pollution, odors, and dust and noise pollution from the planned works. Measures to minimize and mitigate these risks have been incorporated into the project environment management plan (EMP; see below). 15. A project grievance redress mechanism (GRM) has been designed and will be established to receive and facilitate the resolution of complaints during the construction and operation phases. The GRM will include the procedures for receiving grievances, recording/documenting key information, and evaluating and responding to the complainants in a reasonable timeframe. Any concerns raised through the GRM will be addressed quickly and transparently, and without retribution to the affected persons.

E. Climate Change 16. A climate risk vulnerability assessment (CRVA) for the project area was conducted to identify the risk climate change presents to project viability, assuming a design life of 30 years. Projected changes of annual mean temperature under the modeling RCP4.5 and RCP8.5 scenarios for the period 2025–2099 show that there will be substantial warming in the future. The increasing trend for 2015–2099 will be similar to the observed warming trend for 1961–2018, with increases of about 0.13°C/10a (per 10 years) for annual mean temperature, 0.15°C/10a for annual maximum temperature, and 0.12°C/10a for annual minimum temperature under RCP4.5. However, under RCP 8.5, the warming trend will be almost 3 times higher than the warming trend under RCP4.5. The project has included climate change adaptation measures in the designs of embankments, stormwater drainage, and building structures with additional safety measures for flood prevention. The project will result in an increase of 242.9 ha new vegetation, comprising 242.1 ha terrestrial vegetation and 0.81 ha wetland vegetation. The project tree and shrub planting is estimated to result in annual carbon sequestration of about 2,960 tons CO2e. The green procurement of under the project (solar lights and energy-efficient equipment) will reduce greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions annually by 532 tons CO2e, and the livestock waste management will reduce GHG emissions annually by 5,261 tons CO2e. Assuming project GHG emissions of about 2,689 t CO2e per year (Table IV-14), the project will result in a net carbon sink

vi

of 6,084 tons CO2e per year. These levels are below ADB’s threshold of concern for GHG emissions (100,000 tons CO2e per year). F. Environment Management Plan 17. An EMP (Attachment 1) has been developed to ensure: (i) implementation of identified mitigation and management measures to avoid, reduce, mitigate, and compensate for anticipated adverse environmental impacts; (ii) implementation of monitoring and reporting against the performance indicators; and (iii) compliance with the PRC’s relevant environmental laws, standards and regulations and the ADB’s SPS 2009. The EMP includes an environmental monitoring plan to monitor the environmental impacts of the project and assess the effectiveness of mitigation measures, and a capacity building and training program focused on health, safety, and environment. Organizational responsibilities and budgets are clearly identified for implementation, monitoring, and reporting. G. Risks and Key Assurances 18. The PCG has limited experience in the implementation of ADB-funded loan projects and knowledge of ADB safeguard procedures and requirements. This may result in the limited implementation of the project EMP and inadequate operation of the project facilities. These risks will be minimized as follows: (i) appointment of a full-time environment officer in the Project Management Office (PMO) and a minimum one officer respectively in each of the PIUs; (ii) the inclusion of a loan implementation environmental consultant (intermittent inputs) in the loan consulting services; (iii) clear roles and responsibilities of all relevant agencies for EMP implementation, including contractors and construction supervision companies; (iv) capacity building for EMP implementation; and (v) the recruitment of an environmental monitoring agency to implement the external environmental monitoring described in the EMP. Environmental assurances have been developed and agreed with the executing agency and are included in the loan and project agreements.

1

I. POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK 19. This IEE has been prepared following both the PRC’s national and local environmental legal and institutional framework and environmental assessment requirements, and in compliance with environmental safeguards of ADB. A. ADB Safeguard Policy Statement 20. The ADB Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS, 2009) establishes an environmental review process to ensure that projects undertaken as part of programs funded through ADB loans are environmentally sound are designed to operate in line with applicable regulatory requirements and are not likely to cause significant environment, health, social, or safety hazards. Based on the SPS, the project is classified as category “B” for environment safeguards, and an IEE is required. The categorization of “B” is defined by the SPS as: “proposed project’s potential environmental impacts are less adverse and fewer in number than those of category A projects; impacts are site-specific, few if any of them are irreversible, and impacts can be readily addressed through mitigation measures”. 21. During the design, construction, and operation phases of a project, the SPS also requires the borrower to follow environmental standards consistent with “good international industry practice,” as reflected in internationally recognized standards such as the World Bank Group’s Environment, Health and Safety (EHS) Guidelines. 1 The guidelines provide guidance and standards for ambient air quality, air emissions, wastewater, and other variables, and performance indicators and prevention approaches. When host country regulations differ from these levels and measures, the borrower is to achieve whichever is more stringent. If less stringent levels or measures are appropriate given specific project circumstances, the borrower is required to justify any proposed alternatives. B. PRC Legislative Framework 22. The environmental protection and management system in the PRC consist of a well-defined hierarchy of regulatory, administrative and technical institutions. At the top level the People’s Congress of the PRC has the authority to pass and revise national environmental laws; the Ministry of Ecology and Environment (MEE, former Ministry of Environmental Protection) under the State Council promulgates national environmental regulations; and the MEE either separately or jointly with the Administration of Quality Supervision, Inspection and Quarantine issues national environmental standards. Provincial and local governments can also issue provincial and local environmental regulations and guidelines in accordance with the national ones. In addition, national and local five-year environmental protection plans form an important part of the legal framework. 23. The primary national laws and regulations that governed the domestic EIA (DEIA) of the proposed project are in Table I-1.

Table I-1: Applicable PRC Environmental Laws and Administrative Regulations No. Laws/Regulations Year

Issued/Updated

Laws

1 Environmental Protection Law 2015

1 These guidelines can be found at http://www.ifc.org/ehsguidelines

2

No. Laws/Regulations Year Issued/Updated

2 Water Pollution Prevention and Control Law 2017

3 Air Pollution Prevention and Control Law 2018

4 Solid Waste Pollution Prevention and Control Law 2016

5 Noise Pollution Prevention and Control Law 2018

6 Forest Law 2009

7 Water and Soil Conservation Law 2010

8 Water Law 2016

9 Land Administration Law 2019

10 Cleaner Production Promotion Law 2012

11 Environmental Impact Assessment Law 2018

12 Urban and Rural Planning Law 2019

13 Cultural Relics Protection Law 2017

14 Wildlife Protection Law 2018

National Administrative Regulations

1 Regulation on Prevention and Control of Pollution in Protected Areas of Drinking Water Sources

2010

2 Regulation on Urban Drainage and Sewage Treatment 2013

3 Measures for Management of Soil Environment of Agricultural Land (trail) 2017

4 Regulation on Environmental Protection Management of Construction Project 2017

5 Management Measures for Environmental Protection Acceptance of Construction Project

2010

6 Post-evaluation of Environmental Impact for Construction Project 2015

7 Post and In-the-event Supervision of Construction Project on Environmental Protection

2015

8 Provisions on Public Participation in Environmental Impact Assessment 2018

9 Directory of Environmental Impact Assessment Classification for Construction Project

2017

10 Decision on Partially Revise the Directory of Environmental Impact Assessment Classification for Construction Project

2018

11 Regulation on Nature Reserves 2017

12 Regulation on Scenic and Historic Areas 2016

13 Regulation on Protection of Wild Plants 2017

14 Regulation on Pollution Prevention for Large-scale Livestock and Poultry Breeding

2013

15 Interim Measures for the Administration of Aquatic Germplasm Resources Conservation Zones

2011

Hunan Provincial and Yueyang Municipality Regulations

1 Hunan Provincial Environmental Protection Regulation 2019

2 Xiangjiang River Protection Regulation of Hunan Province 2018

3 Hunan Provincial Drinking Water Source Protection Regulation 2017

4 Hunan Provincial Air Pollution Prevention and Control Regulation 2017

5 Hunan Provincial Implementation Measures of “Solid Waste Pollution Prevention and Control Law”

2018

6 Regulation on Wetland Protection of Hunan Province 2005

7 Hunan Provincial Ecological Protection Red Line 2018 Source: ADB TrTA consultants.

24. The implementation of environmental laws and regulations is supported by associated management and technical guidelines (Table I-2).

Table I-2: Applicable Technical Guidelines for Environment

3

No. Technical Guideline Year/Code

1 Technical Guideline on EIA-Outline HJ 2.1-2016

2 Technical Guideline on EIA Regarding Surface Water HJ/T 2.3-2018

3 Technical Guideline on EIA Regarding Atmospheric Environment HJ 2.2-2018

4 Technical Guideline on EIA Regarding Acoustic Environment HJ 2.4-2009

5 Technical Guideline on EIA Regarding Ecological Environment HJ 19-2011

Technical Guidelines on EIA Regarding Groundwater HJ610-2016

6 Technical Specification on Water and Soil Conservation Plan GB 50433-2008

7 Technical Guideline on Environmental Risk Assessment for Construction Project

HJ/T 169-2018

8 Technical Specification for Urban Dust Prevention HJ/T 393-2007

9 Technical Guideline for Construction of Sponge City Jiancheng [2014]275

10 Guideline on Jurisdictional Authorities for Approval of EIAs of Construction Project

2009

11 Surface Water System Function Zoning of Hunan Province DB43/023-2005

12 Technical Guideline on Control Pollution from Agricultural Solid Waste HJ588-2010 Source: ADB TrTA consultants.

25. The national environmental quality standard system that supports and evaluates the implementation of the environmental protection laws and regulations in the PRC is classified into two categories by function: pollutant emission/discharge standards and ambient environmental quality standards. The relevant latest standards applicable to the proposed project are summarized in Table I-3.

Table I-3: Applicable PRC Environmental Standards No. Standard Code

1 Ambient Air Quality Standard GB 3095-2012

2 Surface Water Quality Standard GB 3838-2002

3 Ambient Acoustic Quality Standard GB 3096-2008

4 Groundwater Quality Standard GB/T 14848-93

5 Domestic Drinking Water Quality Standard GB 5749-2006

6 Emission Standards of Ambient Noise for Boundary of Site Noise GB 12523-2011

7 Emission Standard for Industrial Enterprises Noise at Boundary GB 12348-2008

8 Urban Area Environmental Vibration GB 10070-88

9 Integrated Wastewater Discharge Standard GB 8978-1996

10 Integrated Air Pollutants Emission Standard GB 16297-1996

11 Emission Standards for Pollutants in Livestock and Poultry Industry GB18596-2001

12 Pollutant Discharge Standard for Urban Sewage Treatment Plant GB 18918-2002

13 Pollutant Discharge Standard for Rural Domestic Sewage Treatment Facilities of Hunan Province

DB 43_1665-2019

Source: ADB TrTA consultants.

C. PRC Environmental Impact Assessment Framework and Procedures 26. EIA administrative framework. The administrative framework for EIA in the PRC consists of national, provincial, and local (city and county) environmental protection authorities. The national authority is the MEE, which promulgates laws, regulations, administrative decrees, technical guidelines, and environmental quality and emission standards on EIA and pollution prevention and control. At the provincial level, there are ecology and environmental departments (EEDs), which act as gatekeepers for EIA and pollution prevention and control in the provinces. They are delegated the authority by the MEE to review and approve EIA reports for development planning and construction projects, except for projects with national interests and which cross provincial boundaries. The local (city or county level) environmental protection bureaus (EEB)

4

enforce environmental laws and conduct environmental monitoring within city or county limits. Local EEBs can also be delegated the authority to approve EIA reports by the provincial EEDs. EEDs and EEBs are supported by environmental monitoring stations (EMS), which are subsidiaries of EEDs or EEBs and are qualified entities to carry out environmental monitoring. 27. The former Ministry of Environmental Protection’s (MEP’s) “Guideline on Jurisdictional Division of Review and Approval of EIAs for Construction Projects” (2009) defines which construction project EIAs require former MEP review and approval, and which EIAs are delegated to the provincial EEDs. 28. The PRC has a qualification and registration system for EIA, and only qualified and registered institutes and individuals are allowed to prepare EIAs. Under MEP Decree 2015-36, as of 1 November 2015 qualified institutes for conducting EIAs for construction projects in the PRC can no longer be a subsidiary of an environmental authority responsible for approving EIAs. 29. EIA legal framework. EIA is governed by the Environmental Impact Assessment Law (2016), covering EIAs for (i) plans (such as new development areas and new industrial parks) and strategic environmental assessments (SEA), and (ii) construction projects. This was followed by the promulgation of two regulations: the Construction Project Environmental Protection Management Regulation (1998) (item 19) and the Planning Environmental Impact Assessment Regulation (2009) (item 16), both of which require early screening and environmental categorization. 30. EIA procedures. EIA procedures have been established in the PRC for over 20 years. In 2008, former MEP issued “Management Guideline on EIA Categories of Construction Projects” (revised 2017). Under MEE decree, Directory for the Management of Construction Project Environmental Impact Assessment Categorization (MEP Decree 2017-44; updated in 2018) (item 21) provides detailed EIA requirements for 50 sectors and 192 subsectors, and classifies EIAs for construction projects into three categories with different reporting requirements based on the “significance” of potential environmental impact due to the project and the environmental sensitivity2 of the project site, as described in the directory: (i) category A: projects with significant adverse environmental impacts, for which a full EIA report is required; (ii) category B: projects with adverse environmental impacts which are of a lesser degree and/or significance than those of Category A, for which a simplified tabular EIA (TEIA) report is required; and (iii) category C: projects unlikely to have adverse environmental impacts, for which an EIA registration form (EIRF) is required. A full EIA report (category A) and a simplified TEIA report (category B) are similar to ADB’s EIA and IEE reports, respectively. The EIRF is similar to an ADB Category C project. 31. EIA follow-up actions. In 2015, the former MEP issued decree Management Measures for Environmental Impact Post Assessment of Construction Projects (MEP Decree 2015-37,). Under this decree, a trial program was implemented on 1 January 2016 requiring follow-up actions 3 to 5 years after commencement of project operation for large infrastructure and industrial projects or projects located in environmentally-sensitive areas. These actions include environmental monitoring and impact assessment to verify the effectiveness of environmental

2 Environmentally-sensitive areas are defined in the Decree, and include (i) nature reserves and protected areas, scenic

areas, world cultural and natural heritage sites, drinking water source protection zones; (ii) basic farmland and grassland, forest parks, geological parks, important wetland, natural woodland, critical habitats for endangered plant and animal species, important aquatic spawning/nursery/wintering/migration grounds, regions suffering from water resource shortage, serious soil erosion areas, desertification protection areas, eutrophic water bodies; and (iii) inhabited areas with major residential, health care, scientific research, and administration functions, cultural heritage protection sites, and protection areas with historical, cultural, scientific, and ethnic values.

5

protection measures and to undertake any corrective actions that might be needed. The decree also specifies that the institute that did the original impact assessment for the project cannot undertake environmental impact post-assessment for the same project. 32. EIA guidelines. The MEE has issued a series of technical guidelines for preparing EIAs (Table I-2). These include impact assessment guidelines on general EIA implementation and principles, atmospheric environment and ambient air quality, noise, surface water, groundwater, ecology and regional biodiversity, biodiversity monitoring, quality management on environmental monitoring, and public participation. 33. Requirements for the current project. For this project, the domestic EIA requirements comprise the preparation of seven TEIAs for the individual subprojects. The approval agency is the Pingjiang County EEB. D. International Agreements 34. The PRC is a signatory to international agreements relevant to environment protection, including:

(i) Ramsar Convention on Wetlands of International Importance Especially as Waterflow Habitat, December 21, 1975, to stem the progressive encroachment on and loss of wetlands now and in the future, recognizing the wetlands’ ecological functions and their economic, cultural, scientific, and recreational values;

(ii) Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, January 1, 1989, protect the ozone layer by controlling emissions of substances that deplete it;

(iii) Conservation on Biological Diversity, December 29, 1993, to develop national strategies for the conservation and sustainable use of biological diversity;

(iv) Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, 23 February 2005. To further reduced greenhouse gas emissions by enhancing the national programs of developed countries aimed at this goal and by establishing percentage reduction targets for the developed countries;

(v) United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, 21 March 1994, to achieve stabilization of greenhouse gas concentrations in the atmosphere at a low enough level to prevent dangerous anthropogenic interference with the climate system;

(vi) UNESCO Convention Concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural Heritage, 1985. This convention integrates the practice of heritage conservation in the PRC with that being done around the world.

E. Assessment Standards for Proposed Project Components

1. Ambient Environmental Quality Evaluation Standards

a) Ambient Air Quality Standard

35. The PRC ranks air quality into two classes according to its Ambient Air Quality Standard (GB 3095-2012). Class 1 standards apply to special areas such as nature reserves and environmentally sensitive areas, and Class 2 standards apply to all other areas, including urban and industrial areas. The PRC standards for Class 2 areas are applicable to the Project. 36. The World Bank Group adopted the World Health Organization (WHO) standards for its

6

EHS standards for air quality.3 The WHO set up air quality guideline (AQG) standards for various air quality parameters for the protection of public health. Yet recognizing that progressive actions are needed to achieve these standards and the financial and technological limitations of some countries, cities, or localities, especially in developing countries, the WHO also established interim targets as intermediate milestones towards achieving the AQG. Table I-4 compares the PRC’s GB 3095-2012 Class II standards with the World Bank Group’s EHS standards.

Table I-4: Comparison of the PRC’s GB 3095-2012 and World Bank Group EHS Ambient Air Quality Standards (Unit: μg/m3)

No. Item Averaging Period GB 3095-2012

Class 2

World Bank Group EHS

Interim Targets AQG

1 SO2

1-year 0.06 n/a n/a

24-hour 0.15 0.050-0.125 0.020

1-hour 0.50 n/a n/a

2 PM10 1-year 0.10 0.030-0.070 0.020

24-hour 0.15 0.075-0.150 0.050

3 PM2.5

1-year n/a 0.015-0.035 0.010

24-hour 0.15 0.0375-0.075 0.025

1-hour 0.35 n/a n/a

4 NO2

1-year 0.04 n/a 0.040

24-hour 0.08 n/a n/a

1-hour 0.20 n/a 0.200

5 CO 24-hour 4.0 n/a n/a

1-hour 10.0 n/a n/a

6 O3 Daily maximum 8-hour average 0.1 n/a n/a

1-hour 0.16 n/a n/a AQG = air quality guideline, EHS = Environment, Health and Safety. Source: WHO Air Quality Guidelines (2006) in IFC EHS Guidelines (2007), and PRC GB 3095-2012.

37. Class 2 standards of 24-hour SO2 (0.15 mg/m3) and PM2.5 (0.15 mg/m3) are higher than the upper limit of the World Bank Group’s interim standards (0.125 mg/m3 and 0.075 mg/m3 respectively); while 24-hour PM10 (0.15 mg/m3) and 1-hour NO2 (0.20 mg/m3) are the same as the upper limit of the World Bank Group’s upper limit of interim standard and guideline standard, respectively. Overall, the PRC standards show a high degree of equivalency to the WHO guidelines or interim target values and are adopted for use in the Project.

b) Surface Water 38. For water quality assessment, the determining standard is PRC’s Environmental Quality Standards for Surface Water (GB 3838-2002). It defines five water quality categories for different environmental functions. Category I is the best suitable for headwaters and National Nature Reserves. Category II is suitable for drinking water sources in Class I protection areas, habitats for rare aquatic organisms, breeding grounds for fish and crustaceans, and feeding grounds for juvenile fish. Category III is suitable for drinking water sources in Class II protection areas, wintering grounds for fish and crustaceans, migration. There are no applicable World Bank EHS guidelines for water quality in this context, and the PRC standard is adopted for use in this IEE report. The United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) standards for some of the parameters are listed in Table I-5 for reference.

3 World Health Organization. 2005. WHO air quality guidelines global update 2005. Report on a Working Group

meeting, Bonn, Germany, 18-20 October 2005.

7

Table I-5: Surface Water Ambient Quality Standard (unit: mg/L, pH is dimensionless)

Parameter

GB 3838-2002 UNEP standard

Category Category

I II III IV V High Integrity (Category 1)

Extreme Impairment (Category 4)

pH 6 - 9 6 - 9 6 - 9 6 - 9 6 - 9 6.5 - 9.0 <5

Dissolved oxygen (DO) [mg/L] 90% saturation

or ≥7.5 ≥6 ≥5 ≥3 ≥2 7.3-10.9 3 or >13.6

Permanganate index (IMn) [mg/L] ≤2 ≤4 ≤6 ≤10 ≤15 - -

Chemical oxygen demand (COD) [mg/L]

≤15 ≤15 ≤20 ≤30 ≤40 - -

5-day Biochemical oxygen demand (BOD5) [mg/L]

≤3 ≤3 ≤4 ≤6 ≤10 -- >10

Ammonia nitrogen (NH3-N) [mg/L] ≤0.15 ≤0.5 ≤1.0 ≤1.5 ≤2.0 0.015 0.1

Total phosphorus (as TP) [mg/L] ≤0.02 ≤0.1 ≤0.2 ≤0.3 ≤0.4 <0.02 >0.190

Lakes & reservoirs ≤0.01 ≤0.025 ≤0.05 ≤0.1 ≤0.2 <0.01 >0.125

Total nitrogen (lakes, reservoirs, as TN) [mg/L]

≤0.2 ≤0.5 ≤1.0 ≤1.5 ≤2.0 <0.5 >2.5

Copper (Cu) [mg/L] ≤0.01 ≤1.0 ≤1.0 ≤1.0 ≤1.0 0.001 0.0025

Zinc (Zn) [mg/L] ≤0.05 ≤1.0 ≤1.0 ≤2.0 ≤2.0 0.008 0.05

Fluoride (as F-) [mg/L] ≤1.0 ≤1.0 ≤1.0 ≤1.5 ≤1.5 - -

Selenium (Se) [mg/L] ≤0.01 ≤0.01 ≤0.01 ≤0.02 ≤0.02 - -

Arsenic (As) [mg/L] ≤0.05 ≤0.05 ≤0.05 ≤0.1 ≤0.1 0.01 0.15

Mercury (Hg) [mg/L] ≤0.0005 ≤0.0005 ≤0.0001 ≤0.001 ≤0.001 0.00005 0.001

Cadmium (Cd) [mg/L] ≤0.001 ≤0.005 ≤0.005 ≤0.005 ≤0.01 0.00008 0.001

Chromium (Cr, hexavalent) [mg/L] ≤0.01 ≤0.05 ≤0.05 ≤0.05 ≤0.1 0.001 0.04

Lead (Pb) [mg/L] ≤0.01 ≤0.01 ≤0.05 ≤0.05 ≤0.1 0.002 0.005

Cyanide (CN) [mg/L] 0.005 ≤0.05 ≤0.2 ≤0.2 ≤0.2 - -

Volatile phenol [mg/L] ≤0.002 ≤0.002 ≤0.005 ≤0.01 ≤0.1 - -

Total petroleum hydrocarbon (TPH) [mg/L]

≤0.05 ≤0.05 ≤0.05 ≤0.5 ≤1.0 - -

Anionic surfactant [mg/L] ≤0.2 ≤0.2 ≤0.2 ≤0.3 ≤0.3 - -

Sulfide [mg/L] ≤0.05 ≤0.1 ≤0.2 ≤0.5 ≤1.0 - -

Fecal coliform bacteria [number/L] ≤200 ≤2000 ≤10000 ≤20000 ≤40000 - -

Source: PRC GB3838-2002 and UNEP standard.

c) Groundwater

39. PRC’s Groundwater Water Ambient Quality Standard (GB/T14848-2017) also defines a number of water quality categories for different environmental functions. Category I mainly reflects the natural low background content of groundwater chemical components and is suitable for various purposes. Category II mainly reflects the natural background chemical contents and is suitable for a variety of applications. Category III is based on the human health benchmark value and is mainly suitable for centralized drinking water sources and industrial and agricultural uses. In addition to agricultural and some industrial uses, Category IV groundwater can also be used as drinking water source after appropriate treatment. Category V groundwater cannot be used as drinking water source. The Category III standard is applicable to the project region (Table I-6). There is no equivalent standard recommended in the EHS Guidelines, and the PRC standard is adopted for use in the Project.

Table I-6: Groundwater Quality Standard for Category III (unit: mg/L, pH is dimensionless)

No. Item Category III No. Item Category III

1 pH 6.5-8.5 15 Nitrate≤ 20

2 Total Hardness ≤ 450 16 Nitrite≤ 0.02

3 KMnO4 Index≤ 3.0 17 NH4≤ 0.2

8

No. Item Category III No. Item Category III

4 Sulfate≤ 250 18 Fluoride≤ 0.05

5 Chloride≤ 250 19 Hg≤ 0.001

6 Iron (Fe) 0.3 20 Se≤ 0.01

7 Managnese (Mn) 0.1 21 As≤ 0.05

8 Copper (Cu) 1.0 22 Cd≤ 0.01

9 Zinc (Zn) 1.0 23 Cr6+≤ 0.05

10 Molybdenum (Mo) 0.1 24 Fecal coliform (a/L) ≤ 3.0

11 Cobalt (Co) 0.05

12 Volatile Phenol 0.002

13 Anionic surfactant≤ 0.3 Source: PRC GB/T14848-2017.

d) Acoustic Environment

40. The Ambient Acoustic Environment Standard (GB 3096-2008) categorizes five functional areas based on their tolerance to noise pollution: from Class 0 to Class 4. Class 0 is for areas with convalescent facilities that are the least tolerant of noisy environments and therefore have the most stringent day and night-time noise standards. Class 1 is for areas predominated by residential areas, hospitals and clinics, educational institutions and research centers. Class 2 is for areas with mixed residential and commercial functions. Class 3 is for areas with industrial production and storage and logistics functions. Class 4 is for regions adjacent to traffic noise sources such as major roads and highways and is subdivided into 4a and 4b with the former applicable to road and marine traffic noise and the latter applicable to rail noise. Standards for various functional area categories and are compared with the World Bank Group’s EHS guidelines, as listed in 41. Table I-7. This shows that the World Bank Group has lower noise limits for residential, commercial and industrial mixed areas but higher noise limits for industrial areas and night time noise near trunk roads. For this proposed project, Class 0 standard is applicable for the areas within the Huangjindong River National Wetland Park. Class 2 standard is the applicable PRC standard for the rural area and residential communities; however this is less stringent than the EHS standard. Therefore, the EHS standard is applied for the project activities in rural areas as well as for communities in the urban areas.

Table I-7: Environmental Quality Standards for Noise (Equivalent Sound Level: LAeq: dB)

Noise Functional Area Category

Applicable Area

GB 3096-2008

World Bank Group EHS4

Day Night Day Night

0 Areas needing extreme quiet, such as convalescence areas

50 40

55 45 1 Area mainly for residence, cultural and educational institutions

55 45

2 Residential, commercial and industrial mixed area

60 50

3 Industrial area 65 55

70 70 4a

Area on both sides of urban road traffic trunk line

70 55

EHS = Environment, Health and Safety. Source: WHO Noise Quality Guidelines (1999) in IFC EHS Guidelines (2007), and PRC GB3096-2008.

e) Soil and River Sediments

4 World Bank Group 2007, ibid.

9

42. In 2018, the MEE released two standards for soil contamination risk management based on usage. The GB 15618-2018 replaced the previous GB15618-1995 that setting threshold to safeguard agroforestry production. The PRC does not have quality standards for sediments in waterways such as rivers, lakes, reservoirs and the sea. However, it is common practice to adopt the Control Standards for Pollutants in Sludge from Agricultural Use (GB 4284-84) to assess sediment quality. The rationale being that the physical nature of river sediment is similar to sludge. Table I-8 presents both GB 15618-2018 (soil) and GB 4284-84 (sludge for agricultural use) standards. 43. The WBG does not have EHS standards for soil and sediment quality. For this EIA, the Contaminated Sites Management Series-Assessment levels for Soil, Sediment and Water5 of Western Australia is applied as a recognized international standard. This guideline lists generic assessment levels adopted by the Department of Environment and Conservation and provides guidance on the application of assessment levels to determine whether a site is potentially contaminated and whether further investigation is required. This guideline contains health investigation level and ecological investigation level as screening assessment levels. If the screening assessment levels are exceeded, further risk assessment is required to determine whether the levels present are likely to pose an actual risk in the site-specific setting. As the GB 15618-2018 set more stringent limit, the GB 15618-2018 is applicable standard of the project.

Table I-8: List of Soil and Sediment Standard Limits

Parameter

Maximum Allowable Concentration (mg/kg dry weight) Western Australia standard

(EIL)

GB 15618-2018 (trial)* GB 4284-84 (Sludge for

Agricultural Use)

Soil pH <5.5 5.5-6.5 6.5-7.5 >7.5 <6.5 ≥6.5

Cadmium (Cd) Paddy 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.8

5 20 3

Others 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6

Mercury (Hg) Paddy 0.5 0.5 0.6 1.0

5 15 1

Others 1.3 1.8 2.4 3.4

Arsenic (As) Paddy 30 30 25 20

75 75 20

Others 40 40 30 25

Copper (Cu) Orchard 150 150 200 200

250 500 100

Others 50 50 100 100

Lead (Pb) Paddy 80 100 140 240 300 1000 600

Others 70 90 120 170

Chromium (Cr VI)

Paddy 250 250 300 350 600 1000

400

Others 150 150 200 250

Zinc (Zn) 200 200 250 300 500 1000 200

Nickel (Ni) 60 70 100 190 100 200 60

Boron (B, soluble) --- --- --- --- 150 150

DDT 0.1 --- --- 0.5

666 (Lindane) 0.1 --- --- 0.5

Mineral oil --- --- --- --- 3000 3000

Benzo(a)pyrene 0.55 3 3 1 *The revised standards are relatively new (see Chapter I) and still being trialled on a national basis. They may be subject to further refinement. EIL = Enviroment Impairment Liability. Source: PRC GB 15618-2018 and GB 4284-84, and Australia (EIL).

5 Department of Environment and Conservation. 2010. https://www.der.wa.gov.au/images/documents/your-environment/contaminated-sites/guidelines/2009641_-_assessment_levels_for_soil_sediment_and_water_-_web.pdf

10

2. Discharge Standards for Construction and Operation Activities

a) Air Pollutant Emissions 44. Fugitive emission of particulate matter (such as dust from construction sites) is regulated under PRC ‘s Integrated Air Pollutants Emission Standard (GB 16297-1996), which sets 120 mg/m3 as the maximum allowable emission concentration and ≤ 1.0 mg/m3 as the concentration limit at the boundary of construction sites, with no specification on the particular matter’s particle diameter. Odor from the wastewater treatment stations and solid waste transfer stations should follow the Malodorous Pollutant Emission Standard (GB 14554-93). The maximum allowable concentrations at the boundary of the sites for NH3, H2S and odor are 1.5 mg/m3, 0.06 mg/m3, and “20” (dimensionless). There are no equivalent EHS targets.

b) Wastewater Discharge 45. Discharge of wastewater from construction sites is regulated under PRC ‘s Integrated Wastewater Discharge Standard (GB 8978-1996). Class I standards apply to discharges into Category III water bodies under GB 3838-2002. Class II standards apply to discharges into Categories IV and V water bodies. Class III standards apply to discharges into municipal sewers going to municipal wastewater treatment plants (WWTPs) with secondary treatment.

Table I-9: Integrated Wastewater Discharge

Parameter

Class I Class II Class III

For discharge into Category III water body

For discharge into Category IV and V water bodies

For discharge into municipal sewer

pH 6–9

SS mg/L 70 150 400

BOD5 mg/L 20 30 300

COD mg/L 100 150 500

TPH mg/L 5 10 20

Volatile phenol mg/L 0.5 0.5 2.0

NH3-N mg/L 15 25 ---

PO42- (as P) mg/L 0.5 1.0 ---

LAS (= anionic surfactant) mg/L

5.0 10 20

Source: PRC GB 8978-1996.

46. The Hunan Provincial Department of Ecology and Environment and the Hunan Provincial Market Supervision Bureau jointly issued the Hunan Province’s “Water Pollutant Discharge Standards for Rural Domestic Sewage Treatment Facilities (DB 43/1665-2019)”, which is officially implemented on March 31 2020 and applicable for facilities with a scale of less than 500 m3/d. When the effluent is charged into the Category III water body (except the designated drinking water source protection area and the swimming area) and the scale is between 10 to 500 m3/d, the Class I standard of DB 43/1665-2019 will be implemented. If the scale is smaller than 10 m3/d, the Class II standard is applicable. When the effluent is charged into Category IV and/or Category V water bodies, the Class II standard is applicable for the facilities with capacity between 10 to 500 m3/d. If the capacity is smaller than 10 m3/d, the Class III standard will be enforced.

47. WBG’s General EHS Guidelines set out indicative values for treated sanitary sewage discharge. The comparison with PRC’s DB 43/1665-2019 in Table I-10 showed overall the DB 43/1665-2019 has more stringent allowable limits except for the total nitrogen so that the DB

11

43/1665-2019 is adopted for the project, but the emission of total nitrogen also shall comply with WBG’s EHS guidelines.

Table I-10: Water Pollutant Discharge Standards for Rural Domestic Sewage Treatment

Facilities

Parameter DB 43/1665-2019 WBG EHS

Guidelines Class I Class II Class III

pH 6–9

SS mg/L 20 30 50 50

BOD5 mg/L 20 30 300 30

CODcr mg/L 60 100 120 125

NH3-N b mg/L 8 (15)a 25 (30)a N/A

TNb 20 N/A 10

TPb mg/L 1 3 2

Oil and greasec mg/L 3 5 10 EHS = Environment, Health and Safety. Note: a-The value outside the brackets is the control index when the water temperature is ≥12 °C, and the value inside the brackets is the control index when the water temperature is ≤12 °C; b-it is applied when the receiving water body is enclosed or the nitrogen/phosphorus exceeded the standard already. c-it is applied when the influent contains wastewater from catering services. Source: DB 43/1665-2019 and World Bank EHS Guidelines.

48. The sewage from medical institutions shall comply with Table I-11 of the “Water Pollutant Emission Standards for Medical Institutions” (GB18466-2005). The WBG’s EHS Guidelines for Health Care Facilities has effluent guidelines for direct discharge of treated effluents to surface waters but no pretreatment effluent standard.6 The WBG’s EHS Guidelines for heavy metals prevail for this project as it sets out more stringent limits. For other pollutant indicators, the GB 18466-2005 is applied.

Table I-11: Water Pollutant Emission Standards for Medical Institutions Pollutant GB 18466-2005 (for medical wastewater) (mg/l) WBG EHS

Guidelines To municipal sewage treatment network

Direct to the surface water

pH 6-9 6-9 6-9

SS 60 20 50

BOD5 100 20 50

CODcr 250 60 250

NH3-N N/A 15 N/A

Cadmium (Cd) 0.1 0.1 0.05

Chromium (Cr) 1.5 1.5 0.5

Lead (Pb) 1.0 1.0 0.1

Mercury (Hg) 0.05 0.05 0.01

Oil and grease 20 5 10

Number of fecal coliforms (MPN/L) 5000 500 4000

Total residual chlorine Contact time: greater than 1 hour; outlet of contact tank: 2-8 mg/L; Contact time: greater than 1 hour; outlet of contact tank: 3-10 mg/L

N/A

EHS = Environment, Health and Safety, MPN = most probable number. Source: PRC GB18466-2005 and World Bank EHS Guidelines.

6 https://www.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/topics_ext_content/ifc_external_corporate_site/sustainability-at-ifc/policies-

standards/ehs-guidelines#IndustryEHS

12

49. For the effluents from the livestock waste management facilities (subproject 7), it shall comply with the Agricultural Irrigation Water Quality Standards (GB5084-2005), and other indicators not mentioned in this standard shall implement the standards in Table 4 of the Pollution Emission Standard for Livestock and Poultry Industry (GB18596-2001). The WBG’s EHS standard for Mammalian Livestock Production is the applicable international standard. The comparison is indicated in Table I-12 that the WBG’s EHS standard has more stringent requirements on SS, BOD5, TN, and fecal coliform that will be adopted in this project.

Table I-12: Wastewater Pollutant Emission Limits for Livestock Farms Item pH SS

(mg/L) COD

(mg/L) BOD5

(mg/L) TN

(mg/L) NH3-N (mg/L)

Volatile phenol

Ascaris eggs

Fecal coliform (MPN/100 mL)

GB5084-2005, GB18596-2001)

5.5-8.5 100 200 100 / 80 1 2.0/L 1000

World Bank Group EHS 6-9 50 250 50 10 / / / 400 EHS = Environment, Health and Safety, MPN = most probable number. Source: PRC GB5084-2005, GB18596-2001, and World Bank EHS Guideline.

c) Noise Emissions

50. The noise will be assessed against the standards in Emission Standards of

Ambient Noise for Boundary of Construction Site (GB 12523-2011) during construction period and Class II of Emission Standard for Industrial Enterprises Noise at Boundary (GB 12348-2008) during operation period ( 51. Table I-13).

Table I-13: Noise limits for Construction and Operation Activities (Unit: Leq [dB (A)])

Period Major Noise Source Noise Limit

Day Night

Construction Bulldozer, excavators and loader; pile driving machines; concrete mixer, vibrator and electric saw; hoist and lifter

70 55

Operation Pumps 60 50 Source: GB 12348-2008.

d) Vibration

52. Construction activities are likely to cause vibration impact, and should comply with the Standard for Urban Area Environmental Vibration (GB 10070-88). The details are shown in Table I-14. The project works are located on villages and communities, where standard 2 applies.

Table I-14: Vertical Vibration Standard Value for Various Urban Areas (Unit: dB) Scope of applicable area Day Night

Special residential area 65 65

Residential, cultural and educational area 70 67

Mixed area and commercial center 75 72

Industrial centralized area 75 72

Both sides of traffic trunk line 75 72

Both sides of railway main line 80 80 Source: PRC GB 10070-88.

e) Solid Waste

13

53. The sludge from medical wastewater treatment station are identified as hazardous wastes. The packing, storage, and transportation of hazardous waste is subject to the requirements of Hazardous Waste Storage Pollution Control Standard (GB 18597-2001), Technical Specification on Hazardous Waste Collection and Transportation (HJ 2025-2012) and WBG EHS Guidelines for Health Care Facilities. The Safe Management of Wastes from Health Care Activities: A Summary by WHO,7 also highlights the key aspects of safe health care waste management to guide facility managers and practitioners. The sludge from medical wastewater treatment stations shall comply with Table 4 of Water Pollutant Discharge Standard for Medical Institutions (GB 18466-2005) that the fecal coliforms number shall be less than 100 MPN (most portable number)/g and the ascaris eggs mortality shall be greater than 95%.

3. Other Relevant Standards 54. The project includes North Water Treatment Plant (WTP). Operation of the WTP and quality of the treated water to be supplied to residents will require compliance with the PRC Drinking Water Quality Standard (GB5749-2006), in which 106 parameters must be met (Table I-15).

Table I-15: Drinking Water Quality Standards (GB5749-2006) No. Parameter Standard

Routine Parameter of Drinking Water Quality

Microbiological parameter

1 Total coliform (MPN/100ml or CFU/100ml) LD

2 Thermotoletant coliform (MPN/100ml or CFU/100ml) LD

3 Escherichia Coli (MPN/100ml or CFU/100ml)

4 Total plant count (CFU/ml) 100

Toxicological parameter

5 Arsenic (As, mg/L) 0.01

6 Cadmium (Cd, mg/L) 0.005

7 Chromium Hexavalent (Cr 6+, mg/L) 0.05

8 Lead (Pb, mg/L) 0.01

9 Mercury (Hg, mg/L) 0.001

10 Selenium (Se, mg/L) 0.01

11 Cyanide (CN-, mg/L) 0.05

12 Fluoride (mg/L) 1.0

13 Nitrate (mg/L) 10

14 Trichloromethane (mg/L) 0.06

15 Carbon tetrachloride (mg/L) 0.002

16 Bromate (when O3 is applied) (mg/L) 0.01

17 Formaldehyde (when O3 is applied) (mg/L) 0.9

18 Chlorite (when ClO2 is applied) (mg/L) 0.7

19 Chlorate (when compound chlorine dioxide is applied) (mg/L) 0.7

Sensory Properties and General Chemical Parameter

20 Chromaticity (Unit of platinum cobalt color) 15

21 Turbidity (diffusing turbidity unit) NTU 1

22 Odor and Taste No odor, no taste

23 Appearance None

24 pH 6.5≤X<8.5

25 Aluminum (Al, mg/L) 0.2

26 Iron (Fe, mg/L) 0.3

7 WHO, 2017. Safe Management of Wastes from Health Care Activities: A Summary. Geneva. https://www.who.int/water_sanitation_health/publications/safe-management-of-waste-summary/en/,

14

No. Parameter Standard

27 Manganese (Mn, mg/L) 0.1

28 Copper (Cu, mg/L) 1.0

29 Zinc (Zn, mg/L) 1.0

30 Chloride (Cl-, mg/L) 250

31 Sulfate (SO4-mg/L) 250

32 TDS (mg/L) 1000

33 Total Hardness (CaCO3) (mg/L) 450

34 CODMn (mg/L) 3

35 Volatile phenols (phenol) (mg/L) 0.002

36 LAS (mg/L) 0.3

Radioactivity Parameter8

37 Total α radioactivity (Bq/L) 0.5

38 Total β radioactivity (Bq/L) 1

Non-Routine Parameter

Microbial indicators

39 Giardia cysts (count/10L) <1

40 Cryptosporidium oocysts (count/10L) <1

Toxicological parameter (mg/L)

41 Antimonium (Sb, mg/L) 0.005

42 Barium (Ba, mg/L 0.7

43 Beryllium (Be, mg/L) 0.002

44 Boron (B, mg/L) 0.5

45 Molybdenum (Mo, mg/L) 0.07

46 Nickel (Ni, mg/L) 0.02

47 Silver (Ag, mg/L) 0.05

48 Thallium (Ti, mg/L) 0.0001

49 Cyan chloride (CN- mg/L) 0.07

50 Chlorodibromomethane (mg/L) 0.1

51 Bromodichloromethane (mg/L) 0.06

52 Dichloroacetic acid (mg/L) 0.05

53 1,2-dichloroethane (mg/L) 0.03

54 Dichloromethane (mg/L) 0.02

55 THMs 1

56 1,1,1 - trichloroethane (mg/L) 2

57 Trichloroacetic acid (mg/L) 0.1

58 Trichloroaldehyde (mg/L) 0.01

59 2,4,6- trichlorophenol (mg/L) 0.2

60 Bromoform (mg/L) 0.1

61 Heptachlor (mg/L) 0.0004

62 Malathion (mg/L) 0.25

63 PCP (mg/L) 0.009

64 HCH (total amount, mg/L) 0.005

65 Hexachlorobenzene (mg/L) 0.001

66 Dimethoate (mg/L) 0.08

67 Parathion (mg/L) 0.003

68 Bentazone (mg/L) 0.3

69 Parathion-methyl (mg/L) 0.02

70 Chlorothalonil (mg/L) 0.01

71 Carbofuran (mg/L) 0.007

72 Lindane (mg/L) 0.002

73 Chlopyrifos (mg/L) 0.03

8 Radionuclide phase analysis is conducted if radioactivity value exceeds limits, to determine if the water is drinkable.

15

No. Parameter Standard

74 Glyphosate (mg/L) 0.7

75 DDVP (mg/L) 0.001

76 Arazine (mg/L) 0.002

77 Deltamethrin (mg/L) 0.02

78 2, 4 - dichlorobenzene oxygen ethanoic acid (mg/L) 0.03

79 Dichloro-diphenyl-dichlorothane (mg/L) 0.001

80 Ethylbenzene (mg/L) 0.3

81 Dimethylbenzene (mg/L) 0.5

82 1,1- dichloroethylene(mg/L) 0.03

83 1,2- dichloroethylene(mg/L) 0.05

84 1,2- dichlorobenzene(mg/L) 1

85 1,4- dichlorobenzene(mg/L) 0.3

86 Trichloroethylene(mg/L) 0.07

87 Trichlorobenzene(mg/L) 0.02

88 Hexachlorobutadiene(mg/L) 0.0006

89 Acrylamide (mg/L) 0.0005

90 Tetrachloroethylene (mg/L) 0.04

91 Toluene (mg/L) 0.7

92 DEHP (mg/L) 0.008

93 ECH (mg/L) 0.0004

94 Benzene (mg/L) 0.01

95 Styrene (mg/L) 0.02

96 Benzopyrene (mg/L) 0.00001

97 Chloroethylene(mg/L) 0.005

98 Chlorobenzene(mg/L) 0.3

99 Microcystin-LR(mg/L) 0.001

Physical Properties and General Chemical parameters (mg/L)

100 Ammonia Nitrogen (NH3-N, mg/L) 0.5

101 Sulfide (S, mg/L) 0.02

102 Sodium (Na, mg/L) 200 CFU = Colony forming unit, MPN = Most Probable Number. Source: PRC GB5749-2006.

16

II. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT A. Background 55. The PRC government has prioritized rural vitalization to improve livelihoods and sustainable rural development and address widespread issues of environmental pollution. ADB is supporting the PRC to strengthen rural waste management, agriculture modernization, rural industries and public services, and knowledge support and capacity development. Hunan is one of the poorest provinces in the PRC. Among the counties in Hunan, Pingjiang has been progressively improving its economic conditions. Since March 2019, Pingjiang County was no longer declared as a national poverty county. However, the average economic figures cannot totally reflect the real situation. Around 9,345 people are still classified as very poor and living below the poverty line. Around 6,372 urban and 22,526 rural residents are among the low-income families who continue to receive basic living allowances from the government. Women comprise an increasing proportion of residents in rural areas due to the out-migration of men, and there are limited job opportunities for women. 56. The Government of the PRC requested ADB to provide lending support to assist Pingjiang County in pollution control, water resources management, environmental improvement, and wastewater treatment, applying lessons learned from related projects, including deploying innovative solutions and best practices for pollution control and environmental management. Since the executing agency PCG, and implementing agency PMO and PIUs, are not familiar with ADB’s project preparation requirements, it is necessary to provide a TrTA to help the PCG prepare the project that complies with ADB’s requirements and includes best international practices. B. Project Overview 57. The Project comprises four outputs (i) water-related disaster risk management strengthened, (ii) accessibility to safe drinking water and sanitation services enhanced, (iii) circular agriculture linked sustainable livestock waste management and eco-farming demonstrated, and (iv) green procurement practices and environmental protection public awareness-raising piloted. The overall outcome of the Project will be the improvement of the rural living environment in Pingjiang County. The project outputs are given in Table II-1 and summarized below. 58. Output 1: Water-related disaster risk management strengthened. This output will mitigate the potential impact of flooding on people’s livelihoods and property, and the socio-economic consequences resulting from flood events. This output includes (i) construction of 38.9 km ecological embankment and/or riverbank reinforcement in 12 towns along Miluo River in Pingjiang County to control flooding events; (ii) establishment of riparian buffers from the edge of riverbank by using nature-based solutions to control water and soil losses; (iii) restoration and protection of Huangjin River National Wetland Park to enhance biodiversity conservation, increase flood storage and water quality purification capacity as well as to promote environmental education; and (iv) establishment of an integrated smart disaster risk management system for early warning to inform disaster-related decision-making and improved institutional coordination. 59. Output 2: Accessibility to safe drinking water and sanitation services enhanced. This output will improve the quality of life for both urban and rural communities in Pingjiang County. This output includes (i) construction of a drinking water supply plant and supply of safe drinking water to 107 villages in 14 towns; (ii) separation of rainwater from sewers in urban and rural Pingjiang County to prevent the overflow of sewer systems during rainy periods; (iii)

17

establishment of concentrated rural wastewater treatment services for rural households in 21 villages of 12 towns and public facilities (in 136 schools and 26 health clinics); and (iv) upgrading of rural toilets for 59,732 households and connecting these to wastewater collection systems in 464 villages of 24 towns. Among which, items (i) – (iii) will be undertaken by KfW through parallel co-financing. 60. Output 3: Circular agriculture for sustainable livestock waste management and eco-farming demonstrated. This output will demonstrate circular agricultural practices in the management of livestock waste and produce organic fertilizer for eco-farming demonstration farms, to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, enhance soil fertility, increase crop yield and sustainability. This output includes (i) carrying out livestock waste treatment in livestock farms prior to soil application, to significantly reduce non-point source pollution into waterbody; and (ii) establishment of 1,930 hectares demonstration farms to pilot eco-farming techniques, such as soil conservation, soil testing and fertilizer recommendations (4R principles), organic fertilizer application, integrated pest management, and other climate-resilient farming practices to promote sustainable agricultural development. 61. Output 4: Green procurement practices piloted and environmental education mainstreamed. This output includes (i) piloting green procurement practices under the project’s activities; (ii) developing green procurement guidelines for selected categories of goods and services to promote, implement, and monitor green procurement practices in two key sectors (agriculture/eco-farming and education); (iii) mainstreaming environmental education in the local educational system; and (iv) improving overall environmental literacy of Pingjiang County residents by engaging students’ families and local communities in environmental education and outreach activities. C. Project Design 62. The Project will be implemented through 10 subprojects, and locations of the townships where the subprojects will be implemented are given in Table II-2 and Figure II-1. Location maps of subprojects, where civil works will be carried out, are given in the following subsections.

18

Figure II-1: Location of Subprojects

19

Table II-1: Summary of Subprojects under the Project No. Subproject Major Activities

Output 1: Water-related disaster risk management strengthened This output will mitigate the potential impact of flooding, the vulnerability of people and property, and the consequences that result from flood events. The output includes (i) construction of 38.93 km ecological embankment and/or riverbank reinforcement in 12 town/ships along Miluo River in Pingjiang to regulate flooding events; (ii) establishment of riparian buffers from the edge of riverbank by using nature-based measures to control water and soil losses; (iii) restoration and protection of Huangjin River National Wetland Park to maintain biodiversity; and (iv) application of an integrated smart disaster risk management system for the objectives of early warning and disaster-related decision making.

1.

Flood prevention and risk management in Miluo River

1. 38.93 km of riverbank reinforcement and ecological embankment (including floodways and channels) in 12 town/ships along Miluo River

2. 5.14 km of river dredging to remove polluted sediments and solid waste 3. Construction of one drainage pumping station (90 kW capacity) 4. Rehabilitation of two drainage pumping stations 5. Restoration of 1.6 km sandbanks 6. Rehabilitation of two culvert gates 7. Riparian buffers (riverbank greenbelt and storm drain ditches) from the edge of

riverbank

2.

Huangjin River National Wetland Park restoration and protection

1. Biodiversity protection and monitoring center • Biodiversity protection and monitoring center (floor area: 806.6 m2) and

associated facilities • Solid waste collection and transportation station (20 m2) • Protection equipment (patrol boats and cars, interphones and field tools,

and forest fire protection) 2. Public awareness-raising and wetland park protection propaganda

• Park protection education gallery (floor area: 119.6 m2) and associated facilities

• Bird watching tower (floor area: 37.3 m2) and associated facilities • Information display systems and facilities • Capacity building to park management staff (200 person times, PTs) and

public awareness-raising training to communities (300 PTs) 3. Wetland monitoring and management

• Wetland monitoring equipment (4 binoculars, monocular telescope, 50 AIR wildlife cameras, 20 Global Positioning System (GPS) trackers for birds and wild animals, 4 multirotor drones, 3 cameras and 11 lens, 4 tablets, 4 handheld laser altimeters and 4 handheld laser rangefinders)

• Wetland monitoring and management system (including data collection and control system)

4. Habitat restoration and protection • Habitat restoration for bird conservation (242.1 ha), with plantation of

about 120,106 native trees • Wetland restoration in Qingmei Bay (0.8 ha), with plantation of about

2,376 native wetland plants

3.

Integrated smart disaster risk management system

1. Rehabilitation of emergency management center in Emergency Management Bureau

2. An integrated smart disaster risk management information system • Unmanned aerial vehicle- (UAV-) based sensor web monitoring system • Online water quality monitoring system • Online hydrology monitoring system • Remote forest fire prevention video surveillance system • Geological disaster monitoring and warning system • Online mine monitoring system • Online tailings monitoring system

20

No. Subproject Major Activities

3. Software purchasing 4. Data purchasing, collection and analysis 5. Training to staff for the system operation, maintenance and software

application 6. Institutional coordination for disaster risk management in Pingjiang

Output 2: Accessibility to safe drinking water and sanitation services enhanced This output will improve the quality of life for both urban and rural communities in Pingjiang. The output will (i) construct one drinking water supply plant and supply safe drinking water to 107 villages in 14 town/ships; (ii) separate rainwater from sewers in urban and rural Pingjiang to prevent the overflow of sewer systems during rainy periods; (iii) establish concentrated rural wastewater treatment services for rural households in 20 villages of 12 town/ships and public facilities (136 schools and 26 health clinics); and (iv) upgrade rural toilets for 59,732 households and connect to wastewater collection systems in 464 villages of 24 townships.

4.

Integrated water supply in urban and rural Pingjiang

1. Drinking water supply plant (water supply capacity 25,000 m3/d) in Northern Pingjiang (Nanjiang Town)

2. Drinking water distribution • Water distribution station (10,000 m3 capacity) in Dazhou Township • 61.27 km water supply and distribution pipelines (DN200-DN700)

3. 1,063.68 km of water supply pipelines (DN50-DN500) to rural households in 107 villages of 14 town/ships

5.

Separating rainwater from sewers in urban and rural Pingjiang

1. Separating rainwater from sewers in 12 areas in urban Pingjiang – reconstruction and/or expansion of 23.36 km rainwater pipes and 23.16 km domestic wastewater pipes

2. Separating rainwater from sewers in 22 town/ships in rural Pingjiang – reconstruction and/or expansion of 6.31 km rainwater pipes and 45.74 km domestic wastewater pipes

6.

Rural domestic wastewater treatment and sanitary conditions improvement

1. Rural centralized domestic wastewater collection and treatment facilities (capacity between 100-350 t/d) in 21 villages of 11 town/ships, with a total wastewater treatment capacity of 3,300 m3/d

2. Wastewater collection and treatment facilities (capacity between 20-100 t/d) for 136 schools in 23 town/ships, with a total wastewater treatment capacity of 5,460 m3/d

3. Wastewater collection and treatment facilities (capacity between 5-60 t/d) for 26 health clinics in 20 town/ships, with a total wastewater treatment capacity of 555 m3/d

4. Toilet reconstruction (change to flush water toilets) for 59,732 rural households in 464 villages of 24 town/ships

Output 3: Circular agriculture linked sustainable livestock waste management and eco-farming piloted This output will demonstrate circular agricultural practices in the management of livestock waste and produce organic fertilizer for eco-farming demonstration farms, to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, enhance soil fertility, increase crop yield and sustainability. The output includes (i) carry out livestock waste treatment in 62 villages of 19 town/ships prior to soil application, to significantly reduce non-point source pollution into waterbody; and (ii) establish 1,830 ha demonstration farms in 41 villages of 17 town/ships to pilot eco-farming techniques, such as soil conservation, soil testing and fertilizer recommendations (4R principles9), organic fertilizer application, integrated pest management and other climate-resilient farming practices, to promote sustainable agricultural development.

7. Sustainable livestock waste

1. Application of livestock wastewater treatment and fertilization model (Model 1) in 77 pig farms (annual production between 500-1,999 hogs) in 16 town/ships (annual treatment capacity of 112,400 tons/a)

9 Right amount, right type, right time, right place.

21

No. Subproject Major Activities

management • Dry manure collection systems • Sewage (liquid manure) and rainwater separation systems • Septic tanks and digestate storage tanks • Oxidation ponds. The liquid digestate will be utilized for irrigation water for

agriculture, but this distribution may be intermittent. The oxidation ponds will therefore have a temporary storage capacity for at least 60 days worth of processed liquid.

2. Application of “Energy-Ecological Model (Model 2)” (livestock waste treatment to produce biogas) in 15 pig farms (annual production between 2,000-5,000 hogs) in 8 town/ships (annual treatment capacity of 72,600 tons/a) • Solid manure collection tanks and liquid manure (sewage) collection tanks • Biogas system (including reactors, biogas cleaning, storage and utilization

system) • Digestate settling tanks and oxidation ponds

3. Application of manure composting (Model 3) in one cattle farm and one chicken farm in Wushi Town (annual treatment capacity of 1,760 tons/a) • Solid-liquid separation machines • Sewage (liquid manure) and rainwater separation systems • Composting facilities • Sewage storage tanks

8.

Promotion of eco-farming technology and practices

1. Eco-farming for rice production piloting (120 ha) in 4 town/ships • 53.3 ha for double-season rice plantation • 26.7 ha for rice-fish farming • 40 ha for rice-crayfish farming

2. Eco-farming for vegetable production piloting (26.7 ha) in Changshou Town • 13.3 ha of open field vegetable • 13.3 ha of greenhouse vegetable

3. Eco-farming for fruits production piloting (40 ha) in Yuanyi Center • 24 ha for pear orchards • 16 ha for grapes

4. Eco-farming for tea production piloting (842 ha) in 35 villages of 12 town/ships • Construction of 637.7 ha of tea garden • Rehabilitation of 204.3 ha of tea garden

5. Eco-farming for tea camellia production piloting (901.15 ha) in 72 villages of 11 town/ships • Construction of 789.51 ha of tea camellia garden • Rehabilitation of 11.6 ha of tea camellia seedling nursery garden

6. Support and training for farmers’ cooperatives and farmers on good agricultural practices and technology

Main construction activities including:

• Land leveling and farm access roads • Drainage ditches and water-conserving facilities • Greenhouses • Seedling plantation and nursery • Sustainable farming techniques (integrated pest control, soil testing and

fertilizing recommendations, fertigation, use of organic fertilizer and soil improvement)

Output 4: Green procurement practices and environmental protection public awareness raising piloted This Output will (1) promote the application of eco-friendly products in ADB financed activities at selected sites by taking into account the life cycle costs; (2) mainstreaming environmental education in the Pingjiang County local educational system; (3) developing a green procurement guideline for PCG

22

No. Subproject Major Activities

consideration to achieve environmental protection and plastic reduction objectives in public and private sectors in Pingjiang County.

9. Green procurement

1. Green procurement practices to be piloted in subproject facilities for eco-friendly products

2. Mainstreaming environmental education in the Pingjiang County local educational system • Establish an environmental protection exhibition center (450 m2), including

the Past, the Present and the Future, three sections • Essay contest for the topic of “Practice Green Concept, Walking with

Environmental Protection” • Speech contest for the topic of “Green Homeland in My Heart” • Contest for ideas of “Green Innovations” • Environmental protection campaign for “Green Homeland • Beautiful

Pingjiang” and launching ceremony for “Green Development Actions in Pingjiang County”

• Green education lectures and text books for schools and local communities

• Select demonstration families through “Small Hands Holding Big Hands, Development of Green and Harmonious Families” activities

• Promoting recycling of text books in schools • Election of “Green Guards” in schools • Promoting solid waste separation and reduction and establish “Green

Development Center” in 36 schools • Piloting “Green Schools” • Public awareness raising in green development, forest protection, wild

animal protection, water resources protection, eco-farming and wetland protection, jointly with local government agencies

• Encourage students to participate in the voluntary tree planting activities • Public awareness raising program for the protection of “Miluo River – My

Mother River” 3. Develop a green procurement guideline for PCG

10.

Institutional and project management capacity building

1. Project management and technical support consulting services 2. Consulting service for developing green procurement guideline 3. external environmental monitoring and evaluation 4. external monitoring and evaluation of land acquisition and resettlement 5. Training for staff and stakeholders in project management and technology

PCG = Pingjiang County Government, PMO = Project Management Office. Source: domestic feasibility study reports, June 2020.

23

Table II-2: Project Locations by Subproject

Source: domestic feasibility study reports, May 2020.

Output

Subproject No. 2 3 4 5 7 9 10

Urban

section

Rural

section

Rural

HouseholdsSchools

Health

clinics

Toilet

reconstruction

Rice,

vegetable

and fruits

TeaTea

camellia

Chengguan Town Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

An'ding Town Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Fushoushan Town Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Sanshi Town Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Jiayi Town Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Changshou Town Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Mujin Township Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Longmen Town Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Hongqiao Town Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Nanjiang Town Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Banjiang Township Y Y Y Y Y Y

Meixian Town Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Dazhou Township Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Wengjiang Town Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Wukou Town Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Wushi Town Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Xiangjia Town Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Sanyang Township Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Tongshi Town Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Yuping Town Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Sandun Township Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Shangtashi Town Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Shiniuzhai Town Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Cenchuan Town Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Yuanyi Center Y Y Y Y Y Y

Output 4

Sustainable

livestock waste

management

Output 1 Output 2 Output 3

1 6 8

Green procurement

and environmental

education

Institutional and

project management

capacity building

Flood prevention and

risk management in

Miluo River

Rural domestic wastewater treatment and

sanitary conditions improvement

Promotion of eco-farming

technology and practices

Town/ship

Huangjin River

National

Wetland Park

restoration and

protection

Integrated

Smart

Disaster Risk

Management

System

Integrated

water supply

in urban and

rural Pingjiang

Separating

rainwater from

sewers in

urban and rural

Pingjiang

24

1. Subproject 1: Flood Prevention and Risk Management in Miluo River

63. Subproject 1 will be implemented in 14 urban sections of Chengguan and Sanyang towns, and 12 rural sections of Pingjiang county (see Figure II-2 for urban sections and Figure II-3 for rural sections). 64. The flood embankments are designed for a 20-year return flood (5% reoccurrence) in the urban area of Pingjiang County and the industrial park in Wukou town. The embankments are designed for a 10-year return flood (10% reoccurrence) for Jiayi, Sanshi and Wukou towns. The embankments for protection of farmland of Xiejiang and Changshou towns are designed for 10-year return flood. The waterlogging control criteria in Pingjiang county and Wushi Town are 10% reoccurrence (P = 10%), and the maximum 24-hour rainstorm is drained within 24 hours. The criteria for waterlogging control in Jiayi Town, Sanshi Town and Wukou Town are 20% recurrence (P = 20%) and maximum 24 hours drainage. Sanshi Town, Xiejiang Town, Changshou Town and other farmland protection circle waterlogging control criteria is 20% recurrence (P = 20%), three days of heavy rain is drained to the crop’s resistant depth at the end of three days.

Figure II-2: Location of Subproject 1 in Urban Sections

25

Figure II-3: Location of Subproject 1 in Rural Sections 65. The main construction contents of this Project include flood control, waterlogging protection, ecological embankment protection, river dredging, sandbank restoration, culvert pipe passing through embankment, and drainage pumping station renovation and reconstruction.

Table II-3: Description of Activities in Subproject 1

No. Code Name Activities description

Peak discharge (m3/s)

1 Ua_01 Mijiang Br. To Mishui Br.

2.67 km length of River channel training, left bank dike 2.65 km, right bank dike 2.77 km; Yangyuanzhou, dredging of left river channel of 1.10km, and revetment of 1.93km, 10 culverts

3957-4353

2 Ua_02 Huaqiao

dike of 1.7 km with a buffer zone of riparian vegetation; 3 new road-bridge; new 380 m corridor; new 2 dike-through pipelines, and 5 culverts

3996-4394

3 Ua_03 Jinsha Island

reinforce the whole bank (1.6 km), using Gabion foot protection and porous concrete to facilitate revegetation (termed “ecological concrete”)

3996-4394

4 Ua_04 Siqian Flood control design and ecological restoration on both sides

3996-4394

5 Ua_05 Pingjiang Br. To Yanjiatan Br. Beach and bank improvement 4179-4593

6 Ua_06 Yanjiatan Br. To Chengpingao ecological restoration on both sides 4179-4593

7 Ua_07 Chengtan to Sima Dike improvement of 1,673 m, 876 m, and 937 m, and ecological restoration

4179-4593

26

No. Code Name Activities description

Peak discharge (m3/s)

8 Ub_01 Yingjiachong river channel harness 0.78 km, left bank dike 0.70 km, right bank dike 0.69 km, and 3 culverts

38-42

9 Ub_02 Lusushan new dike 1.2 km, and revetment 166-184

10 Ub_03 Lijiaduan river channel harness 1.48 km, left bank dike 1.33 km, right bank dike 1.45 km, and 7 culverts

99-110

11 Ub_04 Xianjiang river channel harness 2.39 km, left bank dike 1.845 km, right bank dike 2.08 km, and 5 culverts

577-632

12 Ub_05 Fengshuhe New embankment revetment on both sides 3.39 km; river dredging 1.69 km with buffer zone of riparian vegetation on both banks

73-81

13 Ub_06 Yanganqiao New embankment revetment on both sides 2.605 km; river dredging 1.4 km with buffer zone of riparian vegetation on both banks

57-63

14 Uc_01 Tianyu Square Pump automation updating /

15 Uc_02 Luojialong Pump design discharge 0.4 m3/s installed power

90kw（3*30 kw，2 used and 1 standby） /

16 Uc_03 Huangshazhou Pump automation updating /

17 R_01 Longmen left bank, revetment, 0.8 km 618-667

18 R_02 Dongpingshan right bank, river channel harness, 0.88 km 1321-1429

19 R_03 Baoquan right bank, revetment, 1.0 km 1792-1938

20 R_04 ChangshouTown right bank, revetment, 2.54 km 2222-2412

21 R_05 Xianchong right bank, revetment, 1.34 km 2818-3034

22 R_06 Baobai left bank, river channel harness, 1.5 km 2907-3136

23 R_07 Zhongxian right bank, river channel harness, 1.0km, revetment 68 m, 2 pumps updating, and 2 galleries to river

2907-3136

24 R_08 Taxing new masonry retaining wall 558 m, new ecological revetment 558m

3346-3616

25 R_09 Panshi New masonry retaining wall 2185 m, new ecological revetment 2185 m

3680-3985

26 R_10 Wukou Left bank 1.034 km, strengthening and revetment

3764-4047

27 R_11 Wushi Left bank 0.617 km, strengthening and revetment; 2 culverts

3787-4096

28 R_12 Yuanyi Center Left bank 0.771 km, strengthening and revetment

3791-4100

Source: domestic feasibility study report, May 2020.

66. Different embankment types will be designed tailored to the topographical conditions, flood control requirements, and surrounding environment in each subproject. Typical cross-sections are presented in Figures II-4 and 5. Hard embankments are minimized to reduce intervention to natural environment.

27

Figure II-4: Schematic of Typical Cross Section of Embankments for the River Sections in

the Urban Areas

Figure II-5: Schematic of Typical Cross Section of Embankments for the River Sections in

the Rural Areas

2. Subproject 2: Huangjin River National Wetland Park Restoration and Protection 67. Subproject 2 will be implemented in Changshou town in Huangjin River National Wetland Park (Figure II-6). The main activities include wetland monitoring and management; habitat restoration and protection; and provision of biodiversity protection and monitoring center; public awareness-raising and wetland park protection propaganda; and sustainable tourism development as presented in Table II-4.

Table II-4: Summary of Activities in Subproject 2 Category Main activity

Protection and monitoring building

• Biodiversity protection and monitoring center (floor area: 806.6 m2) and associated facilities

• Solid waste collection and transportation station (20 m2)

• Protection equipment (patrol boats and cars, interphones and field tools, and forest fire protection)

Public awareness-raising and wetland park protection propaganda building

• Park protection education gallery (floor area: 119.6 m2) and associated facilities

• Bird watching tower (floor area: 37.3 m2) and associated facilities

• Ecological public toilet, with wheelchair accessibility

• Information display systems and facilities

• Capacity building to park management staff (200 person times, PTs) and public awareness-raising training to communities (300 PTs)

Wetland monitoring and management

• Wetland monitoring equipment (4 binoculars, monocular telescope, 50 AIR wildlife cameras, 20 GPS trackers for birds and wild animals, 4 multirotor drones, 3 cameras and 11 lens, 4 tablets, 4 handheld laser altimeters and 4 handheld laser rangefinders)

28

Category Main activity

• Wetland monitoring and management system (including data collection and control system)

Habitat restoration and protection

• Habitat restoration for bird conservation (242.1 ha), with plantation of about 120,106 native trees

• Wetland restoration in Qingmei Bay (0.8 ha), with plantation of about 2,376 native wetland plants

Sustainable tourism development

• Environmental education corridor for demonstration of environmental knowledge for visitors

• Bird watching tower

• Training and capacity building Source: domestic feasibility study report, May 2020.

Figure II-6: Location of Subproject 2

68. Conservation and Management Capacity Improvement: a new biodiversity monitoring and protection center will be built in Shazhouzui. The park management service area covers an area of 806.6 m2 with two stories. The project includes the purchase of office and patrol and fire protection equipment for the protection and management station, building a garbage station of 20 m2 and purchasing supporting facilities; and providing management capacity improvement training and community training for 500 people. 69. Science Popularization and Education: a bird watching tower (multi-layer frame structure, 37.3 m2) will be built at Fuzhou Tiemen Station and purchase supporting equipment; build a science popularization corridor (single-story frame structure, 119.6 m2); build an ecological public toilet (27 m2); purchase facilities for science propaganda.

70. Public awareness-raising and wetland park protection propaganda will be highly promoted through the development of public education programs and eco-tourism. The wetland park could provide monitoring data for both government management and scientific research. Moreover, the various wildlife, such as birds and fish, could also draw extensive attention to the public, especially to students, which will raise the awareness of wetland biodiversity and eco-environment protection.

71. Wetland Monitoring and Management System: The objective of the monitoring program is to improve wetland biodiversity protection. The wetland biodiversity monitoring capabilities will be improved by purchasing monitoring equipment: video cameras, environmental monitoring

29

equipment (for weather data and water quality), and drones. The wetland monitoring management system includes wetland monitoring information management system platform, wetland management control center, data collection system, network transmission and power supply and other front-ends systems. Databases will be linked within a GIS system. Monitoring will focus on biodiversity in the wetland park, such as terrestrial animals, aquatic organisms, wild plants, and invasive species. The indicators will include population quantity and structure, habitat, feeding, distribution, and so on. At the same time, land usage, water environment, and weather conditions will be monitored and recorded regularly.

72. The information management system platform will be constructed based on the Client/Server + Browser/Server system, and database servers and web-based servers will be equipped. All data will be transported to the data information center of Huangjin River National Wetland Park through the Research and Monitoring specific web line, then these data could be shared through VPN visiting pathway. Then, the modern wetland monitoring and assessment system will be established to collect and present information to the public. The wetland monitoring and assessment system will be set up, and the obtained monitoring data, such as land usage, water quality, and biodiversity, will be stored and analyzed in the information central of Huangjin River National Wetland Park. These data will be used by the public who are interested in wetland ecology protection.

73. During the project implementation, the monitoring will be performed twice a year, the starting point and the four boundaries of the sample plots will be fixed, and the starting point of the sample strip will be permanently marked: each of the monitoring sample strips varies from 2 to 3 kilometers. The monitored area is a square of 20m × 20m, recording the regularity of the number of birds, fish, beasts, amphibians and reptiles; the types and quantities of aquatic plants; the types, quantities and distribution of harmful species.

30

Figure II-7: Framework of monitoring and management information platform 74. Habitat Protection and Restoration: This subproject aims to restore biodiversity, expand the distribution and habitat area of birds, and improve and restore the original fragmented bird habitat. Based on the available environmental conditions for habitat restoration at present, the project will restore 242.1 ha of forest bird habitat and 0.8 ha of wetland habitat. The species selected for habitat configuration are common local species and dominant species, which can provide food for birds while increasing biodiversity. 75. In addition, the wetland ecosystem in Qingmei Bay will be restored by planting local aquatic vegetation. These plants provide safe habitat and food for birds, and will also improve landscape diversity, benefitting biodiversity and eco-tourism. The species selected for habitat configuration are common local species and dominant species, which can provide food for birds while increasing biodiversity.

31

Table II-5: Configuration of ecological environment restoration for Huangjin River National Wetland Park Suitable

engineering project

Configuration of plants Soil preparation Replanting Sapling specification Species of trees

(grass) Mixed mode and

proportion Method Specification Plant/ha. Method Time

Sapling kind

Specification

Restoration for forest habitat of birds

Cinnamomum camphora

Mixed proportion: 3:2:2:2, mixed by strips, mixed by groups or mixed naturally

Tillage by digging pits

50×50×40

150

Seedling 1-2 months

Container seedling

2 years and above

Diospyros glaucifolia 100 Cerasus 100 Ilex chinensis Sims 100

Restoration for forest habitat of birds

Cyclobalanopsis glauca Oerest Mixed proportion:

3:2:2:2, mixed by strips, mixed by groups or mixed naturally

Tillage by digging pits

50×50×40

150

Seedling 1-2 months

Container seedling

2 years and above

Pyrus calleryana 100 Diospyros kaki var. Silvestris

100

Sapium sebiferum 100

Restoration for forest habitat of birds

Castanopsis sclerophylla Mixed proportion: 3:3:2:1, mixed by strips, mixed by groups or mixed naturally

Tillage by digging pits

50×50×40

150

Seedling 1-2 months

Container seedling

2 years and above

Sloanea sinensis 150 Elaeocarpus japonicus 100 Moraceae 50

Restoration of ecological environment of wetland

Pterocarya stenoptera

Mixed by groups or mixed naturally

Tillage by digging pits

50×50×40, ploughing depth

over 30cm

300

Planting 1-6 months

Bare rooted seedling

2 years and above

Typha orientalis 400 Seed stem

Without pests Colocasia antiquorum 300 Seed stem Oenanthe javanica 1000 Seed stem Hydrilla verticillata 1000 Seed stem

Source: domestic feasibility study reports, May 2020.

32

3. Subproject 3: Integrated smart disaster risk management system

76. Through information communication technology and big data analysis, the integrated smart disaster risk management system will improve the ability of monitoring, prevention, improve the level of disaster risk emergency command and rescue to realize the intelligent disaster risk management and response-ability. The integrated smart disaster risk management system has the following features. First, the system will make full use of the internet of things, remote sensing, video recognition, mobile Internet and other advanced technologies to provide a comprehensive integrated monitoring network. Second, improve monitoring of pollution ‘hot spots’ in the river basin e.g., tailing ponds, to support management. Third, integrate disaster risk monitoring and control of emergency, natural resources, water conservancy, forestry, meteorology and other government system and asset. The establishment of this smart information system mainly includes information resource planning and database, application support system, business application system, data processing and storage system design, terminal selection and interface design, network, security, and backup system design. 4. Subproject 4: Integrated Water Supply in Urban and Rural Pingjiang 77. Subproject 4 will provide treated water to 107 villages of 14 towns of Pingjiang county, through construction of:

(i) One drinking water supply plant, Nanjiang (daily water supply capacity of 25,000 m3/d) in Northern Pingjiang (Nanjiang Town). The major structures of the proposed Nanjiang water supply plant include grid and water distribution tank, flocculation sedimentation tank, air-water backwash sand filter, wastewater tank, dosing room and substation room and maintenance warehouse. The treatment process is presented in Figure II-6.

(ii) One water distribution station (total effective volume of 10,000 m3), in Dazhou Township.

(iii) 61.27 km water supply and distribution pipelines (DN200-DN700). (iv) 1,063.68 km of water supply pipelines (DN50-DN500) to rural households in 107

villages of 14 town/ships.

Figure II-8: Process Diagram for Nanjiang Water Supply Plant.

33

5. Subproject 5: Separating Rainwater from Sewers in Urban and Rural Pingjiang 78. The scope of the subproject includes stormwater and wastewater drainage upgrading in 12 blocks of Pingjiang County urban area with a reconstruction of 26.22 km pipes, stormwater, and wastewater network construction in the 22 towns with a total length of 52.055 km. The location of the proposed works is shown in Figure II-9 and Figure II-10.

Figure II-9: Location of Subproject 5 (in Urban Areas)

34

Figure II-10: Location of Subproject 5 (in Rural Areas)

6. Subproject 6: Rural Domestic Wastewater Treatment and Sanitary Conditions

Improvement

79. Subproject 6 will comprise the construction of: (i) 21 wastewater treatment facilities to service 21 villages (one per village) (total capacity of all 21 facilities will be 3,300 m3/d), (ii) 136 small, on-site wastewater treatment facilities installed at rural schools with more than 200 teachers and students (with a total treatment capacity of 5,460 m3/d), (iii) 26 small, on-site wastewater treatment facilities installed at rural health clinics (with a total capacity for all 26 facilities of 555 m3/d). The medical waste from these health clinics will be disposed at a certified medical waste disposal center (Section II.D), and (iv) renovation of 59,732 rural household toilets (to upgrade basic, unimproved toilet systems to sanitary, flushing systems with attached septic tanks). These toilets cover households in all of the towns, townships, and villages that will also receive new or upgraded water treatment supply facilities (Table II-2). The design process is shown in Figures II-11 to II-13. 80. The wastewater treatment process for the 21 wastewater treatment facilities is shown in Figure II-11. The influent will be treated to Class II of Hunan Province Water Pollutant Discharge Standard for Rural Domestic Sewage Treatment Facilities (DB 43/1665-2019) then discharged to the water bodies nearby.

35

Figure II-11: Process Diagram for Wastewater Treatment Process of the Wastewater Treatment Facilities for Villages

81. The wastewater treatment process for rural schools is illustrated in Figure II-12. The influent will be treated to Class II of Hunan Province Water Pollutant Discharge Standard for Rural Domestic Sewage Treatment Facilities (DB 43/1665-2019) then discharged after treatment into existing drains and eventually to enter nearby streams or rivers.

Figure II-12: Process Diagram for Wastewater Treatment Process for Rural Schools

82. The wastewater treatment process for rural health clinics is illustrated in Figure II-13. The influent will be treated to Water Discharge Standard for Medical Institutions (GB18466-2005) then discharged via drains to nearby streams and rivers.

Figure II-13: Process Diagram for Wastewater Treatment Process of Rural health clinics

83. Household toilets. The existing non-sanitary toilets and ordinary sanitary toilets is proposed changing to flushing toilets. Wastewater is treated by four-grid tank (three-grid septic tank + small-scale constructed wetland).

36

Figure II-14: Four-grid Tank Diagram

7. Subproject 7: Livestock Waste Management

84. This sub-project mainly provides environmentally-friendly control of livestock manure resources in 94 large and medium-sized farms in 19 towns of Pingjiang County, including indoor water-saving improvement, separated stormwater, and sewage, dry and wet separation. Dry manure, as raw materials, will be collected and transported to the organic fertilizer plants. The target annual treatment capacity of livestock and poultry manure is 193,600 tons, the annual output of farm manure is 19,800 tons, the annual output of biogas is 992,800 Nm3, and the annual output of biogas liquid is 137,100 m3. 85. Different technological process is selected considering the scale of the farm:

(i) The large-scale farms with an annual production of less than 2,000 heads (77 farms): choose the treatment mode of manure and fertilizer utilization, mainly to solve the problem of uncontrolled discharge of sewage in the field, and to compost the sewage by using certain farmland, forest land, barren mountains, etc.

37

Figure II-15: Process flow chart of fertilizer utilization model for pig farms

(ii) Large-scale farms with more than 2,000 heads per year (15 farms): choose the mode

of energy utilization of manure, mainly through the biogas. The biogas is used for power generation or use by farmers in the field and surrounding areas, biogas residue produces organic fertilizer, biogas slurry will be used to produce organic nutrient solution.

Figure II-16: Process flow chart of energy utilization model for pig farm

(iii) Large-scale cattle farms and large-scale chicken farms (2 farms): select the mode of

manure compost utilization, and after the livestock and poultry manure is fermented by aerobic compost, it will be used on the farmland or processed to produce organic fertilizer.

38

Figure II-17: Process flow chart of composting treatment mode for cattle farm and

chicken farm

8. Subproject 8: Promotion of Eco-Farming 86. The proposed subproject will demonstrate and disseminate ecological farming practices for reducing non-point source (NPS) pollution, and produce safe and quality agricultural products on 1,930 ha of farmland in 41 villages of 17 town/ships in Pingjiang.

Table II-6: Major Activities of Subproject 8 Subproject activities Detailed activities

Infrastructure activities applicable to the entire subproject

• Land consolidation and leveling • Irrigation and drainage engineering • Water source engineering • Water-saving irrigation engineering • Farm road and pavement • Fertilizer efficiency improvement • Pesticide efficiency improvement

Eco-farming for rice production piloting (120 ha) in 4 town/ships

- 53.3 ha for double-season rice plantation - 26.7 ha for rice-fish farming - 40 ha for rice-crayfish farming

• Land leveling • Soil improvement by crop straw, deep tillage, soil organic fertilization, green manure • Farm road and pavement construction • Production facilities purchasing and installment, such as water tank, irrigation facilities, solar energy pest killer • Soil test and formulated fertilization • Seedling plantation and nursery • Supply of organic fertilizers

Eco-farming for vegetable production piloting (26.7 ha) in Changshou Town

- 13.3 ha of open field vegetable - 13.3 ha of greenhouse vegetable

• Land leveling • Soil improvement by crop straw, deep tillage, soil organic fertilization, green manure • Farm road and pavement construction • Greenhouse construction • Production facilities purchasing and installment, such as water tank, irrigation facilities, solar energy pest killer

39

Subproject activities Detailed activities

• Soil test and formulated fertilization • Seedling plantation and nursery • Supply of organic fertilizers

Eco-farming for fruits production piloting (40 ha) in Yuanyi Center

- 24 ha for pear orchards - 16 ha for grapes

• Land leveling • Soil improvement by crop straw, deep tillage, soil organic fertilization, green manure • Farm road and pavement construction • Production facilities purchasing and installment, such as water tank, irrigation facilities, solar energy pest killer • Soil test and formulated fertilization • Seedling plantation and nursery • Supply of organic fertilizers

Eco-farming for tea production piloting (842 ha) in 35 villages of 12 town/ships

- Construction of 637.7 ha of new tea garden - Rehabilitation of 204.3 ha of tea garden

• Land leveling • Tea plantation • Production facilities purchasing and installment, such as water supply, irrigation ditch, solar energy pest killer • Soil test and formulated fertilization • Supply of organic fertilizers

Eco-farming for camellia production piloting (901.15 ha) in 72 villages of 11 town/ships

- Construction of 789.51 ha of new camellia garden - Rehabilitation of 11.6 ha of camellia seedling nursery garden

• Land clearance and leveling • Seedling plantation and nursery • Farm road and pavement construction • Production facilities purchasing and installment, such as irrigation ditch and other equipment • Soil test and formulated fertilization • Supply of organic fertilizers

Supporting measures Support and training for farmers’ cooperatives and farmers on good agricultural practices and technology

Source: domestic feasibility study reports, May 2020.

D. Associated and Existing facilities 87. The project due diligence considered two types of facilities per ADB’s SPS: (i) associated facilities – those which are not funded by the project but whose viability and existence depend exclusively on the project and whose operation and services are essential for the successful operation of the project; and (ii) existing facilities – those which are already established and operating and which the project will help upgrade or rehabilitate. Due diligence was also conducted for existing facilities, which will be necessary for the project operations, but which are not part of the project scope and will not be subject to any ADB-funded construction, operation, upgrade, rehabilitation, or other activities. 88. The following facilities are essential to the project and identified as existing facilities: (i) Dajiangdong Reservoir, which will provide raw water to the subproject 4 of integrated water supply; (ii) the WWTPs receiving sewage collected by the sewers to be built under subproject 5; (iii) Pingjiang sanitary landfill site that receiving the sludge from subproject 4 and municipal solid waste during construction and operation of the project facilities; (iv) Yueyang Medical Waste Treatment Center, and (v) borrow pits and construction waste disposal sites for subproject 1. Due diligence was conducted (see below) and confirmed that there are no non-compliance issues for the facilities. All were constructed in accordance with domestic requirements, have the necessary approvals, and are operating in accordance with required standards. There are no associated facilities for the project.

40

89. Dajiangdong Reservoir. Dajiangdong Reservoir was built in 1980. The reservoir has multiple uses. It is used to provide water for (i) ecological flows, (ii) water supply for rural and urban areas, (iii) irrigation water supply, and (iv) if any surplus water is remaining (defined by when the water level is higher than 371 m, i.e., above the dead water level; see below) usage for hydropower generation. The reservoir also serves to support flood control. The reservoir catchment is a mountainous area. The forest is well covered, the population is small, there is no industrial pollution, the control area of the reservoir is 32.39 km2, and the normal storage level of the reservoir is 377.20 m, corresponding to the normal storage capacity of 3040×104 m3. The dead water level is 359.0 m; the dead storage capacity is 725×104 m3, the design flood level is 378.45 m, the corresponding storage capacity is 3,266×104 m3. Dajiangdong Reservoir's average annual irrigation water supply is 683.36×104 m3 from April to October. The ecological water demand of the river is calculated at 20% of the average annual flow rate. After calculation, the ecological water flow of the downstream channel of the Dajiangdong Reservoir is 0.3 m3/s, equal to 946×104 m3/a. The total annual water withdrawal is 915×104 m3 for the Nanjiang WSP under subproject 4, and the water withdrawal accounts for 23% of the annual average runoff of the Dajiangdong Reservoir watershed. Based on this information and historical runoff and water usage data series for 2010 to 2019: (i) the ability of the reservoir to meet minimum ecological flow requirements may be almost 100%, except in very dry years, (ii) the estimated total water demand for the project is 25,000 m3/d. Even after meeting this demand, the water supply from the reservoir is still estimated to be able to achieve a 99.4% guarantee rate for the provision of irrigation water. This estimate far exceeds the minimum design requirement of a 75% guarantee for the supply of irrigation water. 90. Pingjiang County Sanitary Landfill Site. Domestic waste during project construction and operation, and sludge from the Nanjiang WSP under Subproject 4 will be disposed at Pingjiang County Sanitary Landfill Site, in Taxing Village, Wenjiang Town. It was put into operation in 2012. The DEIA of the Pingjiang County Sanitary Landfill Site was approved in 2009 by Yueyang Municipal Environmental Protection Bureau. The service life is 15 years. The design capacity is 3,100,000 m3, of which 460,000 m3 were used. The remaining capacity is 2,640,000 m3. The landfill has high-density polyethylene (HDPE) lining to prevent leachate and a network of drainage channels and collection pipes to capture the leachate. Leachate is treated in an on-site plant. The quarterly supervision results disclosed on the website of Yueyang Municipal Government in 2019 showed the leachate was treated to Class 1A standard. 91. Wastewater Treatment Plants (WWTPs). The information on wastewater treatment plants connecting to the sewage pipes to be constructed under Subproject 5 is summarized in Table II-7. The project will support the construction of sewage pipeline networks to 25 existing WWTPs: four which are already operating and 21 which are under construction (these 25 WWTPs are not the same as the wastewater treatment facilities that will be constructed by the project). For the four existing WWTPs, current use is below the maximum design capacity (Table II-7) and this load will be further reduced by the project, which will divide the divide existing pipelines (which currently carry sewage and stormwater) into separate sewage- and stormwater- networks. For the 21 WWTPs under construction, the project-funded sewage pipelines are already included in the design scope of the WWTPs, i.e., will be designed to achieve the WWTP treatment capacities.

Table II-7: WWTPs in the Project Area

No. WWTP

Treatment Design

Capacity (m3/d)

Current use in 2020

(m3/day)

EIA Approval

Year Constructed

Effluent Standard

Current Status

1 Changshou Town 3,000 3000 2013 2014 Class 1B Operation;

Phase II (expansion to

41

No. WWTP

Treatment Design

Capacity (m3/d)

Current use in 2020

(m3/day)

EIA Approval

Year Constructed

Effluent Standard

Current Status

5000 m3/d) is under construction and expected to be completed in 2021

2 Nanjiang Town 3,000 2500 2014 2015 Class 1B Operation

3 Anding Town 2,500 2000 2014 2015 Class 1B Operation

4 Wushui Town 2,000 / 2018 2019 Class 1B Expected to be operation by the end of 2020.

5 Fushoushan Town 300 2018 2019 Class 1B

6 Longmen Town 600 2018 2019 Class 1B

7 Hongqiao Town 600 2018 2019 Class 1B

8 Meixian Town 1,000 2018 2019 Class 1B

9 Yuping Town 500 2019 Construction started in 16 June 2020, using public private partnership model and expected to be operation in 2021.

Class 1A Expected to be operation by end of 2021.

10 Shiniuzhai Town-Daping Market Town

300

11 Banjiang Town 300

12 Dazhou Town 300

13 Mujin Town 300

14

Sanshi Town-Xiasha Market Town

500

15 Sandun Town 300

16 Shangtashi Town 1000

17 Cenchuan Town 500

18 Wengjiang Town 1000

19 Xiangjia Town 600

20 Jiayi Town-Xianchong Market Town

1900

21 Tongshi Town 800

22 Wukou Town 800

23 Pingjiang County WWTP 40,000 35,000 2012

(phase II) Phase I: 2009; Phase II: 2013.

Upgrade to Class 1A in 2018

Operation

WWTP = wastewater treatment plant. Source: Pingjiang County Government

92. Yueyang Medical Waste Treatment Center. The grit, slag and sludge from medical wastewater treatment under Subproject 6 is identified as hazardous waste and will be sent to Yueyang Medical Waste Treatment Center, in the ecological industry park in Yunxi District of Yueyang City. The center (certificate number: Yuehuan 2020 (2), valid until 28 February 2025) is owned by Yueyang Fangxiang Solid Waste Safe Disposal Company Limited and began operation in July 2019. The DEIA was approved by Hunan Provincial Department of Environmental Protection in 2018. The design capacity is 20 t/d. In September 2019, the company was also assigned responsibility (by the Pingjiang County Health Bureau) for the safe disposal of all medical waste generated by the medical institutions in Pingjiang County. 93. Borrow pits/yards. The Subproject 1 will require about 3.84 million cubic meters of borrowed earth for embankment construction. The Pingjiang County Urban Construction Investment Company will designate the borrow yards necessary for the construction. A total of 22 existing earth borrow yards with a total reserve of 23.84 million cubic meters are already available in the project area and will be used for the project.

42

94. Pingjiang County Construction Waste Disposal Site. The dredged sediment and construction waste will be disposed of at Pingjiang County Construction Waste Disposal site (located at Sima Village, Chengguan Town). This site has a land area of 40,000 m2 and a total capacity of 1.2 million tons. The current available capacity of this site is about 0.8 million tons, while the waste generated from the project is only 0.016 million tons. The Housing and Urban-Rural Construction Bureau of the county is responsible for the management of the site. Domestic EIA approval procedures for the site are in progress and are expected to be completed by the end of 2020.

Pingjiang County Sanitary Landfill Site Yueyang Medical Waste Treatment Center

Dajiangdong Reservoir Groundbreaking ceremony for the 16 WWTPs WWTPs = wastewater treatment plants.

Figure II-18: Photos of the Existing Facilities

43

III. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT A. Physical Setting 95. Location. Pingjiang County is located in the northeast of Hunan Province, PRC. It borders Xiushui and Tonggu County of Jiangxi Province in the east, Tongcheng County and Yueyang County of Hubei Province in the north, Liuyang City in the south and Changsha County and City in the west. The geographical location is 113°35′ East longitude and 28°42′ North latitude. Pingjiang County governs 24 towns, 496 administrative villages and 46 residents’ committees. The land area of Pingjiang County was 4,125 km2.

96. Climate. Pingjiang County is located in the subtropical monsoon climate zone. Based on available climate data from 1961-2018, the average annual mean temperature in Pingjiang is 17.1°C (range about 16.2°C to 18.0°C). The average annual maximum temperature is about 22.4°C (range about 21.2°C to 24.0°C), and annual average minimum temperature is 13.3°C (range about 12.4°C to 14.4°C). The average monthly mean temperature in January in Pingjiang is 4.7°C, with the extremely low temperature about -12°C (9 February 1972), and the average monthly mean temperature in July is about 28.6°C, with the extremely high temperature is about 40.3°C (26 July 1971) (range about 21.2°C to 24.0°C).

97. Hydrology. The Miluo River originates from the Huanglong Mountain at the junction of Tongcheng City, Xiushui City, and Pingjiang County (see Figure III-1). It has a total length of 253 km and a total drop of 249.8 m (with an average slope drop of 0.46%). The watershed area is 5,543 km2. There are 16 tributaries with a drainage area of more than 100 km2 and 157 tributaries with a river length of more than 5 km. The Miluo River flows through the whole territory of Pingjiang County from east to west (see Figure III-2), with a total length of 192.9 km. About 83% of Miluo river catchment is located within the Pingjiang County. The density of the river network is 0.64 km/km2. The total amount of runoff is 3.256 billion m3. The key information of tributaries involved in subproject 1 is summarized in Table III-1. The location of the project tributaries is indicated in Figure III-2.

Table III-1: Key Information of Project Tributaries of Miluo River No Tributary Name Length (km) Watershed Area (km2) Slope drop (‰)

1 Lijiaduan 11 21.6 8.27

2 Xianjiang River 41 145 1.37

3 Fengshu River 8.2 13.4 9

4 Yanganqiao River 7.6 9.5 16.8

5 Yingjiachong River 4.85 6.55 6.9

6 Lusushan River 15 45.4 8

98. Floods. The flood season generally starts from April and lasts up to August and September each year. Due to the long duration of the rainy season, geological disasters such as floods and landslides occur frequently. From 2013 to 2017, about 344 km of the riverbank was damaged, and a total of 542,250 mu farmland suffered great economic loss from the flood.

44

Figure III-1: Map of Miluo River Watershed. The river originates in Jiangxi province, flows through

Pingjiang County, and drains into Xiangjiang River.

Figure III-2: Hydrological Map of Pingjiang County. This map shows the section of the Miluo River that

is within Pingjiang County.

45

99. Dajiangdong Reservoir. Dajiangdong Reservoir is the water source of the proposed Nanjiang WSP under Subproject 4. Dajiangdong Reservoir is located in the Fengyang Village, 57 km away from downtown of Pingjiang County (see Figure III-2). The control area of the Dajiangdong Reservoir is 32.39 km2. The length of the main stream at upstream of the dam site is 5.3 km. The average slope of the main stream is 5.69%. The normal water level of the reservoir is 377.20. The normal storage capacity is 30.4 million m3. The design flood water level is 378.45 m, with corresponding storage capacity of 3.266 million m3. The Dajiangdong Reservoir is a medium-sized multi-year regulating reservoir with various functions, including power generation, irrigation, flood control and fish breeding. 100. Huangjindong Reservoir. The Huangjin River National Wetland Park is composed of the Huangjindong Reservoir, Huangjin River, and the forest surrounding. Huangjindong Reservoir is located in Huangjindong Village (Figure III-2). Huangjin River is the primary tributary of Miluo River. The total length is 39 km. The watershed of the Huangjin River is 270 km2. The average slope is 4.1‰. The dam site is about 77 km away from downtown of Pingjiang County. Huangjindong Reservoir was built in 1997. The crest height of the dam is 231 m. The normal water level is 225 m. The design flood level is 228.77 m. The check flood level is 229.62 m. The normal storage capacity is 76 million m3. The reservoir catchment is 120 km2.

101. Regional topography. The landforms of Pingjiang County are dominated by mountains and hills. The mountainous area is 1,175.68 km2, accounting for 28.5% of the total area. The hilly area, down land and plains, are 2,305.98 km2, 239.26 km2, and 404.27 km2, accounting for 55.9%, 5.8%, and 9.8%, respectively. The terrain is high in the southeast and northeast, and low in the southwest, with a relative height of 1,500 m. 102. Soil Types. The main 7 soil types in the project area are red soil, mountain yellow soil, mountain yellow-brown soil, paddy soil, purple soil, and moisture soil. Mountain soil is mainly red soil. Purple soil is mainly distributed in Changping basin, moisture soil is distributed on both sides of rivers and valleys, mountain yellow soil and yellow-brown soil are mainly distributed in Mufu mountain, Lianyun mountain and Fuxing mountain. The soil erosion module is 825.30 t/km2·a. According to the published data of the third remote sensing survey of soil erosion in Pingjiang County, the existing area of soil erosion is 587.05 km2, accounting for 14.27% of its land area. The areas of mild, moderate, strong, very strong and extremely strong soil erosion are 368.98 km2, 159.70 km2, 23.18 km2, 24.19 km2 and 10.28 km2, respectively. 103. Land Use. The total land area was 4118.06 km2 in Pingjiang County. Among them, cultivated land is 562.00 km2, accounting for 13.65% of the total land area. Garden land is 61.47 km2, accounting for 1.49% of the total land area. Forest land is 2861.51 km2, accounting for 69.49% of the total land area. Other agricultural land is 247.52 km2, accounting for 6.01% of the total land area. Urban and rural construction land is 170.57 km2, accounting for 4.14% of the total land area. Transportation water use land is 38.04 km2, accounting for 0.92% of the total land area. Other construction land is 1.55 km2, accounting for 0.04% of the total land area. Other land use is 175.36 km2, accounting for 4.26% of the total land area. Among them, the water area is 96.37 km2, accounting for 2.34% of the total land area. The natural reserve is 78.99 km2, accounting for 1.92% of the total land area. The land use map of the county is shown in Figure III-3. For Subproject 6, the planned wastewater treatment facilities for schools and rural medical clinics will be installed on-site, within the grounds of the existing schools and clinics i.e. on cleared, developed land. For the planned wastewater treatment facilities for the 21 villages, the facilities will occupy about 29.85 mu land, comprising 23.5 mu cultivated land, 2.04 mu orchard, and 4.28 mu vacancy land reserved for water conservancy facilities. Official approval for the use of these lands has been confirmed; social and land acquisition impacts have been identified and

46

addressed through a project resettlement plan (see Section IV.E.11); and environmental impacts for all project facilities have been assessed (Section IV).

Figure III-3: Land Use Map of Pingjiang County

B. Ecological Resources 104. The important natural ecological resources in the project areas are flood plains of the Miluo River and its tributaries and two legally protected areas. These protected areas (i) National Pingjiang Section of Miluo River Germplasm Resources Protection Zone in the subproject 1 area and (ii) the Huangjin River National Wetland Park in subproject 2 area.

1. Riverbank and Floodplain Habitats

105. Existing habitats along project rivers can be classified into five types, i.e., cultivated land (crops/orchards), forest, ponds, and artificial surface (built-up area road/ construction land, etc.) using the satellite images. The dominant habitat and vegetation for a distance of 200 meters from the waterline with the area of each habitat will be presented in Table III-2, and Figure III-4 derived from satellite images. The major land cover along the riverbank is paddy land, accounting for 47.5% of the total area. The second dominate land cover is forest, accounting for 31.1%.

Table III-2: Riverbank Habitat Categories and Abundance

Habitat Type Area (km2) Percentage (%)

Paddy 35.01 47.5%

Orchard 3.09 4.2%

Forest 22.90 31.1%

Other woodland 2.06 2.8%

Urban construction land 2.56 3.5%

Rural construction land 6.55 8.9%

47

Habitat Type Area (km2) Percentage (%)

Mining area 0.60 0.8%

Other construction land 0.88 1.2%

Transportation land 0.09 0.1% Source: DEIA

Figure III-4: Riverbank Habitats along Miluo River

106. Riverbank Habitats in Urban Sections. Subproject 1 locations in the urban areas are divided into 14 sections. Typical river habitats in these sections are shown in Figure III-5. Only a few river banks in these sections are protected from floods with “hard” embankment. Generally, there is little natural vegetation along the river banks in these areas due to disturbance by human activities and urbanization. There is a small amount of landscape vegetation around the roads.

(1) Lijiaduan River

Estuary of Lijiaduan River Lower reach of Lijiaduan River

48

(2) Yingjiachong River

Estuary of Yingjiachong River Channel of Yingjiachong River

(3) Xianjiang River

Estuary of Xianjiang River Lower reach of Xianjiang River (G106)

Lower reach of Xianjiang River (007Br.) Beach of Xianjiang River (estuary)

(4) Fengshu River

River channel of Fengshu River River channel of Fengshu River

(5) Yang’anqiao River

49

Upper reach of Yanganqian River Mid reach of Yanganqian River

Estuary of Yanganqian River Estuary of Yanganqian River

(6) Lusushan River

Lusushan River (Jiashan Rr-Pinwu Rd.) Lusushan River(Pinwu Rd.-Hongjia Rd.)

Lusushan River (Hongjia Rd.-Jiashan Rd.) Lusushan River(Jiashan Rd.-Changchong Rd.)

(7) Mijiang Br. to Mishui Br.

50

Lower of Miluo River (Mijiang Bridge) Upper of River (Mishui Br. 106 Rd.)

(8) Jinsha Bar

Jinsha Bar of Miluo River (9) Shiqian section

Flood plain of Miluo River (Shiqian) River channel of Miluo River (Shiqian)

(10) Pingjiang Br. To Yanjiatan Br. section

Right bank (Pingjiang Br.-Yanjiatan Br.) Right bank (Pingjiang Br.-Yanjiatan Br.)

(11) Yanjiatan lower section

51

Lower of Miluo River (Yanjiatan Br.) Lower of Miluo River (Yanjiatan Br.)

(12) Chengtan to Sima section

Right bank (Chengtan-Sima) Left bank (Chengtan-Sima)

Figure III-5: Typical Habitat of Urban Section 107. Riverbank Habitats in Rural Sections. Subproject 1 locations in the rural areas are divided into 12 sections. Typical river habitats in these sections are shown in Figure III-6. The banks of the rural section are “soft” comprising non-built shorelines. Except for shrubs and grasses in river beaches and a small amount of forest around the village, the rest is mostly dominated by crops. The major plants in the river beaches are reeds, Carex lasiocarpa, wild algae, lotus, Gynostemma, duckweed, Vallisneria natans, black algae, and Potamogeton distinctus, which are habitats for fish to inhabit and overwinter. The plants in river banks mainly have Triarrhena sacchariflora, lotus, Carex brevifolia, Artemisia halodendron, accompanied with Artemisia lavandulifolia, cress, Polygonum hydropiper, P. lapathifolium, P. sibiricum, P. perfoliatum, Cardamine hirsuta, Achyranthes bidentata, Coprinus vulgaris and other plants. These are common and widely distributed flora species. None of these species is on the PRC local or provincial list of protected species, nor are these species of concern on the IUCN list.

(1) Longmen (2) Dongshanping

52

(3) Baoquan (4) Chongshou

(5) Xianchong (6) Baobai

(7) Zhongxian (8) Panshi

(9) Taxing (10) Wukou

53

(11) Wushi (12) Yuanyi Center

Figure III-6: Typical Habitat of Rural Section

2. Miluo River Germplasm Resources Protection Zone 108. Subproject 1 will include works located within the National Pingjiang Section of the Miluo River Germplasm Resources Protection Zone (Figure III-7). The National Pingjiang Section of the Miluo River Germplasm Resources Protection Zone was established in 2017. This protected area is rich in fishery resources and provides good germplasm resources for aquaculture. It has an area of 1200 hectares (ha), consisting of a core sub-zone of 700 ha (where spawning, nursery, and wintering grounds are located) and an experimental sub-zone of 500 ha (a buffer zone around core zone). Details of these zones are:

a) The protection zone covers 150 km of Miluo River from Jiayi Bridge (113°50′16″ E, 28° 38′35″ N) to Wushi Town (113°14′18″ E, 28°47′08″ N) in Pingjiang County. The core sub-zone has a length of 85 km from Sankou Town Shuangkou Bridge (113°42′58″ E, 28°35′43″ N) to the Wukou Bridge (113°21′8″ E, 28°46′23″ N).

b) The experimental sub-zone includes two sections: one is the section from the Jiayi Bridge (113°50′16″ E, 28°38′35″ N) to the Shuangkou Bridge (113°42′58″ E, 28°35′43″ N), 35 km long; the second is the section from the Wukou Bridge (113°21′08″ E, 28°46′23″ N) to Wushi Town (113°14′18″ E, 28°47′08″ N), 30 km long.

109. The works for subproject 1 will be located in (i) four townships (Sanshi, Anding, Wenjiang, Panshi) located in the core sub-zone, and (ii) four townships (Jiayi, Wukou, and Wushi sections, and garden center section) will be located in the experimental sub-zone; a summary of the ecological values of the overall zone, and the planned project works, is provided in the following paragraphs.

54

Note: red line=core sub-zone; green line=experimental zone; blue line=water; inset map = Pingjiang County.

Figure III-7: Location Map of the Pingjiang Miluo River Germplasm Protection Zone and Subproject 1 River Sections.

110. Fish Resources. The germplasm resources protection zone is rich in fishery resources. Based on a fish survey conducted by the Pingjiang County Agriculture Bureau in 1981, at least 77 fish species (6 orders and 12 families) have been documented in the study area (Table III-3a). Two species are protected for their high economic value and short supply to the market, golden mandarin fish and yellow catfish. One of the 77 species is listed as threatened on the IUCN Red List of Threatened Species, Japanese eel (Anguilla japonica; Endangered). Key information on these three species is summarized in Table III-3b. The protection zone can provide good germplasm resources for aquaculture. For the eel A. japonica, the only documented record is a single record from 1981. Given the rarity of the species, widespread degradation of habitats, and widely dispersing nature of individuals (Table III-3b), it is unlikely the species is regular visitor to the reserve.

Table III-3a: Key Information of Miluo River Protected Fish Resources No. Chinese Name Scientific Name Abundance IUCN Status

1 青鱼 Mylopharyngodon piceus ++ DD

2 鯮 Luciobrama macrocephalus + DD

3 草鱼 Ctenopharyngodon idellus +++ NE

4 鳡 Elopichthys bambusa + DD

5 南方马口鱼 Opsariichthys uncirostris bidens +++ NE

6 鳤 Ochetobius elongatus + LC

7 赤眼鳟 Squaliobarbus curriculus ++ DD

8 似鱎 Toxabramis swinhonis + NE

9 餐条 Hemiculter leucisculus +++ LC

10 油餐 H. bleekeri bleekeri +++ LC

11 长春鳊 Parabramis pekinensis ++ NE

55

12 红鳍鲌 Culter erythropterus +++ LC

13 银飘鱼 Pseudolaubuca sinensis + LC

14 寡鳞飘鱼 Pseudolaubuca engraulis + LC

15 三角鲂 Megalobrama terminalis ++ NE

16 团头鲂 M. amblycephala ++ LC

17 华鳊 Sinibrama wui wui + NE

18 青稍红鲌 Erythroculter dabryi + LC

19 拟尖头鲌 E. oxycephaloides + NE

20 蒙古红鲌 E. mongolicus +++ LC

21 中华鰟鮍 Rhodeus sinensis + LC

22 高体鰟鮍 R.ocellatus + DD

23 班条刺鰟鮍 Acanthorhodeustaenianalis + NE

24 多鳞刺鰟鮍 A. polylepis + NE

25 大鳍刺鰟鮍 A. macropterus + LC

26 寡鳞刺鰟鮍 A. hypselonotus + NE

27 兴凯刺鰟鮍 A. chankaensis + NE

28 唇鱼骨 Hemibarbus labeo ++ NE

29 花鱼骨 H.maculatus ++ NE

30 麦穗鱼 Pseudorasbora parva +++ LC

31 华鳈 Sarcocheilichthys sinensis + LC

32 黑鳍鳈 S.nigripinnis nigripinnis + NE

33 江西鳈 S. kiangsiensis Nichols + NE

34 银色颌须鮈 Gnathopogon argentatus + DD

35 铜鱼 Coreius heterodon + NE

36 吻鮈 Rhinogobio typus + NE

37 圆筒吻鮈 R. cylindricus + NE

38 棒花鱼 Abbottina rivularis + NE

39 洞庭棒花鱼 Sbbottina tungtingensis + NE

40 蛇鮈 Saurogobio dabryi +++ DD

41 光唇蛇鮈 Saurogobiog rmnocheilus + NE

42 长蛇鮈 S. dumerili + NE

43 岩原鲤 Procypris rabaudi + NE

44 鲤 Cyprinus carpio haematerus +++ NE

45 鲫 Carassius auratus auratus +++ NE

46 南方长须鳅鮀 Gobiobotia longibarba meridionalis + DD

47 鳙鱼 Aristichthys nobilis + DD

48 白鲢 Hypophthalmichthys molitrix + NT

49 花鳅 Cobitis taenia ++ LC

50 .大斑花鳅 C. macrostigma ++ NE

51 武昌副沙鳅 Parabotia banarescui ++ DD

52 花斑副沙鳅 P. fasciatia ++ NE

53 洞庭付沙鳅 Parabotis sp. ++ DD

54 长薄鳅 Leptobotia elingata ++ NE

55 紫薄鳅 Leptobotia taeniaps ++ NE

56 Leptobotia rubrilabris ++ NE

57 泥鳅 Misgurnus anguillicaudatus ++ LC

58 大鳞泥鳅 M. mizolepis ++ DD

59 南方鲶 Silurus soldatovi meridionalis + NE

60 鲶 Silurus asotus ++ LC

61 白边鮠 Leiocassis albomarginatus + NE

56

62 大鳍鱯 Hemibagrus macropterus + LC

63 鳗鲡 Anguilla japonica + EN

64 乌鳢 Ooguice ogakys argys ++ NE

65 黄鳝 Monopterus albus ++ LC

66. 翘嘴鳜 Siniperca chuatsi + NE

67 大眼鳜 Siniperca knerii + DD

68 斑鳜 Siniperca scherzeri ++ DD

69 长鳜 Simiperca roulei + DD

70. 圆尾斗鱼 Macropodus chinensis + LC

71 黄 鲤 Hypseleotris swinhonis + NE

72. 粘皮栉虾虎 Ctenogobius myxedema ++ LC

73 洞庭栉虾虎 Ctenogokius cliffordpopei + NE

74. 真栉虾虎 Cte ogokius similes + NE

75. 栉虾虎 Ctenogobius giurinus + LC

76. 胡子鲶 C. clariidae + NE

77 革胡子鲶 C. clariidae + NE

+++=rich; ++=average; +=less; EN=endangered; LC=least concern; DD=data default; NE=not evaluated; NT=near threatened. Source: Pingjiang County Agricultural Zoning Report.

Table III-4b: Summary of information on three threatened and/or protected fish species in

the Miluo River Scientific

Name English Name

IUCN Red List

Category

Photo Habitat and Ecology Breeding

Siniperca scherzeri

golden mandarin fish

Data Deficient

Wetlands (inland) - Permanent Rivers/Streams/Creeks

May to June, floating egg

Pelteobagrus fulvidraco

Yellow catfish

Least Concern

Wetlands (inland) - Permanent Rivers/Streams/Creeks

April to May; spawning grounds are mostly in shallow areas near the shore; sticky eggs.

Anguilla japonica

Japanese Eel

Endangered

Freshwater wetlands, estuaries, coastal areas

Breed in coastal waters, disperse inland

Source: DEIA

111. Fish habitats and proposed project works. The protection zone includes 3 spawning grounds, 4 breeding grounds, and 3 wintering grounds. The proposed project works comprise: (i) dredging (820 m), along the right bank of the “Huaqiao Township section” (located within the river section between Anding and Wenjiang Towns), and (ii) embankment construction of four urban sections (Jinshazhou, Siqian and Chengxi), which support spawning grounds (Table III-4). Based on available data, none of the project sites are located within wintering grounds. Preparation for the current project included plans for an updated fish survey to inform impact assessment and mitigation. The survey was to be conducted in 2020 (led by the TA Consultant team) but was cancelled due to the outbreak of COVID-19. As a result, the requirement for a rapid assessment of the status of key fish species is included as a requirement for the detailed design stage (Section IV.D. and Attachment 1).

Table III-5: Details of Fish Habitats in Subproject 1 Sections

57

No. Location Length (km) Width (m) Area (ha)

Spawning grounds

1 Huoshao beach-Junction of Xianjiang River and Miluo River

4.1 200 82

2 Junction of Zhima River and Miluo River-Junction of Shuinan River and Miluo River

2 60 12

3 Jiayi Bridge-Xiejia Village 3 80 24

Breeding grounds

1 Junction of Yuping River and Miluo River-Wuli Village 3.2 120 38

2 Panao Village-Huoshao beach 4.1 200 82

3 Shuangkou Bridge-Dutou Village 3 100 30

4 Jiayi Village-Zaolun Village 2.4 160 38

Wintering ground

1 Qingchong dam-Huangtang dam 1.5 200 30

2 Huangtang dam-Panshi Village 4.5 150 67

3 Jiangkou dam-Tanjiatan Bridge 2.8 120 34 Source: Domestic EIA

112. Benthic organisms. There are 83 species of benthic organisms recorded, including 37 species of mollusks, belonging to 2 classes, 6 families and 19 genera; 9 species of aquatic oligochaetes, belonging to 2 families; 27 species of aquatic insects, belonging to 4 orders and 9 families; 10 species of shrimps and crabs, belonging to 3 suborders, 5 families and 5 genera. The dominated species are clam, Limnodrilus hoffmeisteri, Monopylephorus limosus, Chironomidae, Neocaridina denticulate, white prawn, Macrobrachium nipponense, and Potamon denticulatus. 113. Zooplankton. There are 20 species of zooplankton recorded in this area, including 11 species of rotifers, 5 species of cladocerans, and 4 species of copepods, providing abundant natural bait for fish.

1. Huangjin River National Wetland Park 114. Hunan Pingjiang Huangjin River National Wetland Park is an important wetland habitat in the project area. The total area of the park 876.4 ha, and the location of the park is shown in Figure II-8. The subproject 2 activities are aimed to restore the habitat conditions in the park. A detailed survey of flora and fauna was carried out by the park administration in 2019 through Zhongnan Forestry Technology University, the results of this survey are presented below.10 The full list with protection status of each species is provided in Attachment 2.

115. Fauna. There are 32 orders, 82 families and 228 species of vertebrates recorded in Huangjin River National Wetland Park, including 6 orders, 14 families and 54 species of fish; 2 orders, 5 families and 19 species of amphibians; 3 orders, 8 families and 26 species of reptiles; 17 orders, 45 families and 112 species of birds; and 4 orders, 10 families and 17 species of mammals. There are no grade I national key protected species in the park. There are 14 grade II protected species, accounting for 14.58% of 96 rare and endangered fauna species distributed in Hunan Province, comprising one frog (Rana rugulosa), 13 birds (Aix galericulata, Falco subbuteo, Lophura nycthemra fokiensis, Falco subbuteo streichi, Accipiter virgatus affinis, Buteo buteo, Circus cyaneus, Accipiter nisus nisosimilis, Centropus sinensis, Tyto longimembris, Otus lettia erythrocampa, Glaucidium brodiei brodiei, Glaucidium cuculoides) and one mammal (Viverricula indica). A total of 15 species are included in the PRC national red list, comprising one frog species

10 Central South University of Forestry and Technology. 2019. Flora and Fauna Resources Survey Report of

Huangjindong Wetland Park.

58

(Rana rugulosa), two turtles (Chinemys yeevesii, Pelodiscus sinensis), nine snakes (Ptyas mucosus, Ptyas korros, Elaphe carinata, E. mandarina, Zaocys dhumnade, Enhydris chinensis, Bungarus multicinctus, Naja atra atra, Distrodon brevicaudus), two birds (Aix galericulata, Centropus sinensis) and one mammal (Felis bengalensis chinensis).

Table III-6: List of Terrestrial Vertebrates in Pingjiang Huangjin River National Wetland

Park Class Order Family Specie I II “Three Have”* IUCN Red list

Fish 6 14 54 1

Amphibian 2 5 19 1 14 1

Reptile 3 8 26 22 11

Bird 17 45 112 14 98 2

Mammalia 4 10 17 8 1

Total 32 82 228 15 142 15 *Note: “Three Have” means have benefit, economic value and scientific value. Source: DEIA

116. About 54% of bird species (61 species) in Huangjin River National Wetland Park are resident birds. There are 23 species of summer migratory birds and 25 species of winter migratory birds. In spring and autumn, the migratory birds, Upupa epops, Emberiza aureola and Emberiza tristrami stay in the park for a short period of time. 117. Flora. There are 1,059 species of vascular plants belonging to 610 genera in 180 families. The wetland vegetation is divided into 4 vegetation types, 11 community groups, and 38 populations, including aquatic vegetation, swamp, meadow, and wet woody vegetation. The forest vegetation is divided into 7 vegetation types, including coniferous forest, coniferous and broad-leaved mixed forest, evergreen broad-leaved forest, deciduous broad-leaved forest, bamboo forest, shrub and grassland. There is one grade I protected flora species, i.e., Taxus wallichiana var. maire (which is also an IUCN endangered species) and five grade II species, including Cinnamomum camphora, Fagopyrum dibotrys, Ormosia henryi, Glycine soja and Camptotheca acuminate. The distribution of protected flora species is presented in Figure III-8. 118. Existing management issues. The habitat in the park is damaged and fragmented. For a long time, the local people have the habit of relying on the mountain and the water, which is dependent on the forest and wetland resources. Logging and mining were the main economic sources in local, and the wetland ecosystem was threatened to a certain extent. Residents enter the park to poach wild animal and plant resources, causing damage to endangered species, and key state-protected animals and plants, seriously damaging the wetland animal and plant resources and their habitats. At the same time, in the project area, paddy land and cash crops are replaced by deforestation, natural vegetation is replaced by crops and artificial forests, wetland fragmentation is rising, and the contradiction between protection and development is prominent.

59

Figure III-8: Habitat Map and Distribution of Protected Flora Species

2. Ecology of Other Subprojects

119. Except for subproject 1 and 2 sites, all other subproject sites are located in the areas that are already influenced by human activities and disturbances. There are no known rare or endangered flora or fauna, species with international, national or provincial protection status, areas of natural or critical habitat, nature reserves, or areas with special national, regional or local ecological significance are located within or adjacent to these subproject sites. 120. For Subproject 4, the proposed site for the new Nanjiang Water Supply Plant is located in a hill that at the northwest corner of the existing Nanjiang Water Supply Plant. The plot has a small amount of vegetable land, a pig farm, bamboo and planted cypress. The pipelines will be installed along the existing roads. There are common wild weeds, crops and plantations at both sides and surroundings of the pipeline, such as rice, peanut, soybean, cabbage, willow, Lysimachia clethroides, Agrimonia pilosa.

Subproject 4-site for Nanjiang Water Supply Plant

Subproject 6-site for rural residential wastewater treatment

60

Subproject 6-site for the sewage treatment facility of school

Subproject 7-Pig farm

Figure III-9: Site Photo of the Proposed New Nanjing WSP

121. For Subproject 6, i) the proposed sites for the village wastewater treatment stations will be built within the villages and the total land requirement of these facilities include 23.5 mu cultivated land, 2.04 mu orchard and 4.28 mu reserved vacancy land; ii) the sewage treatment facilities for schools and rural medical clinics will be built in the existing sites of the schools/clinics. 122. For the subproject 7, the livestock waste management facilities will be built within the existing farms. C. Physical Cultural Resources 123. No physical cultural resources have been documented in the project area of influence (Pingjiang Cultural Bureau pers. comm. May 2020). Should buried artifacts of archaeological significance be uncovered during the construction stage within the project areas, construction shall be stopped and immediately reported to the Pingjiang cultural bureau. D. Social and Economic Conditions 124. Demography. In 2018, the total permanent population of Pingjiang County was 995,500, including 520,700 males and 474,800 females; the urban population was 451,100, the rural population was 544,400, and the urbanization rate was 45.31%. The county's total registered population is 1.1178 million, of which the urban population is 180,800. 125. Economic conditions. In 2018, the total gross domestic product (GDP) of Pingjiang County reached CNY 28.661 billion, with an increase of 8.7%. Among them, the added value of the primary industry was CNY 4.196 billion with an increase of 3.6%; the added value of the secondary industry was CNY 12.106 billion with an increase of 8.9%; the added value of the tertiary industry was CNY 12.359 billion with an increase of 10.5%. Calculated according to the permanent population, the per capita GDP was CNY 28,791 by a permanent population with an increase of 5.8%. The county's three industrial structures are 14.6 : 42.3 : 43.1. The primary industry decreased by 3.2 % over the same period of last year, and the proportion of secondary and tertiary industries increased by 0.6% and 2.6% respectively over the same period of last year. The secondary and tertiary industries accounted for 85.4% of GDP, with an increase of 3.2 % from the same period last year.

126. COVID-19 pandemic. The impact of COVID-19 pandemic is widespread, without exception in Pingjiang County. Pingjiang reported 8 positive cases by 23 March 2020; as of 26 June 2020, no new cases had been reported (Table III-6).

61

Table III-7: COVID-19 Epidemic Statistics (as of 26 June 2020)

Region Confirmed Recovered Death

PRC 85,151 80,012 4,648

Hunan Province 1,019 1,015 4

Yueyang Municipality 156 155 1

Pingjiang County 8 7 1

127. Domestic measures to address COVID-19 were initiated by the PCG in February 2020. The People's Government of Pingjiang County on Regulating Relevant Behaviors during the Prevention and Control of New Coronary Pneumonia was released on 24 February and a risk level of “moderate” was declared. Consistent with national actions, local measures implemented in Pingjiang County to control the spread of COVID-19 included closure of non-essential services, work from home, testing, and use of personal protective equipment by workers of essential services. On 16 March 2020, the PCG downgraded the risk level to “low” and issued the Plan on Establishing a Joint Meeting Mechanism for the Normalization of the Prevention and Control of the New Coronary Pneumonia in Pingjiang County, which clarified the main responsibilities, composition, and working rules of the joint meeting mechanism, as well as the work responsibilities and work requirements of each member unit. E. Environmental Quality 128. Pingjiang County EEP has an automatic air quality monitoring station to measure air quality of the urban areas. The monitoring data of the main air pollutants published in the Environmental Status Bulletin of 2019 released by the Pingjiang EEP were referred to in this IEE to assess the regional air quality. Monitoring indicators include inhalable particulate matter (PM10), sulfur dioxide (SO2), nitrogen oxides (NO2), fine particulate matter (PM2.5), carbon monoxide (CO) and ozone (O3). The air monitoring results showed compliance with the requirements of Class II of Ambient Air Quality (GB3095-2012) in the urban area of Pingjiang County in 2019.

Table III-8: Air Quality of Pingjiang Urban Area (2019) Pollutant Averaging Period Monitored

Data Class II of

GB3095-2012 Percentage of Standard (%)

Compliance (Yes/No)

SO2 (μg/m3) Yearly 5 60 8.33 Yes

NO2 (μg/m3) Yearly 16 40 40.00 Yes

CO (mg/m3) The 95th percentile of the 24-hour average mass concentration

1.2 4 30.00 Yes

O3 (μg/m3) The 90th percentile value of the daily maximum 8-hour

sliding average mass concentration

118 160 73.75 Yes

PM10 (μg/m3) Yearly 52 70 75.29 Yes

PM2.5 (μg/m3) Yearly 30 35 85.71 Yes

129. Project-specific sampling was conducted in April and May 2020. The monitoring results are discussed in the sections below.

1. Subproject 1: Flood Prevention and Risk Management in Miluo River

62

130. Water Quality. Hunan Anbo Testing Co., Ltd set up monitoring points at the major bridges, estuary, upstream and downstream of the project river sections (Figure II-10). Monitoring parameters include pH, dissolved oxygen (DO), chemical oxygen demand (COD), five-day biological oxygen demand (BOD5), ammonia nitrogen (NH3-N), total nitrogen (TN), total phosphorus (TP), volatile phenol and fluoride. The applicable standard is category III of the Surface Water Quality Standard (GB 3838-2002). All monitored points at urban section (W1 to W17) showed the total nitrogen exceeded the requirements (exceeding 1.03 to 2.23 times). The COD and BOD5 of Yangjiaqiao, Liujiatan, Xianjiang River, Mishui Bridge, Yanganqiao, Xianying River, Yingjiachong exceeded the standard slightly. The exceedance is mainly caused by the discharge of domestic sewage from the residents near the river.

131. For the rural section (W18 to W41), the total nitrogen in all monitoring points of the rural section where the project is located exceeded the standard. Other monitoring factors are satisfied with the requirements of GB 3838-2002. The exceedance of total nitrogen is caused by agricultural non-point pollution near the river.

63

Table III-9: Surface Water Quality Monitoring Results- River Urban and Rural Section Monitoring Location

Date Monitoring Results (unit: mg/L; pH: Dimensionless)

pH SS COD BOD5 NH3-N TP TN petroleum Volatile Phenol

Fluoride

W1: Yanjiatan Bridge

2020/04/08 6.53 4 10 2.8 0.305 0.06 1.41 0.02 ND 0.208

2020/04/09 7.04 5 12 2.8 0.315 0.07 1.61 0.03 ND 0.2

2020/04/10 7.06 6 9 2.5 0.282 0.07 1.54 0.02 ND 0.191

W2: Pingjiang Bridge

2020/04/08 6.59 6 17 3.1 0.282 0.05 1.45 0.03 ND 0.189

2020/04/09 7.02 7 12 3.1 0.289 0.07 1.47 0.02 ND 0.18

2020/04/10 7.04 7 15 3.4 0.253 0.07 1.44 0.03 ND 0.186

W3: Bitan Bridge

2020/04/08 6.73 8 18 3.6 0.255 0.05 1.48 0.01 ND 0.185

2020/04/09 6.92 6 8 2.5 0.27 0.06 1.48 0.01 ND 0.209

2020/04/10 6.94 8 16 3.7 0.284 0.06 1.5 0.01 ND 0.199

W4 2020/04/08 6.78 4 23 3.8 0.437 0.06 1.74 0.01 ND 0.197

2020/04/09 6.95 8 16 3.8 0.31 0.06 1.38 0.01 ND 0.204

2020/04/10 6.98 7 20 3.2 0.449 0.07 1.36 0.01 ND 0.195

W5: Estuary of Yanganqiao River

2020/04/08 6.76 ND 34 5.5 0.578 0.06 1.69 0.04 ND 0.204

2020/04/09 6.88 5 15 3.3 0.332 0.07 1.61 0.03 ND 0.21

2020/04/10 6.86 4 17 3.1 0.42 0.07 1.57 0.03 ND 0.2

W6: Liujiatan Bridge

2020/04/08 6.73 ND 29 5.8 0.238 0.07 1.42 0.01 ND 0.205

2020/04/09 6.77 5 11 3.1 0.219 0.06 1.07 0.02 ND 0.213

2020/04/10 6.74 8 21 3.7 0.229 0.06 1.03 0.01 ND 0.214

W7: Estuary of Xianjiang River

2020/04/08 6.78 9 23 5.8 0.604 0.06 2.23 0.02 ND 0.235

2020/04/09 6.86 10 7 2.5 0.427 0.06 2.15 0.01 ND 0.239

2020/04/10 7 7 18 3.2 0.506 0.06 2.12 0.01 ND 0.226

W8: Jianqing Bridge

2020/04/08 6.77 4 15 2.5 0.236 0.05 1.68 0.04 ND 0.218

2020/04/09 7.08 6 13 2.3 0.174 0.06 1.7 0.03 ND 0.207

2020/04/10 7.09 9 14 2.6 0.21 0.06 1.67 0.04 ND 0.207

W9: Mishui Bridge

2020/04/08 6.84 8 22 3.5 0.198 0.06 1.44 0.02 ND 0.22

2020/04/09 7.17 8 14 2.5 0.195 0.06 1.56 0.02 ND 0.215

2020/04/10 7.2 8 20 3.4 0.205 0.06 1.5 0.02 ND 0.215

W10: jiang Bridge

2020/04/08 6.86 7 9 2.6 0.252 0.05 1.5 0.04 ND 0.194

2020/04/09 7.06 7 14 2.6 0.205 0.06 1.36 0.03 ND 0.197

2020/04/10 7.09 6 13 3.2 0.214 0.06 1.38 0.03 ND 0.199

W11: Lusushan River

2020/04/08 6.8 10 16 3.1 0.164 0.07 1.58 0.02 ND 0.11

2020/04/09 7.08 12 14 3.2 0.198 0.07 1.37 0.02 ND 0.11

2020/04/10 7.1 14 13 2.9 0.179 0.07 1.39 0.01 ND 0.119

64

Monitoring Location

Date Monitoring Results (unit: mg/L; pH: Dimensionless)

pH SS COD BOD5 NH3-N TP TN petroleum Volatile Phenol

Fluoride

W12: Yanganqiao

2020/04/08 6.93 10 25 4.8 0.602 0.1 2.05 0.01 ND 0.197

2020/04/09 6.91 13 17 3.5 0.518 0.11 1.67 0.01 ND 0.203

2020/04/10 6.94 15 21 3.9 0.571 0.11 1.65 0.01 ND 0.203

W13: Xianying River

2020/04/08 7.2 8 26 6.1 0.229 0.07 1.3 0.01 ND 0.307

2020/04/09 7.56 10 16 3.3 0.171 0.07 1.45 0.01 ND 0.309

2020/04/10 7.58 12 18 3.6 0.227 0.07 1.5 0.01 ND 0.293

W14: Fengshushan River

2020/04/08 7.04 15 20 3.4 0.243 0.06 1.26 0.01 ND 0.33

2020/04/09 6.99 20 19 3.5 0.215 0.06 1.14 0.01 ND 0.343

2020/04/10 7 22 19 3.5 0.25 0.07 1.09 0.01 ND 0.343

W15: Yingjiachong River

2020/04/08 7.1 18 30 6.6 0.765 0.13 1.64 0.02 ND 0.333

2020/04/09 7.04 22 21 3.7 1.07 0.15 1.86 0.02 ND 0.351

2020/04/10 7.04 26 18 3.7 0.65 0.15 1.71 0.03 ND 0.341

W16: Lijia River

2020/04/08 7.26 7 20 3.8 0.179 0.07 1.56 0.02 ND 0.217

2020/04/09 7.19 8 14 3.1 0.155 0.08 1.16 0.02 ND 0.225

2020/04/10 7.28 9 21 3 0.195 0.08 1.52 0.01 ND 0.204

W17: Jiangkou power station

2020/04/08 7.29 ND 5 1.8 0.365 0.06 1.36 0.01 ND 0.827

2020/04/09 7.31 5 6 1.8 0.321 0.08 1.44 0.01 ND 0.215

2020/04/10 7.3 5 6 2 0.374 0.08 1.46 0.01 ND 0.235

W18: Longmen village upstream

2020/04/15 6.95 4 5 1.5 0.138 0.03 1.05 0.02 ND 0.162

2020/04/16 6.97 6 7 1.7 0.155 0.03 1.04 0.02 ND 0.188

2020/04/17 7 7 5 2 0.16 0.03 1.04 0.02 ND 0.168

W19: Longmen village downstream

2020/04/15 6.67 6 8 2.4 0.143 0.03 1.05 0.02 ND 0.179

2020/04/16 6.7 7 9 2.8 0.162 0.03 1.05 0.03 ND 0.166

2020/04/17 6.72 9 9 2.9 0.176 0.02 1.04 0.03 ND 0.177

W20: Dongpingshan upstream

2020/04/15 6.54 5 9 3.2 0.193 0.03 1.12 0.01 ND 0.169

2020/04/16 6.6 7 9 3.5 0.212 0.03 1.12 0.02 ND 0.184

2020/04/17 6.66 9 10 2.4 0.217 0.02 1.12 0.03 ND 0.173

W21: Dongpingshan downstream

2020/04/15 6.5 8 6 2 0.179 0.03 1.16 0.02 ND 0.169

2020/04/16 6.54 9 8 2.2 0.195 0.03 1.15 0.01 ND 0.175

2020/04/17 6.6 12 7 2.4 0.188 0.03 1.15 0.02 ND 0.162

W22: Mujin county upstream

2020/04/15 7.02 6 6 2.3 0.157 0.03 1.07 0.02 ND 0.147

2020/04/16 7.1 8 7 2.4 0.171 0.03 1.07 0.01 ND 0.195

2020/04/17 7.12 10 8 2.8 0.171 0.02 1.06 0.01 ND 0.192

65

Monitoring Location

Date Monitoring Results (unit: mg/L; pH: Dimensionless)

pH SS COD BOD5 NH3-N TP TN petroleum Volatile Phenol

Fluoride

W23: Mujin county downstream

2020/04/15 6.56 4 8 2.6 0.303 0.03 1.31 0.03 ND 0.171

2020/04/16 6.58 5 9 3 0.301 0.03 1.31 0.02 ND 0.162

2020/04/17 6.59 8 9 3.4 0.305 0.03 1.3 0.01 ND 0.169

W24: Changshou town upstream

2020/04/15 6.89 8 6 2.1 0.222 0.03 1.15 0.01 ND 0.143

2020/04/16 6.9 9 8 2.5 0.234 0.03 1.15 0.02 ND 0.185

2020/04/17 6.93 12 7 2.7 0.226 0.03 1.15 0.02 ND 0.176

W25: Changshou town downstream

2020/04/15 7 7 7 2.3 0.167 0.03 1.23 0.01 ND 0.164

2020/04/16 7.02 9 9 2.5 0.179 0.03 1.22 0.02 ND 0.161

2020/04/17 7.1 11 9 2.5 0.186 0.03 1.22 0.02 ND 0.169

W26: Jiayi town upstream

2020/04/15 6.57 9 8 2.3 0.15 0.03 1.28 0.02 ND 0.155

2020/04/16 6.59 11 7 2.9 0.155 0.03 1.28 0.02 ND 0.145

2020/04/17 6.6 13 8 2.8 0.169 0.03 1.27 0.01 ND 0.168

W27: Jiayi town downstream

2020/04/15 6.57 8 9 3 0.48 0.03 2.08 0.02 ND 0.155

2020/04/16 6.57 10 9 3.3 0.488 0.03 2.08 0.01 ND 0.151

2020/04/17 6.59 11 9 3.7 0.496 0.02 2.08 0.02 ND 0.163

W28: Sanshi town upstream

2020/04/15 6.6 ND 10 3.1 0.234 0.03 1.3 0.03 ND 0.181

2020/04/16 6.7 5 11 3.2 0.241 0.03 1.3 0.01 ND 0.158

2020/04/17 6.74 8 9 3.4 0.243 0.02 1.3 0.02 ND 0.163

W29: Sanshi town downstream

2020/04/15 6.73 5 5 1.8 0.224 0.03 1.47 0.03 ND 0.16

2020/04/16 6.76 7 7 2.2 0.202 0.03 1.47 0.03 ND 0.169

2020/04/17 6.78 9 6 2.2 0.21 0.03 1.47 0.02 ND 0.173

W30: Anding town upstream

2020/04/15 6.7 7 8 2.6 0.212 0.03 1.34 0.02 ND 0.151

2020/04/16 6.78 8 9 2.9 0.21 0.03 1.34 0.02 ND 0.162

2020/04/17 6.79 11 10 3.3 0.222 0.02 1.34 0.03 ND 0.163

W31: Anding town downstream

2020/04/15 6.75 6 9 3.1 0.181 0.03 1.19 0.01 ND 0.179

2020/04/16 6.8 8 9 3.2 0.179 0.03 1.18 0.02 ND 0.182

2020/04/17 6.81 10 9 3.6 0.186 0.03 1.18 0.02 ND 0.172

W32: Wenjia town upstream

2020/04/15 6.76 8 11 3.5 0.198 0.03 1.21 0.02 ND 0.152

2020/04/16 6.79 10 12 3.7 0.207 0.03 1.21 0.01 ND 0.164

2020/04/17 6.8 12 11 3.8 0.207 0.03 1.21 0.02 ND 0.171

W33: Wenjia town downstream

2020/04/15 6.78 4 9 2.9 0.171 0.03 1.44 0.01 ND 0.182

2020/04/16 6.8 6 9 2.9 0.152 0.03 1.44 0.03 ND 0.178

2020/04/17 6.81 9 7 3.7 0.171 0.03 1.43 0.01 ND 0.172

66

Monitoring Location

Date Monitoring Results (unit: mg/L; pH: Dimensionless)

pH SS COD BOD5 NH3-N TP TN petroleum Volatile Phenol

Fluoride

W34: Panshi upstream

2020/04/15 7.28 9 8 2.7 0.229 0.03 1.37 0.02 ND 0.17

2020/04/16 7.3 11 8 3 0.234 0.03 1.36 0.02 ND 0.178

2020/04/17 7.31 13 5 3.5 0.231 0.03 1.36 0.02 ND 0.171

W35: Panshi downstream

2020/04/15 7.04 6 5 2 0.198 0.04 1.13 0.01 ND 0.17

2020/04/16 7.1 7 7 2.2 0.207 0.03 1.13 0.02 ND 0.166

2020/04/17 7.11 10 8 2.4 0.202 0.03 1.12 0.02 ND 0.171

W36: Wukou village upstream

2020/04/15 6.74 7 8 2.7 0.164 0.03 1.22 0.02 ND 0.17

2020/04/16 6.84 9 6 2.6 0.162 0.03 1.22 0.02 ND 0.171

2020/04/17 6.85 13 9 2.8 0.136 0.03 1.22 0.01 ND 0.168

W37: Wukou village downstream

2020/04/15 7 9 5 1.8 0.175 0.03 1.26 0.01 ND 0.171

2020/04/16 7.1 10 7 2 0.166 0.03 1.26 0.01 ND 0.156

2020/04/17 7.12 13 6 2.6 0.155 0.03 1.26 0.02 ND 0.16

W38: Wushi town upstream

2020/04/15 7.2 6 9 2.7 0.183 0.03 1.32 0.03 ND 0.181

2020/04/16 7.24 8 8 2.9 0.2 0.03 1.32 0.03 ND 0.172

2020/04/17 7.26 10 8 3 0.2 0.02 1.31 0.01 ND 0.172

W39: Wushi town downstream

2020/04/15 7.06 8 6 2.3 0.217 0.04 1.2 0.02 ND 0.182

2020/04/16 7.16 10 9 2.1 0.236 0.04 1.19 0.02 ND 0.166

2020/04/17 7.18 12 7 2.3 0.236 0.03 1.19 0.02 ND 0.17

W40: Garden center upstream

2020/04/15 6.92 9 8 2.9 0.16 0.04 1.34 0.02 ND 0.176

2020/04/16 6.98 10 7 3 0.176 0.04 1.34 0.03 ND 0.154

2020/04/17 6.99 12 6 3.2 0.183 0.03 1.33 0.02 ND 0.162

W41: Garden center downstream

2020/04/15 6.76 10 9 3 0.166 0.04 1.34 0.01 ND 0.176

2020/04/16 6.78 12 10 3.4 0.182 0.03 1.34 0.02 ND 0.162

2020/04/17 6.8 13 10 3.4 0.199 0.03 1.34 0.01 ND 0.168

GB3838-2002 6-9 / 20 4 1 0.2 1 0.05 0.005 1

67

Figure III-10: Water and Acoustic Environment Monitoring Points-Miluo River

68

132. Acoustic environment. A total of 21 monitoring points was set along the urban section to be rehabilitated and the sensitive points of pump stations. A total of 11 monitoring points was set up along the rural section. The urban section was monitored from 9th to 10th April 2020. The rural section was monitored from 15th to 16th April 2020. The baseline noise monitoring consists of monitoring once in the day time and once in the night time each day for two consecutive days. For the monitoring points near the roads (N3, N6, N13, N14 and N15), the noise satisfied with the requirements of 4a of GB3096-2008 (70dB at daytime and 55 dB at nighttime). For the other monitoring points, the daytime and nighttime noise at all monitoring points complied with the requirement of World Bank EHS standards (55 dB at daytime and 45 dB at nighttime).

Table III-10: Baseline Noise Monitoring Results- River Urban and Rural Section

Monitoring Point Monitoring

Date Monitoring

Period

Monitoring Results dB(A)

Applicable Standard

dB(A)

Tangjiawu N1

2020/04/09 Daytime 51 55

Nighttime 41 45

2020/04/10 Daytime 54 55

Nighttime 41 45

Jiangxuanwu N2

2020/04/09 Daytime 53 55

Nighttime 41 45

2020/04/10 Daytime 53 55

Nighttime 41 45

Huaipu road resident N3

2020/04/09 Daytime 57 70

Nighttime 43 55

2020/04/10 Daytime 55 70

Nighttime 43 55

Siqian drainage pump station N4

2020/04/09 Daytime 49 55

Nighttime 42 45

2020/04/10 Daytime 50 55

Nighttime 42 45

Siqian drainage pump station N5

2020/04/09 Daytime 49 55

Nighttime 41 45

2020/04/10 Daytime 52 55

Nighttime 42 45

Hongjiaduan community (near road) N6

2020/04/09 Daytime 56 70

Nighttime 44 55

2020/04/10 Daytime 57 70

Nighttime 43 55

Sanyangjie drainage pump station N7

2020/04/09 Daytime 53 55

Nighttime 42 45

2020/04/10 Daytime 52 55

Nighttime 42 45

Residents at the north of Sanyangjie pump station

N8

2020/04/09 Daytime 54 55

Nighttime 41 45

2020/04/10 Daytime 55 55

Nighttime 41 45

Residents at the south of Sanyangjie pump station

N9

2020/04/09 Daytime 54 55

Nighttime 43 45

2020/04/10 Daytime 53 55

Nighttime 43 45

Luojialong drainage pump station N10

2020/04/09 Daytime 53 55

Nighttime 43 45

2020/04/10 Daytime 52 55

69

Monitoring Point Monitoring

Date Monitoring

Period

Monitoring Results dB(A)

Applicable Standard

dB(A)

Nighttime 42 45

Xincheng School N11

2020/04/09 Daytime 53 55

Nighttime 41 45

2020/04/10 Daytime 53 55

Nighttime 41 45

Taiyangdao pump station N12

2020/04/09 Daytime 52 55

Nighttime 41 45

2020/04/10 Daytime 51 55

Nighttime 42 45

Linjiang community N13

2020/04/09 Daytime 56 70

Nighttime 44 55

2020/04/10 Daytime 58 70

Nighttime 44 55

Jinshazhou pump station N14

2020/04/09 Daytime 55 70

Nighttime 46 55

2020/04/10 Daytime 59 70

Nighttime 45 55

Residents at Binjiang north road N15

2020/04/09 Daytime 52 70

Nighttime 42 55

2020/04/10 Daytime 54 70

Nighttime 43 55

Residents near Yanganqiao N16

2020/04/09 Daytime 51 55

Nighttime 42 45

2020/04/10 Daytime 52 55

Nighttime 44 45

Residents at north of Huaqiao N17

2020/04/09 Daytime 48 55

Nighttime 40 45

2020/04/10 Daytime 50 55

Nighttime 41 45

Residents near Fengshu river N18

2020/04/09 Daytime 54 55

Nighttime 47 45

2020/04/10 Daytime 55 55

Nighttime 45 45

Residents near Xianying river N19

2020/04/09 Daytime 51 55

Nighttime 41 45

2020/04/10 Daytime 50 55

Nighttime 41 45

Residents Chuanpu N20

2020/04/09 Daytime 50 55

Nighttime 39 45

2020/04/10 Daytime 51 55

Nighttime 40 45

Residents near Yingjiachong N21

2020/04/09 Daytime 48 55

Nighttime 40 45

2020/04/10 Daytime 50 55

Nighttime 40 45

Longmen town N22

2020/04/15 Daytime 55 55

Nighttime 44 45

2020/04/16 Daytime 53 55

Nighttime 44 45

Mujin county 2020/04/15 Daytime 52 55

70

Monitoring Point Monitoring

Date Monitoring

Period

Monitoring Results dB(A)

Applicable Standard

dB(A)

N23 Nighttime 44 45

2020/04/16 Daytime 55 55

Nighttime 43 45

Changshou town N24

2020/04/15 Daytime 54 55

Nighttime 42 45

2020/04/16 Daytime 54 55

Nighttime 41 45

Jiayi town N25

2020/04/15 Daytime 54 55

Nighttime 41 45

2020/04/16 Daytime 52 55

Nighttime 40 45

Sanshi town N26

2020/04/15 Daytime 54 55

Nighttime 42 45

2020/04/16 Daytime 55 55

Nighttime 40 45

Anding town N27

2020/04/15 Daytime 53 55

Nighttime 41 45

2020/04/16 Daytime 54 55

Nighttime 39 45

Wenjiang town N28

2020/04/15 Daytime 52 55

Nighttime 40 45

2020/04/16 Daytime 52 55

Nighttime 40 45

Wukou town, Panshi village N29

2020/04/15 Daytime 53 55

Nighttime 42 45

2020/04/16 Daytime 52 55

Nighttime 42 45

Wukou town, Panshi village N30

2020/04/15 Daytime 50 55

Nighttime 42 45

2020/04/16 Daytime 53 55

Nighttime 40 45

Wushi town N31

2020/04/15 Daytime 54 55

Nighttime 40 45

2020/04/16 Daytime 54 55

Nighttime 39 45

Garden center N32

2020/04/15 Daytime 51 55

Nighttime 39 45

2020/04/16 Daytime 51 55

Nighttime 39 45

133. River sediment quality. Sampling of riverbed sediments for heavy metals and persistent organic pollutants was carried out in May 2020. For 34 compounds that are persistent organic pollutants, the levels were lower than detection limits i.e. did not exceed the standard (carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, methyl chloride, 1,1-dichloroethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, 1,1-Dichloroethylene, 1,2-dichloroethylene, 1,2-dichloropropane, 1,1,1,2-tetrachloroethane, 1,1,2,2-tetrachloroethane, Tetrachloroethylene, 1,1,1-trichloroethane, 1,1,2-trichloroethane, trichloroethylene, 1,2,3-trichloropropane, vinyl chloride, benzene, chlorobenzene, 1,2-dichlorobenzene, 1,4-dichlorobenzene, ethylbenzene, styrene, toluene, M-xylene + p-xylene, O-xylene, nitrobenzene, aniline, 2-chlorophenol, benzo[a]anthracene, benzo[a]pyrene, benzo[b]fluoranthene, benzo[k]fluoranthene, dibenzo[a,h]anthracene, Indenol[1,2,3-cd]pyrene,

71

naphthalene). Cadmium levels in the north section of Q10 Miluo River Bridge slightly exceeded the Soil Environment Quality-Agricultural Soil Pollution Risk Management Standard (GB15618-2018). Other indicators met with the risk management requirements of GB15618-2018. Dredging will not be conducted in the Q10 section.

Table III-11: Baseline Sediment Monitoring Results Sampling Location Parameter (units mg/kg except for pH)

pH Cu Zn Pb Cd As Hg Cr

Q1: Yanjiatan Bridge 6.61 31.1 117 24 0.16 9.02 0.081 56.4

Q2: Jinshazhou 6.84 42.0 120 29 0.12 12.9 0.065 52.2

Q3: Yanganqiao River 7.06 23.4 88.0 32 0.28 11.6 0.088 46.7

Q4: Huaqiao 6.64 26.5 99.7 25 0.10 9.15 0.086 48.4

Q5: Fengshu River 6.52 24.0 97.1 20 0.15 11.4 0.088 51.3

Q6: Xianjiang River 6.70 27.0 100 30 0.23 9.87 0.225 44.4

Q7: Yingjia River 6.52 24.5 136 21 0.18 8.78 0.058 41.9

Q8: Lijiaduan River 6.60 23.7 151 16 0.09 10.0 0.041 46.4

Q9: Lusushan River 6.60 22.7 86.2 17 ND 10.2 0.041 53.9

Q10: Miluo River Bridge 7.24 28.5 107 23 0.32 16.0 0.062 39.9

Q11: Longmen Village 7.36 21.0 84.7 20 0.13 9.54 0.048 42.0

Q12: Dongpinshan 6.90 28.7 120 15 0.16 6.45 0.066 48.2

Q13: Mujin County 7.10 33.3 143 25 0.22 11.2 0.060 37.8

Q14: Changshou Town 7.30 25.4 83.1 30 0.25 12.1 0.067 17.6

Q15: Jiayi Town 7.06 22.2 109 17 ND 9.90 0.071 54.4

Q16: Sanshi Town 7.22 25.4 85.2 21 ND 13.7 0.113 53.6

Q17: Anding Town 7.36 29.2 92.5 20 ND 15.2 0.053 76.8

Q18: Wenjiang Town 7.38 25.4 85.8 21 0.15 14.0 0.059 54.3

Q19: Panshi 7.34 21.6 84.7 19 0.13 9.91 0.049 38.1

Q20: Wukou Village 7.68 21.6 78.3 18 0.10 7.67 0.041 40.9

Q21: Wushi Town 7.24 19.9 78.8 16 0.09 7.92 0.063 36.6

Q22: Garden Center 7.70 24.6 57.5 7 ND 2.62 0.027 17.7

Screening assessment level 6.5-7.5 100 250 120 0.3 30 2.4 200

>7.5 100 300 170 0.6 25 3.4 250

Risk control level 6.5-7.5 700 3.0 120 4.0 100

>7.5 1000 4.0 100 6.0 1300 ND = not detected.

134. Locations of sediment sampling sites are shown in the following figures.

72

Figure III-11: Sediment sampling points (urban section)

73

Figure III-12: Sediment sampling points (rural section a)

74

Figure III-13: Sediment sampling points (rural section b)

75

Figure III-14: Sediment sampling points (rural section c)

76

Figure III-15: Sediment sampling points (rural section d)

77

2. Subproject 2: Huangjin River National Wetland Park Restoration and Protection 135. Hunan Anbo Testing Co., Ltd. monitored the surface water quality of Huangjin River from April 15 to 17, 2020 and the acoustic environment at the site boundary and sensitive receptor from April 15 to 16, 2020. 136. Surface water quality. The water intake of Huangjindong Reservoir on the east side of the project meets the category II standard in Surface Water Quality Standards (GB3838-2002), and the water quality of the section of the Huangjin River at upstream and downstream of the project's proposed sites have reached the category III standard, indicating that the surface water environment quality in the project area is in good condition.

137. Acoustic environment. According to the noise monitoring results, the noise at the monitoring points in the project area meets the requirements for the standard limits of Class 1 of Acoustic Environmental Quality Standards (GB3096-2008), indicating that the current acoustic environment quality in the area is in good condition.

Figure III-16: Water and Acoustic Environment Monitoring Points-Huangjin River National

Wetland Park

Table III-12: Surface Water Quality Monitoring at Huangjin River National Wetland Park Monitoring Indicator

Monitoring Results

W1: Intake of Huangjindong

Reservoir

W2: 500 m upstream of the biodiversity monitoring

center

W3: 500 m upstream of the bird watching

tower

W4: 1000 m downstream of the education gallery

pH 7.31-7.36 7.3-7.35 7.36-7.41 7.28-7.32

CODCr 5-6 5-7 11-13 5-7

BOD5 2-2.5 2.6-2.9 3.8-4 2.4-2.7

NH3-N 0.258-0.267 0.179-0.231 0.061-0.112 0.058-0.081

78

SS 4-6 6-8 8-10 5-9

TN 0.45-0.48 0.36-0.82 0.36-0.69 0.64-0.85

TP 0.01-0.02 0.02-0.02 0.01-0.03 0.02-0.03

Petroleum 0.02-0.03 0.02-0.03 0.02-0.02 0.02-0.02

Volatile Phenol

ND ND ND ND

LAS ND ND ND ND

Fluoride 0.088-0.102 0.093-0.102 0.088-0.102 0.094-0.103

Cyanide ND ND ND ND

Cu ND ND ND ND

Zn ND ND ND ND

Pb ND ND ND ND

Cr ND ND ND ND

Hg ND ND ND ND

As 0.0276-0.0474 0.0285-0.0466 0.0282-0.0467 0.0279-0.0435

Cr6+ ND ND ND ND ND = not detected.

Table III-13: Acoustic Environment Monitoring at Huangjin River National Wetland Park

Monitoring Points Daytime Nighttime

2020/04/15 2020/04/16 2020/04/15 2020/04/16

N1: 1m from east boundary of biodiversity monitoring center

51 50 45 45

N2: 1m from south boundary of biodiversity monitoring center

51 51 44 41

N3: 1m from west boundary of biodiversity monitoring center

51 51 45 44

N4: 1m from north boundary of bird watching tower 51 51 45 44

N5: 1m from east boundary of bird watching tower 51 50 45 43

N6: 1m from south boundary of bird watching tower 50 51 45 44

N7: 1m from west boundary of bird watching tower 52 51 44 44

N8: 1m from north boundary of bird watching tower 50 51 45 43

N9: residents at 140 m southeast of the biodiversity monitoring center

50 51 44 44

Class 1 of GB3096-2008 55 45

3. Subproject 4: Integrated Water Supply in Urban and Rural Pingjiang

138. Air quality. The total suspended particles (TSP) were monitored at the construction area from 12 to 18 April 2020 for seven consecutive days. The monitoring results showed compliance with the requirements of Class II of Ambient Air Quality Standard (GB3095-2012).

Table III-14: Air Quality Environment Monitoring Results – Water Supply Monitoring Point Monitoring Results

(μg/m3)

Day1 Day2 Day3 Day4 Day5 Day6 Day7

G1: Nanjiang WSP 0.112 0.119 0.106 0.117 0.108 0.112 0.107

G2: Nanjiang Town 0.134 0.125 0.122 0.13 0.124 0.123 0.129

G3: Meixian Town 0.106 0.1 0.111 0.116 0.105 0.11 0.107

G4: Zhongjia Village 0.113 0.108 0.12 0.121 0.113 0.121 0.124 WSP = water supply plant.

139. Surface water. Dajiangdong reservoir is the source of drinking water that the applicable

79

standard is category II of GB3838-2002. One monitoring section (W1) was arranged at the water intake and 13 monitoring sections (W2-W14) were arranged at each inflow to the reservoir. Except for the total nitrogen exceeding the standard, the monitoring factors of monitoring sections of W2 to W14 met the category III requirements. 140. Acoustic environment. Baseline noise was monitored at the boundary of the proposed site for the Nanjiang WSP and sensitive receptors along the pipeline. The acoustic environment quality in the project area has reached the class 2 standard requirements of Acoustic Environment Quality Standard (GB3096-2008) and World Bank Group’s EHS standards.

80

Table III-15: Surface Water Quality Monitoring Results-Water Supply Monitoring Location Date Monitoring Results (unit: mg/L; pH: Dimensionless)

pH SS COD BOD5 NH3-N TP TN petroleum Volatile Phenol

Fluoride

W1: Intake of WSP 2020/04/15 7.57 6 6 1.7 0.076 0.04 1.68 0.02 ND 0.198

2020/04/16 7.6 8 5 1.9 0.088 0.04 1.71 0.01 ND 0.195

2020/04/17 7.62 10 8 2.1 0.073 0.04 1.63 0.01 ND 0.192

W2: Jiangbawu 2020/04/15 7.22 8 6 1.8 0.047 0.04 1.06 0.01 ND 0.492

2020/04/16 7.24 10 6 2 0.061 0.04 1.09 0.02 ND 0.493

2020/04/17 7.28 12 6 2.2 0.066 0.04 1.01 0.01 ND 0.496

W3: Xuelijia 2020/04/15 7.14 7 9 3 0.195 0.05 1.78 ND ND 0.47

2020/04/16 7.16 9 9 3.1 0.215 0.05 1.81 0.02 ND 0.475

2020/04/17 7.18 10 8 3.3 0.227 0.05 1.73 0.01 ND 0.478

W4: Linjiayuan 2020/04/15 7.2 5 6 2 0.246 0.03 1.59 0.02 ND 0.514

2020/04/16 7.24 6 6 2.4 0.255 0.03 1.62 0.01 ND 0.514

2020/04/17 7.26 8 7 2.8 0.255 0.04 1.54 0.01 ND 0.516

W5: 500 m upstream of Nanjiang WSP wastewater outlet

2020/04/15 7.33 6 8 2.7 0.155 0.04 1.03 0.02 ND 0.526

2020/04/16 7.36 8 10 2.8 0.162 0.04 1.06 0.01 ND 0.527

2020/04/17 7.38 9 6 3 0.171 0.05 0.98 0.01 ND 0.53

W6: 500 m downstream of Nanjiang WSP wastewater outlet

2020/04/15 6.76 9 5 1.5 0.169 0.05 1.85 0.01 ND 0.499

2020/04/16 6.8 9 5 1.8 0.171 0.05 1.88 0.01 ND 0.497

2020/04/17 6.82 9 8 2 0.181 0.05 1.8 0.02 ND 0.498

W7: Zhangjiabang 2020/04/15 7.17 10 8 1.6 0.219 0.05 1.14 0.02 ND 0.51

2020/04/16 7.19 12 7 1.8 0.217 0.05 1.17 0.01 ND 0.512

2020/04/17 7.21 14 5 1.2 0.219 0.06 1.09 0.01 ND 0.513

W8: Yanying Village 2020/04/15 7.37 8 9 2 0.188 0.05 1.63 0.01 ND 0.482

2020/04/16 7.4 9 9 2.1 0.198 0.05 1.66 0.02 ND 0.486

2020/04/17 7.44 10 8 2 0.207 0.05 1.58 0.01 ND 0.486

W9: Shangzhou Village 2020/04/15 7.34 6 8 1.7 0.234 0.06 0.85 0.01 ND 0.425

2020/04/16 7.36 7 6 1.5 0.241 0.06 0.88 0.01 ND 0.428

2020/04/17 7.38 7 5 1.2 0.248 0.06 0.8 0.02 ND 0.429

W10: Banqiao Village 2020/04/15 7.31 9 8 2.4 0.204 0.06 1.3 0.01 ND 0.459

2020/04/16 7.33 9 8 1.8 0.211 0.06 1.33 ND ND 0.457

2020/04/17 7.36 10 6 1 0.219 0.06 1.25 0.01 ND 0.455

W11: Yangjiaduan 2020/04/15 7.25 7 6 1.8 0.246 0.06 1.51 0.01 ND 0.455

2020/04/16 7.28 8 10 2 0.248 0.06 1.54 ND ND 0.457

2020/04/17 7.3 8 5 2 0.246 0.07 1.46 0.02 ND 0.456

81

Monitoring Location Date Monitoring Results (unit: mg/L; pH: Dimensionless)

pH SS COD BOD5 NH3-N TP TN petroleum Volatile Phenol

Fluoride

W12: Tuochong Village 2020/04/15 7.19 13 8 1.4 0.198 0.04 0.97 0.01 ND 0.453

2020/04/16 7.21 15 6 1.2 0.198 0.04 1 0.01 ND 0.456

2020/04/17 7.24 17 5 0.8 0.2 0.05 0.92 0.01 ND 0.456

W13: Shuangziyuan 2020/04/15 7.4 9 7 1.2 0.219 0.05 1.27 0.02 ND 0.422

2020/04/16 7.42 9 7 1.4 0.219 0.05 1.29 ND ND 0.423

2020/04/17 7.44 9 7 1.4 0.217 0.05 1.21 0.01 ND 0.426

W14: Fangu Village 2020/04/15 7.21 10 8 1.8 0.23 0.05 1.57 0.02 ND 0.459

2020/04/16 7.24 12 6 1.4 0.234 0.05 1.6 0.01 ND 0.456

2020/04/17 7.26 13 9 1.8 0.237 0.05 1.52 ND ND 0.457

ND = not detected

82

Table III-16: Acoustic Environment Monitoring Results-Water Supply Monitoring Points Monitoring

Date Duration Monitoring Results

dB(A)

N1: East boundary of Nanjiang Water Supply Plant

2020/04/15 Daytime 51

Nighttime 41

2020/04/16 Daytime 50

Nighttime 41

N2: South boundary of Nanjiang Water Supply Plant

2020/04/15 Daytime 51

Nighttime 42

2020/04/16 Daytime 51

Nighttime 42

N3: West boundary of Nanjiang Water Supply Plant 2020/04/15 Daytime 51

Nighttime 43

2020/04/16 Daytime 51

Nighttime 42

N4: North boundary of Nanjiang Water Supply Plant

20/04/15 Daytime 53

Nighttime 45

2020/04/16 Daytime 51

Nighttime 40

N5: Liaojiawan (pipeline sensitive receptor)

2020/04/15 Daytime 51

Nighttime 44

2020/04/16 Daytime 51

Nighttime 41

N6: Miaowan (pipeline sensitive receptor) 2020/04/15 Daytime 51

Nighttime 44

2020/04/16 Daytime 51

Nighttime 42

N7: Ma’an Village (pipeline sensitive receptor) 2020/04/15 Daytime 51

Nighttime 45

2020/04/16 Daytime 51

Nighttime 45

N8: Qingfeng Village (pipeline sensitive receptor) 2020/04/15 Daytime 51

Nighttime 45

2020/04/16 Daytime 51

Nighttime 45

N9: Gaonan Village (pipeline sensitive receptor) 2020/04/15 Daytime 51

Nighttime 43

2020/04/16 Daytime 50

Nighttime 43

N10: Congyi Village (pipeline sensitive receptor) 2020/04/15 Daytime 51

Nighttime 43

2020/04/16 Daytime 51

Nighttime 41

N11: Gaonan Village (pipeline sensitive receptor) 2020/04/15 Daytime 51

Nighttime 44

2020/04/16 Daytime 51

Nighttime 44

N12: Yanying Village (pipeline sensitive receptor) 2020/04/15 Daytime 50

Nighttime 42

2020/04/16 Daytime 51

Nighttime 42

N13: Shangzhou Village (pipeline sensitive receptor)

2020/04/15 Daytime 51

Nighttime 45

83

Monitoring Points Monitoring Date

Duration Monitoring Results dB(A)

2020/04/16 Daytime 51

Nighttime 40

N14: Banqiao Village (pipeline sensitive receptor) 2020/04/15 Daytime 51

Nighttime 42

2020/04/16 Daytime 51

Nighttime 43

N15: Zhongjia Village 2020/04/15 Daytime 51

Nighttime 43

2020/04/16 Daytime 51

Nighttime 43

N16: Meixian Town (pipeline sensitive receptor) 2020/04/15 Daytime 50

Nighttime 43

2020/04/16 Daytime 50

Nighttime 42

N17: Yuping Town (pipeline sensitive receptor) 2020/04/15 Daytime 51

Nighttime 45

2020/04/16 Daytime 51

Nighttime 41

N18: Tuochong Village (pipeline sensitive receptor) 2020/04/15 Daytime 50

Nighttime 43

2020/04/16 Daytime 51

Nighttime 42

N19: Fangu Village (pipeline sensitive receptor) 2020/04/15 Daytime 50

Nighttime 44

2020/04/16 Daytime 52

Nighttime 43

N20: Yuping county (pipeline sensitive receptor) 2020/04/15 Daytime 50

Nighttime 41

2020/4/16 Daytime 52

Nighttime 42

N21: Wangsi Village (pipeline sensitive receptor) 2020/04/15 Daytime 53

Nighttime 41

2020/04/16 Daytime 52

Nighttime 42

World Bank EHS standard Daytime 55

Nighttime 45

Class 2 of GB3096-2008 Daytime 60

Nighttime 50

4. Subprojects 5 and 6: Wastewater Management in Rural Pingjiang

141. Air Quality. Baseline ambient air quality monitoring was undertaken from 8th to 14th April 2020 for seven consecutive days. Monitoring results are presented in Table III-16, indicating that the odor, H2S, NH3 and TSP met the limits of EIA Technical Guideline for Atmospheric Environment (HJ2.2-2018) and Class II of Ambient Air Quality Standard (GB3095-2012).

Table III-17: Air Quality Environment Monitoring Results – Wastewater Treatment Monitoring points Monitoring Results

(mg/m3)

Odor NH3 H2S TSP

Xiejiang Primary School <10 0.06-0.08 0.001-0.005 0.141-0.157

84

Monitoring points Monitoring Results (mg/m3)

Odor NH3 H2S TSP

Xincun Primary School <10 0.08-0.09 0.002-0.005 0.160-0.173

Fengshuangshan Primary School <10 0.06-0.08 0.004-0.006 0.115-0.138

Lishan Middle School <10 0.06-0.08 0.003-0.007 0.132-0.150

Jiayi Town Central Primary School <10 0.08-0.09 0.002-0.005 0.132-0.140

Dazhou Middle School <10 0.07-0.09 0.003-0.008 0.140-0.146

Nanjiang Middle School <10 0.08-0.09 0.002-0.005 0.127-0.138

Yongxin Primary School <10 0.07-0.09 0.002-0.007 0.180-0.189

Anding Middle School 10-15 0.06-0.08 0.003-0.007 0.132-0.150

Longmen Town <10 0.05-0.07 0.001-0.004 0.147-0.165

Changjiang of Nanjiang Town <10 0.04-0.07 0.005-0.007 0.131-0.145

Tulong of Longmen Town <10 0.06-0.07 0.002-0.007 0.121-0.131

Hedong of Wenjiang Town <10 0.06-0.08 0.002-0.007 0.127-0.138

Lishan of Wushi Town <10 0.05-0.07 0.004-0.006 0.161-0.174

Zhezhuang of Meixian Town <10 0.05-0.07 0.003-0.006 0.151-0.158

Xijiang of Wukou Town <10 0.05-0.07 0.002-0.006 0.132-0.145

Zhengjiangshi of Shiniuzhai Town <10 0.05-0.07 0.002-0.007 0.130-0.145

Shijiang of Nanjiang Town <10 0.06-0.07 0.002-0.007 0.140-0.159

Class II of GB3095-2012, Appendix D of EIA Technical Guideline for Atmospheric Environment (HJ2.2-2018)

/ ≤0.2 ≤0.01 ≤0.3

142. Surface water. Surface water quality was test at the upstream and dowmstream of typical project school, rural residency and clinics. The monitoring results showed exceedance of category III of NH3-N, TN and TP at both upstream and downstream of the proposed project facilities because of emission of untreated wastewater.

Table III-18: Surface Water Quality Monitoring Results –Rural Wastewater Treatment Monitoring Location

Date Monitoring Results (unit: mg/L; pH: Dimensionless)

pH SS COD BOD5 NH3-N

TP TN Petroleum Volatile Phenol

W1: Jiayi Town Primary School upstream

2020/04/12 8.53 9 3.9 0.054 6 0.82 0.05 0.02 ND

2020/04/13 8.47 8 3.7 0.107 7 0.85 0.05 0.02 ND

2020/04/14 8.42 10 3.8 0.066 8 0.9 0.05 0.02 ND

W2: Jiayi Town Primary School downstream

2020/04/12 8.75 14 3.8 0.348 7 0.86 0.05 0.01 ND

2020/04/13 8.52 12 3.6 0.339 8 0.89 0.05 0.01 ND

2020/04/14 8.46 14 3.6 0.332 8 0.94 0.05 0.01 ND

W3: Yongning Village, Changshou Town residence (upstream)

2020/04/12 7.1 8 2.3 0.258 6 0.74 0.06 0.01 ND

2020/04/13 7.12 9 3.5 0.272 7 0.78 0.06 0.01 ND

2020/04/14

7.14 8 2.8 0.282 8 0.8 0.06 0.01 ND

W4: Yongning Village, Changshou Town residence (downstream)

2020/04/12 7.19 10 3.2 0.164 8 0.84 0.04 ND ND

2020/04/13 7.2 11 3.3 0.176 9 0.83 0.04 ND ND

2020/04/14

7.2 9 3.4 0.183 9 0.85 0.04 ND ND

W5: Hongqiao 2020/04/12 6.56 19 6 1.08 5 2.19 0.22 ND ND

85

Monitoring Location

Date Monitoring Results (unit: mg/L; pH: Dimensionless)

pH SS COD BOD5 NH3-N

TP TN Petroleum Volatile Phenol

Clinic upstream

2020/04/13 7.09 17 6.2 1.02 6 2.14 0.22 0.01 ND

2020/04/14 6.9 17 6.4 1.01 9 2.13 0.22 ND ND

W5: Hongqiao Clinic downstream

2020/04/12 6.58 17 5.1 1.1 9 2.28 0.23 0.02 ND

2020/04/13 6.74 18 5.3 1.06 10 2.23 0.22 0.02 ND

2020/04/14 6.72 20 5.5 1.04 11 2.22 0.22 0.02 ND

GB3838-2002 6-9 / 20 4 1 0.2 1 0.05 0.005

143. Acoustic environment was test at the four boundaries of the typical project school, rural residency and clinic. The school monitoring points meet the Class 1 standards in the "Acoustic Environmental Quality Standards" (GB3096-2008) during the day and night, and the surrounding acoustic environment is of good quality; the south and east Hongqiao clinic’s noise value exceeded Class 1 standard in "Acoustic Environmental Quality Standards" (GB3096-2008) because of the transportation noise.

Table III-19: Acoustic Environment Monitoring Results-Rural Wastewater Treatment

Monitoring Points Monitoring Date Duration Monitoring Results dB(A)

N1: North boundary of Xiejiang Primary School, Jiayi Town

2020/04/13 Daytime 53

Nighttime 41

2020/04/14 Daytime 54

Nighttime 43

N2: South boundary of Xiejiang Primary School, Jiayi Town

2020/04/13 Daytime 53

Nighttime 40

2020/04/14 Daytime 53

Nighttime 41

N3: West boundary of Xiejiang Primary School, Jiayi Town

2020/04/13 Daytime 52

Nighttime 43

2020/04/14 Daytime 53

Nighttime 40

N4: East boundary of Xiejiang Primary School, Jiayi Town

2020/04/13 Daytime 55

Nighttime 42

2020/04/14 Daytime 53

Nighttime 41

N5: North boundary of Yongning Village, Changshou Town

2020/04/13 Daytime 51

Nighttime 40

2020/04/14 Daytime 50

Nighttime 41

N6: South boundary of Yongning Village, Changshou Town

2020/04/13 Daytime 51

Nighttime 43

2020/04/14 Daytime 51

Nighttime 41

N7: West boundary of Yongning Village, Changshou Town

2020/04/13 Daytime 52

Nighttime 42

2020/04/14 Daytime 50

Nighttime 41

N8: East boundary of Yongning Village, Changshou Town

2020/04/13 Daytime 51

Nighttime 41

86

Monitoring Points Monitoring Date Duration Monitoring Results dB(A)

2020/04/14 Daytime 51

Nighttime 51

N9: North boundary of Hongqiao Clinic

2020/04/13 Daytime 53

Nighttime 41

2020/04/14 Daytime 55

Nighttime 41

N10: South boundary of Hongqiao Clinic 2020/04/13 Daytime 57

Nighttime 43

2020/04/14 Daytime 55

Nighttime 40

N11: West boundary of Hongqiao Clinic 2020/04/13 Daytime 53

Nighttime 41

2020/04/14 Daytime 55

Nighttime 41

N12: East boundary of Hongqiao Clinic 2020/04/13 Daytime 57

5. Subproject 7: Sustainable Livestock Waste Management

144. Air Quality. Ninety-four farms are involved in this subproject. Twenty representative farms were selected to conduct baseline air quality monitoring. These 20 farms cover the range of farm sizes, livestoc, and surrounding land uses, of the 94 farms. Ambient air quality monitoring was undertaken from 8–14 April 2020 for 7 consecutive days. Results indicate that NH3 and TSP meet the limits of EIA Technical Guideline for Atmospheric Environment (HJ2.2-2018) and Class II of Ambient Air Quality Standard (GB3095-2012); but that levels of H2S exceeded the PRC standard (Table III-19) due to untreated odor emissions from the farms.

Table III-20: Baseline Air Quality Monitoring-Livestock Waste Management

Monitoring Points Monitoring Results (mg/m3)

Odor NH3 H2S TSP

Yuanping cattle farm 12-15 0.10-0.12 0.007-0.015 0.143-0.164

Genyou farm 11-15 0.10-0.12 0.007-0.011 0.130-0.150

Wenhua pig farm 13-18 0.13-0.15 0.009-0.013 0.119-0.138

Yujie pig farm 11-14 0.10-0.12 0.007-0.013 0.139-0.153

Deping farm 13-15 0.16-0.18 0.008-0.014 0.122-0.138

Shengliang pig farm 14-19 0.10-0.13 0.008-0.015 0.132-0.141

Xujiaao pig farm 16-19 0.10-0.12 0.009-0.013 0.120-0.132

Lianfa forestry farmer cooperative’s pig farm 15-19 0.10-0.13 0.005-0.011 0.121-0.136

Tuobin farm 11-15 0.10-0.11 0.008-0.016 0.115-0.127

Dianlin farm 11-14 0.10-0.12 0.007-0.014 0.120-0.132

Guohui farm 17-19 0.13-0.15 0.005-0.012 0.122-0.136

Songshuyuan cooperative’s farm 16-19 0.15-0.17 0.007-0.013 0.120-0.134

Daping farm 13-19 0.15-0.17 0.007-0.012 0.118-0.136

Daxiangsenzhong cooperative’s farm 12-16 0.10-0.12 0.009-0.013 0.165-0.182

Heping farm 16-19 0.15-0.16 0.008-0.012 0.126-0.138

Shuofeng farm 17-19 0.15-0.17 0.009-0.014 0.115-0.122

Changqing farm 14-18 0.15-0.17 0.008-0.015 0.111-0.124

Jianhong cooperative’s farm 15-19 0.16-0.18 0.006-0.016 0.125-0.143

Class II of GB3095-2012, / ≤0.2 ≤0.01 ≤0.3

87

Monitoring Points Monitoring Results (mg/m3)

Odor NH3 H2S TSP

Appendix D of EIA Technical Guideline for Atmospheric Environment (HJ2.2-2018)

145. Acoustic environment. Four monitoring points were set at the boundary of each selected farm. The results (Table III-20) indicate a relatively quiet acoustic environment, with daytime and night-time values around the PRC and EHS standards for the two most quiet categories (0 and 1; Table I-7).

Table III-21: Baseline Noise Air Quality Monitoring-Livestock Waste Management

Monitoring Points Monitoring Date Duration Monitoring Results dB(A)

N1 North of Deping Farm 2020/04/21

Daytime 54 Nighttime 40

2020/04/22 Daytime 53 Nighttime 40

N2 South of Deping Farm 2020/04/21

Daytime 56 Nighttime 42

2020/04/22 Daytime 52 Nighttime 42

N3 West of Deping Farm 2020/04/21

Daytime 52 Nighttime 41

2020/04/22 Daytime 52 Nighttime 42

N4 North of Deping Farm 2020/04/21

Daytime 52 Nighttime 41

2020/04/22 Daytime 53 Nighttime 41

N5 East of Wenhua Farm 2020/04/21

Daytime 55 Nighttime 40

2020/04/22 Daytime 51 Nighttime 40

N6 South of Wenhua Farm 2020/04/21

Daytime 53 Nighttime 39

2020/04/22 Daytime 51 Nighttime 41

N7 West of Wenhua Farm 2020/04/21

Daytime 53 Nighttime 41

2020/04/22 Daytime 51 Nighttime 42

N8 North of Wenhua Farm 2020/04/21

Daytime 51 Nighttime 40

2020/04/22 Daytime 52 Nighttime 42

N9 East of Yujie Pig Farm 2020/04/21

Daytime 51 Nighttime 41

2020/04/22 Daytime 51 Nighttime 40

N10 South of Yujie Pig Farm 2020/04/21

Daytime 52 Nighttime 40

2020/04/22 Daytime 52 Nighttime 40

N11 West of Yujie Pig Farm 2020/04/21

Daytime 51 Nighttime 41

2020/04/22 Daytime 52 Nighttime 41

88

Monitoring Points Monitoring Date Duration Monitoring Results dB(A)

N12 North of Yujie Pig Farm

2020/04/21 Daytime 51 Nighttime 43

2020/04/22 Daytime 51 Nighttime 41

N13 East of Xujiaao Pig Farm 2020/04/21

Daytime 52 Nighttime 41

2020/04/22 Daytime 51 Nighttime 40

N14 South of Xujiaao Pig Farm 2020/04/21

Daytime 51 Nighttime 41

2020/04/22 Daytime 53 Nighttime 41

N15 West of Xujiaao Pig Farm 2020/04/21

Daytime 52 Nighttime 40

2020/04/22 Daytime 53 Nighttime 41

N16 North of Xujiaao Pig Farm

2020/04/21 Daytime 51 Nighttime 40

2020/04/22 Daytime 52 Nighttime 42

N17 East of Shengliangzhong Pig Farm

2020/04/21 Daytime 52 Nighttime 39

2020/04/22 Daytime 52 Nighttime 43

N18 South of Shengliangzhong PIG FARM

2020/04/21 Daytime 52 Nighttime 40

2020/04/22 Daytime 52 Nighttime 42

N19 West of Shengliangzhong Pig Farm

2020/04/21 Daytime 52 Nighttime 41

2020/04/22 Daytime 52 Nighttime 43

N20 North of Shengliangzhong Pig Farm

2020/04/21 Daytime 53 Nighttime 40

2020/04/22 Daytime 52 Nighttime 42

146. Surface water. Monitoring points were set upstream and downstream of the wastewater outlet of farms (Table III-21). Levels for two parameters exceeded the required standards: (i) TP, at 13 locations in 6 pig farms and 4 cattle farms: 7 pig farms (Wenhua – upstream [W2] and downstream [W3], W4 Yujie, W5 Xujiaao, W6 Shengliang [upstream], W7 Shengliang [downstream], W8 Lianfa Forestry Farmers Professional Cooperative – upstream [W8] and downstream [W9]) and 3 livestock farms (Yuanping Cattle Farm–upstream [W10] and downstream [11], Dianlin Farm–downstream [W13]), Genyou Farm–upstream [W16] and downstream [W17]; and (ii) ammonia nitrogen, at W5 Xujiaao Pig Farm and W8 Lianfa Forestry Farmers Professional Cooperative Pig Farm (upstream). The maximum exceedance rate was 100% and the maximum exceedance multiple was 3.22 for TP and 1.11 for ammonia nitrogen. The other parameters meet the requirements of the Class III standard in Surface Water Quality Standards (GB3838-2002). The exceedances are due to discharge of untreated wastewater. 147. Groundwater. Groundwater quality was monitored at 10 farms for three consecutive days. All monitoring results met the requirements of Class III standards in Groundwater Environmental Quality Standards (GB/T14848-2017) (Table III-22).

89

Table III-22: Surface Water Quality Monitoring Results-Livestock Waste Management Monitoring Location Date Monitoring Results (unit: mg/L; pH: Dimensionless)

pH SS COD BOD5 NH3-N TP TN Petroleum Volatile Phenol

W1: Deping farm 2020/04/20 6.54 6 8 1.7 0.155 0.02 0.46 0.01 ND

2020/04/21 6.58 8 8 1.9 0.164 0.03 0.51 0.01 ND

2020/04/22 6.64 9 9 2.1 0.167 0.02 0.48 0.01 ND

W2: Wenhua pig farm (upstream)

2020/04/20 6.53 8 8 2.4 0.43 0.06 1.47 0.02 ND

2020/04/21 6.56 8 10 2.6 0.43 0.07 1.52 ND ND

2020/04/22 6.66 8 8 2.8 0.435 0.06 1.49 0.01 ND

W3: Wenhua pig farm (downstream)

2020/04/20 6.78 4 6 1.2 0.525 0.06 1.68 0.01 ND

2020/04/21 6.8 6 7 1.4 0.537 0.07 1.73 0.01 ND

2020/04/22 6.84 7 6 1.6 0.535 0.06 1.7 0.01 ND

W4: Yujie pig farm 2020/04/20 6.6 7 10 1.8 0.451 0.06 1.86 0.01 ND

2020/04/21 6.64 7 11 2 0.466 0.07 1.91 0.01 ND

2020/04/22 6.68 9 9 2.1 0.463 0.06 1.88 0.01 ND

W5: Xujiaao pig farm 2020/04/20 6.5 8 7 2.4 1.03 0.13 2.74 0.01 ND

2020/04/21 6.54 9 9 2.6 1.04 0.14 2.78 0.01 ND

2020/04/22 6.6 12 7 2.8 1.02 0.13 2.75 0.01 ND

W6: Shengliang pig farm (upstream)

2020/04/20 6.54 10 6 3 0.31 0.14 1.91 0.02 ND

2020/04/21 6.56 10 7 3.1 0.32 0.14 1.95 ND ND

2020/04/22 6.6 14 5 3.2 0.313 0.14 1.92 0.01 ND

W7: Shengliang pig farm (downstream)

2020/04/20 6.52 8 11 2.4 0.243 0.14 2.94 0.01 ND

2020/04/21 6.53 8 11 2.5 0.255 0.14 2.99 0.01 ND

2020/04/22 6.64 10 10 2.6 0.258 0.14 2.96 ND ND

W8: Lianfa forestry farmers cooperative’s pig farm (upstream)

2020/04/20 6.51 10 7 3.5 1.1 0.14 2.83 0.01 ND

2020/04/21 6.53 11 7 3.5 1.11 0.14 2.88 0.01 ND

2020/04/22 6.56 13 6 3.6 1.09 0.13 2.85 ND ND

W9: Lianfa forestry farmers cooperative’s pig farm (downstream)

2020/04/20 6.58 9 10 3.1 0.968 0.06 3.17 0.02 ND

2020/04/21 6.6 9 10 3.2 0.975 0.06 3.22 0.02 ND

2020/04/22 6.64 9 9 3.4 0.968 0.05 3.19 0.01 ND

W10: Yuanping cattle farm (upstream)

2020/04/20 6.58 6 9 1.8 0.684 0.14 1.4 0.01 ND

2020/04/21 6.6 8 9 2 0.7 0.14 1.44 0.01 ND

2020/04/22 6.64 10 8 2.2 0.696 0.14 1.41 0.01 ND

W11: Yuanping cattle farm (downstream)

2020/04/20 6.83 7 6 1.8 0.282 0.13 1.46 ND ND

2020/04/21 6.9 7 6 1.9 0.274 0.14 1.51 0.01 ND

2020/04/22 6.94 9 5 2.1 0.286 0.13 1.48 0.01 ND

W12: Dianlin farm (upstream)

2020/04/20 6.93 10 12 3 0.265 0.14 0.91 ND ND

2020/04/21 6.94 10 12 3.1 0.258 0.14 0.95 0.02 ND

90

Monitoring Location Date Monitoring Results (unit: mg/L; pH: Dimensionless)

pH SS COD BOD5 NH3-N TP TN Petroleum Volatile Phenol

2020/04/22 6.98 14 10 3.4 0.267 0.13 0.82 0.01 ND

W13: Dianlin farm (downstream)

2020/04/20 6.9 8 6 2.4 0.332 0.13 1.16 0.02 ND

2020/04/21 6.93 9 6 2.5 0.337 0.13 1.21 0.01 ND

2020/04/22 6.93 9 5 2.6 0.334 0.13 1.18 0.01 ND

W14: Guohui farm (upstream)

2020/04/20 6.94 7 7 1.9 0.293 0.04 0.76 0.02 ND

2020/04/21 6.98 8 7 2 0.286 0.04 0.81 0.01 ND

2020/04/22 6.98 8 6 2.2 0.284 0.03 0.78 0.01 ND

W15: Guohui farm (downstream)

2020/04/20 6.7 5 10 1.4 0.181 0.04 0.95 0.01 ND

2020/04/21 6.74 9 10 1.6 0.179 0.04 1 ND ND

2020/04/22 6.75 9 10 1.8 0.191 0.04 0.97 0.01 ND

W16: Genyou farm (upstream)

2020/04/20 6.96 8 6 2.3 0.248 0.1 1.08 0.01 ND

2020/04/21 6.98 7 6 2.4 0.262 0.1 1.13 0.02 ND

2020/04/22 7 8 5 2.6 0.262 0.09 1.1 0.02 ND

W17: Genyou farm (downstream)

2020/04/20 6.7 9 10 2.9 0.234 0.09 1.04 ND ND

2020/04/21 6.72 9 10 3 0.236 0.1 1.09 0.02 ND

2020/04/22 6.75 9 10 3.1 0.238 0.09 1.06 0.01 ND

W18: Changqing farm 2020/04/20 6.58 6 11 1.6 0.181 0.08 0.64 0.01 ND

2020/04/21 6.6 12 11 1.8 0.181 0.09 0.69 ND ND

2020/04/22 6.64 10 10 2.1 0.195 0.08 0.66 0.01 ND

W19: Muxiangsenzhong farm cooperative

2020/04/20 6.7 10 7 3.2 0.207 0.08 0.83 ND ND

2020/04/21 6.72 8 7 3.4 0.217 0.08 0.87 0.01 ND

2020/04/22 6.74 10 7 3.6 0.231 0.08 0.85 ND ND

W20: Daping farm (upstream)

2020/04/20 6.64 8 11 2.6 0.195 0.05 0.76 ND ND

2020/04/21 6.64 10 11 2.7 0.216 0.05 0.81 0.02 ND

2020/04/22 6.68 12 10 2.9 0.217 0.04 0.78 0.01 ND

W21: Daping farm (downstream)

2020/04/20 6.5 14 9 2.8 0.27 0.04 0.79 0.01 ND

2020/04/21 6.54 16 9 3 0.246 0.05 0.84 0.01 ND

2020/04/22 6.64 13 8 3.2 0.246 0.04 0.81 0.01 ND

W22: Shuofeng farm (upstream)

2020/04/20 6.54 12 11 3.2 0.234 0.04 0.8 ND ND

2020/04/21 6.66 14 11 3.4 0.205 0.04 0.85 ND ND

2020/04/22 6.86 14 10 3.5 0.205 0.03 0.82 0.02 ND

W23: Shuofeng (downstream)

2020/04/20 6.99 10 7 2.4 0.274 0.04 0.73 0.01 ND

2020/04/21 7 12 7 2.5 0.286 0.04 0.78 0.02 ND

2020/04/22 7.02 10 6 2.6 0.284 0.03 0.75 0.01 ND

W24: Tuobin farm (upstream)

2020/04/20 7.01 8 10 2 0.303 0.06 0.77 0.01 ND

2020/04/21 7.02 8 10 2.2 0.308 0.06 0.82 0.01 ND

91

Monitoring Location Date Monitoring Results (unit: mg/L; pH: Dimensionless)

pH SS COD BOD5 NH3-N TP TN Petroleum Volatile Phenol

2020/04/22 7.06 9 8 2.4 0.301 0.05 0.79 0.01 ND

W25: Tuobin farm (downstream)

2020/04/20 6.86 9 12 2.4 0.16 0.05 0.8 0.02 ND

2020/04/21 6.9 10 12 2.6 0.169 0.06 0.85 0.01 ND

2020/04/22 6.94 10 12 2.8 0.164 0.05 0.82 0.01 ND

W26: Jianhong cooperative farm (upstream)

2020/04/20 6.7 7 11 1.8 0.145 0.04 0.77 0.02 ND

2020/04/21 6.74 8 11 2.1 0.155 0.04 0.82 ND ND

2020/04/22 6.76 9 10 2.2 0.162 0.03 0.79 ND ND

W27: Jianhong cooperative farm (downstream)

2020/04/20 6.91 5 6 1.6 0.26 0.04 0.59 0.01 ND

2020/04/21 6.94 6 6 1.8 0.253 0.04 0.64 0.01 ND

2020/04/22 6.96 8 5 2 0.253 0.04 0.61 0.01 ND

W28: Songshuyuan cooperative farm (upstream)

2020/04/20 6.8 6 9 2.2 0.267 0.05 0.57 ND ND

2020/04/21 6.86 8 9 2.4 0.25 0.05 0.62 0.01 ND

2020/04/22 6.89 8 8 2.5 0.258 0.04 0.59 0.01 ND

W29: Songshuyuan cooperative farm (downstream)

2020/04/20 6.74 7 9 2.5 0.231 0.05 0.48 0.01 ND

2020/04/21 6.76 7 9 2.7 0.227 0.06 0.53 0.02 ND

2020/04/22 6.76 9 9 2.8 0.229 0.05 0.5 0.01 ND

W30: Heping farm (upstream)

2020/04/20 6.93 8 7 2.6 0.282 0.06 0.72 0.01 ND

2020/04/21 6.95 7 7 2.7 0.269 0.06 0.78 0.01 ND

2020/04/22 6.98 9 6 2.9 0.271 0.06 0.75 0.01 ND

W31: Heping farm (downstream)

2020/04/20 7.12 10 6 3 0.339 0.06 0.65 0.01 ND

2020/04/21 7.14 8 6 3.1 0.349 0.06 0.7 ND ND

2020/04/22 7.16 9 6 3.3 0.347 0.06 0.67 0.01 ND

Table III-23: Groundwater Quality Monitoring Results-Livestock Waste Management

Location Date

Temperature

pH NH3-N

NO3-N NO2-N Total hardness

Soluble solid

Sulfate Chloride Total coliform

Volatile phenols

Fluoride Oxygen consumption

Colonies

°C Dimensionless

mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L MPN/100 mL

mg/L mg/L mg/L CFU/mL

G1: Wenhua Pig farm

2020/06/14 17.3 6.52 0.08 8.75 0.029 45.4 132 13.7 9.38 2 ND 0.125 1.48 62

2020/06/15 17.5 6.54 0.08 8.81 0.031 45.9 138 13.8 9.39 2 ND 0.099 1.52 65

2020/06/16 17.4 6.6 0.08 8.82 0.03 44.3 142 13.7 9.39 2 ND 0.076 1.58 63

G2: Yuanping cattle farm

2020/06/14 16.9 6.84 ND 4.87 0.042 78.4 148 15.2 34.3 ND ND 0.032 1.54 32

2020/06/15 17 6.89 ND 4.96 0.043 78.4 152 15.2 34.4 ND ND 0.046 1.56 38

2020/06/16 17 6.94 ND 4.83 0.043 77.7 156 15 34.4 ND ND 0.02 1.59 35

G3: Guohui farm

2020/06/14 17.6 6.56 ND 4.31 0.028 71.6 164 14.2 9.03 ND ND 0.076 1.72 38

2020/06/15 17.7 6.6 ND 4.33 0.035 71.3 168 14.2 9.06 ND ND 0.071 1.76 40

92

Location Date

Temperature

pH NH3-N

NO3-N NO2-N Total hardness

Soluble solid

Sulfate Chloride Total coliform

Volatile phenols

Fluoride Oxygen consumption

Colonies

°C Dimensionless

mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L MPN/100 mL

mg/L mg/L mg/L CFU/mL

2020/06/16 17.5 6.64 ND 4.34 0.03 70.9 172 14 9.04 ND ND 0.053 1.8 38

G4: Heping farm

2020/06/14 18.7 6.6 ND 1.91 0.033 97.7 184 2.81 1.93 ND ND 0.071 2.46 58

2020/06/15 18.5 6.71 ND 1.93 0.033 98.2 190 2.82 1.94 ND ND 0.06 2.54 61

2020/06/16 18.3 6.73 ND 1.85 0.033 95 194 2.58 1.92 ND ND 0.038 2.4 60

G5: Shuofeng farm

2020/06/14 17.8 6.57 ND 0.619 0.028 35.2 139 0.424 0.833 2 ND 0.213 1.96 88

2020/06/15 17.6 6.59 0.02 0.616 0.028 35.9 142 0.399 0.842 2 ND 0.156 2 85

2020/06/16 17.7 6.6 0.02 0.582 0.028 35.4 146 0.372 0.842 2 ND 0.126 2.12 86

G6: Muxiangsen farm

2020/06/14 17.2 6.5 0.25 0.34 0.029 29.1 154 2.67 1.43 ND ND 0.108 1.54 46

2020/06/15 17.4 6.54 0.26 0.344 0.028 29.5 160 2.65 1.41 ND ND 0.086 1.58 42

2020/06/16 17.4 6.58 0.26 0.322 0.028 30 164 2.54 1.41 ND ND 0.063 1.62 45

G7: Songshuyuan farm

2020/06/14 18.3 6.5 ND 0.257 0.029 93.2 174 1.57 0.353 ND ND 0.661 2.26 41

2020/06/15 18.9 6.52 ND 0.253 0.029 92.7 184 1.59 0.311 ND ND 0.433 2.28 45

2020/06/16 18.2 6.54 ND 0.241 0.029 93.6 186 1.52 0.328 ND ND 0.427 2.34 40

G8: Genyou farm

2020/06/14 18.3 6.57 ND 0.946 0.03 48.8 128 7.88 2.46 ND ND 0.075 1.34 43

2020/06/15 18.7 6.59 ND 0.939 0.029 48.2 134 7.78 2.41 ND ND 0.068 1.38 40

2020/06/16 18.1 6.61 ND 0.954 0.03 47.7 138 7.82 2.41 ND ND 0.038 1.42 42

G9: Tuobin farm

2020/06/14 19.4 6.6 ND 3.8 0.034 36.4 160 2.2 8.78 2 ND 0.047 1.68 86

2020/06/15 19.7 6.62 ND 3.77 0.029 36.8 168 2.03 8.81 2 ND 0.052 1.74 85

2020/06/16 19.4 6.64 ND 3.81 0.028 36.4 172 2.19 8.75 2 ND 0.026 1.84 85

G10: Jianhong farm

2020/06/14 19.1 6.9 ND 0.042 0.028 34.1 179 0.655 0.07 ND ND 0.014 2.1 40

2020/06/15 19.3 6.94 ND 0.042 0.028 34.5 182 0.659 0.061 ND ND 0.035 2.24 42

2020/06/16 19 6.98 ND 0.041 0.028 34.1 184 0.658 0.066 ND ND 0.01 2.34 41

Category III of GB/T14848-2017 6.5~8.5 ≤0.5 ≤20 ≤1.0 ≤450 ≤1000 ≤250 ≤250 ≤3.0 ≤0.002 ≤1.0 ≤3.0 ≤100

ND = not detected.

93

IV. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES A. Project Area of Influence and Sensitive Receptors 148. The project area of influence was defined as the total area which might be subjected to adverse impacts of the project. This was based on the locations of sensitive receptors, defined as settlements and/or environmental values that might be affected by the project construction and/or operation. The receptors (Tables IV-1) comprise (i) villages, communities and/or public buildings (e.g., schools, offices) potentially subject to construction- or operational- noise and/or vibration, air pollution, altered water quality or supply, and/or environment-related social impacts; (ii) public service facilities vulnerable to disturbance or pollution, e.g., water source protection areas and reservoirs; (iii) vegetation, fauna habitats, and agricultural lands within 200 m of the waterways targeted for construction works, including the Miluo River main channel, tributaries and riverbank habitats; and (iv) the mainstream and riverbank habitats downstream of the project area, e.g., in the event that downstream communities might be affected by increased flood risk or altered water supply as a result of the project. 149. The following distances were applied to identify the sensitive receptors: (i) for construction and/or operational noise – receptors within 200 m of the noise-generating source; (ii) for construction-related air quality impacts – receptors within 200 m of the source; (iii) for local ecological environment, both the surface water area and the land area within 100 m; and the footprints of the project facilities, and (iv) for potential downstream changes in hydrology, 2 km downstream from the furthest downstream construction works, based on hydrological modeling. These distances, combined with the direct construction sites, were assumed to encompass the total project area of influence.

Table IV-1: Environmental Sensitive Receptors Subproject Sensitive Receptor Description Households

(Affected Persons)

Impact

Flood risk management in Miluo River

Residents within 200 m both sides along the project river sections

553 (2213) Noise, air pollution, odor from sediment dredging

Communities, terrestrial and aquatic habitats up to 2 km downstream of the furthest construction site

the habitats for two protected fish species

Protected fish resources

Miluo River Category III water Wastewater

National Germplasm protection zone

Huangjin River Wetland restoration and management

Dushiju, residential 140-200 m south and southeast

10(40) Noise, air pollution

Integrated water supply

Huangjin River Category III water, 5 m south

wastewater

Dawu, residential 127 m west 7 (28) Noise, air pollution

Drainage canal Category III water, 116 m northeast

/ wastewater

Separating sewage from stormwater

Residents of the 24 project subdistricts/towns

/ / Noise, air pollution

Domestic sewage treatment and

Residents within 200 m of the proposed sites in the 24 project subdistricts/towns

/ / Noise, air pollution

94

Subproject Sensitive Receptor Description Households (Affected Persons)

Impact

sanitation management

Livestock waste management

/ No residential area within 500 m of the sites.

/ Noise, air pollution, odor from the livestock farm

Surface water in the vicinity of the livestock farms

Category III water / wastewater

Eco-farming Residents within 200 m of the proposed sites in the project subdistricts/towns

/ / Noise, air pollution,

B. Anticipated Project Benefits and Positive Impacts 150. Environmental Benefits. The Project will have positive, significant, and long-term impacts on the water and habitat quality of Miluo River and its tributaries through river ecological restoration, wetland construction, wastewater and livestock waste management. The communities in the flood-prone areas will be protected by improved flood protection works. A summary of the environmental benefits of each subproject is given in Table IV-2.

Table IV-2: Environmental Benefits of Subprojects Subproject

No. Subproject Name Environmental Benefits

1 Flood prevention and risk management in Miluo River

Protection of 14 towns and 12 villages from the floods. About 523,333 people and 5,100 ha of farmland will be saved from floods.

2

Huangjin River National Wetland Park restoration and protection

242 ha of habitat restoration for bird conservation and 0.8 ha of wetland restoration carried out in Huangjin River National Wetland Park. The wetland park project could increase 242.9 hectares habits for wildlife, and also provide food for local various wild animals, such as birds and territory animals; the increases of forest and plant areas could decrease the soil erosion and retard surface runoff; the wetland monitoring system could find the unexpected accident and potential risk, such as flood discharging and water pollution; the garbage collection system could improve the solid waste treatment and prevent water pollution; the awareness-raising of public could strengthen the biodiversity and prevent water pollution. it will strengthen the water conservation at the source of Miluo River, ensure the ecological safety of drinking water sources in Pingjiang County. It will also restore the functions of lakes, swamps, forests and other ecosystems in the area, and provide habitat and breeding places for various rare fish, amphibians, reptiles and birds, breed various animal and plant resources.

3 Integrated smart disaster risk management system

• Engaging non-structural measures, jointly with structural measures (Subproject 1) will promote economic, social, health, and resilience of local communities.

• Facilitating informed decision making and coordination among multi-sectoral agencies.

• Communicating with public regarding the latest updates of real-time situation of flood risk.

• Directing resources effectively for preventive actions and rescue.

4 Integrated water The subproject address the key issues in rural water supply,

95

Subproject No.

Subproject Name Environmental Benefits

supply in urban and rural Pingjiang

including (i) problems in water quality and safety; (ii) the original design parameters could not meet the current design specifications; (iii) the pipeline network does not have sufficient capacity to provide regular water supply; and (iv) the pipeline network has been built for a long time, with serious aging, disrepair problem, and high loss rate

5 Separating rainwater from sewers in urban and rural Pingjiang

The separate collection prevents the overflow of sewer systems and treatment stations during rainy periods and the mixing of the relatively little polluted surface run-off with chemical and microbial pollutants from the municipal wastewater.

6

Rural domestic wastewater treatment and sanitary conditions improvement

This subproject will contribute to the achievement of government campaign “Toilet Revolution in China,” which was announced in 2015

7 Sustainable livestock waste management

Improved sanitation infrastructure will be established to increase the collection of slurry and manure for treatment. This will reduce runoff flow into livestock waste collection system, and reduce the wastewater amount need to be treated Protect surface water bodies from contamination and eutrophication

8 Promotion of eco-farming technology and practices

• Reduction of fertilizer, chemicals, and water needed. Overall, the project is estimated to result in a considerable decrease in the use of chemical fertilizer, ranging from a 20% reduction (grape) to 74% (rice-crayfish and rice-fish), while organic fertilizer will be mostly increased, except for camellia, pear and grape; pesticide application will be decreased by -20% to -100%.

• Application of nutrients can be controlled at the precise time and rate necessary

9 Green procurement and environmental education

Reduce plastic waste generated in the tourism sector

C. Value-added during the project preparation 151. The project demonstrates that international best practices can be adopted in the poverty area of smaller counties, contributing to sustainable water resources management, restoration of ecosystems and development of livable counties and villages. ADB value added in this project includes technology innovations: (i) nature-based measures, such as ecological embankment, river riparian zones along riverbanks, wetland park restoration, and protective forests to improve water quality and manage flood risks; (ii) county-wide inclusive drinking water supply and sanitation facilities using best practices; (iii) county-wide integrated disaster risk management; (iv) circular utilization of agricultural resources, by linking livestock waste management and eco-farming to close the nutrient loop; (v) green procurement practices to be piloted in subproject facilities for eco-friendly products and county-wide public awareness-raising activities for a cleaner and more sustainable future in Pingjiang. The project is expected to generate 5,774 skilled and 7,910 non-skilled employment opportunities to local farmers. 152. Post-pandemic assistance. PCG is currently working on the preparation of a pandemic recovery and stimulus plan. The current proposed project is therefore considered as a priority for the local government as part of post-pandemic infrastructure investment, which will also contribute

96

to the PRC’s plans for the development of ‘new green infrastructure’. The project will contribute to the national plan to deliver low-carbon economic stimulus through (i) establishing a healthier city including encouraging green consumption, achieving plastic waste reduction, improving rural domestic wastewater management and sanitation services, and (ii) promoting energy efficient infrastructure using circular agriculture through linking sustainable livestock waste management with the promotion of ecological farming, as well as maximizing the use of renewable energy in water and wastewater infrastructure design. D. Pre-Construction Phase 153. Prior to construction, the following measures will be implemented.

i) Institutional strengthening. (a) The PMO will assign at least one full-time, qualified environment officer to the PMO team. This officer will lead the coordination of the EMP; (b) the ten PIUs will each assign one environmental and social focal point as part of the PIU teams; and (c) under the loan consulting services, the PMO will hire a loan implementation environment specialist (LIEC) to provide intermittent external support.

ii) Safety measures for COVID-19. Prior to the arrival of external project personnel (e.g., workers and consultants), the PMO will implement safety procedures and screening to ensure that all staff are tested negative for COVID-19 and do not pose a threat to local human populations. This will include: (i) requirement that all project personnel is tested negative for COVID-19, (ii) external workers and consultants confirm their COVID-19 – free status to PMO prior to arrival, and (iii) project safety and sanitation measures are distributed to all personnel and are included as contractual requirements for all staff.

iii) Rapid assessment of key fish species in the National Pingjiang Section of the Miluo River Germplasm Resources Protection Zone. The survey will focus on the status of three species (golden mandarin fish, yellow catfish, Japanese eel) and provide updated information on spawning location to guide the detailed engineering designs for the planned dredging and embankment works in this protection zone.

iv) Updating the EMP. The EMP will be updated as needed, including mitigation measures and monitoring. This will be the responsibility of the PMO, PIUs and LIEC.

v) Training in environmental management. The LIEC and personnel from the Hunan Environmental Protection Department and district/county EEBs will give training in the implementation and supervision of environmental mitigation measures to contractors and the construction supervision companies (CSCs).

vi) Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM). The PMO and PIUs will implement the project GRM at least two months before the start of construction to ensure that the project communities and public services (e.g., schools and nursing homes) are well informed and provided the opportunity to discuss any concerns. This is further to the public consultations already conducted during project preparation (Section VII).

vii) Bidding document and contract documents. The project environmental management plan (EMP; Attachment 1) will be included in the bidding documents and contracts for the procurement of civil works, goods and services. All contractors and subcontractors will be required to comply with the EMP.

viii) Contractor obligations. Contractors, in their bids, will respond to the environmental clauses in the bidding documents for EMP requirements. Prior to construction, each contractor will develop a site EMP, based on the attached project EMP, and assign at least one person responsible for environment, health, and safety (EHS). The site EMP shall include the following: (a) surface water protection; (b) spill control and

97

management; (c) site drainage and soil erosion protection; (d) health and safety; and (e) temporary traffic management. The site EMPs will be submitted to the environmental officer of each PMO for approval, with support of the local EEBs.

E. Construction Phase 154. Key issues anticipated from the project activities during construction phase include: (i) short-term damage to aquatic habitats in the river channels due to the dredging and embankment works, including localized damage of spawning sites for two fish species of conservation and commercial significance; (ii) limited removal of trees and shrubs along short sections of the rivers for the construction of embankments; (iii) short-term alteration of river flow from the temporary installation of drinking water extraction points during construction; and (iv) general impacts associated with civil works. Other temporary impacts include dust and gaseous dispersion, noise, construction wastewaters; temporary traffic diversion; soil erosion; worker and community health and safety. These risks are assessed as follows. Measures to avoid, minimize, and/or mitigate these risks are described and are included in the project EMP (Attachment 1).

1. Soil Erosion and Spoils 155. Construction activities, such as excavation and filling activities, may lead to surface erosion. The most vulnerable soil erosion areas in the construction site include excavation sites for pipe trenches, spoil sites, temporary construction sites, and other areas where surface soil is disturbed. Embankment construction may contribute to bank erosion and excessive suspended particles (SS) and sedimentation of the Miluo River and/or tributaries. Erosion could also occur after completion of construction, where site restoration is inadequate. Soil contamination could result from the inappropriate transfer, storage, and/or disposal of dredged sediment, chemicals, (e.g., gasoline, diesel, acetylene, and lubricant), and solid wastes. Finally, construction activities may generate surplus spoil. 156. Spoil volumes and disposal. Estimated earthworks (cut and fill volumes) for each subproject is shown in Table IV-3. The project works will generate a surplus of about 1.85 million m3 of spoil: about 1.32 million m3 for Subproject 1 and smaller amounts across three other subprojects (Table IV-3). This total volume is large, but will be generated incrementally across works in different sites over four subprojects. For Subproject 1, most of the surplus spoil will be disposed rather than reused for construction works, due to the soil properties (which, due to the proximity with nearby waterways, are too soft for the project works). For the other subprojects, the surplus spoil will be reused for onsite works. 157. For Subproject 1, the surplus spoil will be disposed in about 20 nominated sites. In accordance with PRC regulations, procedures for disposal of the surplus spoil will be as follows: (i) final spoil volumes will be recalculated during detailed engineering designs and monitored during construction, (ii) county and township construction bureaus will confirm whether there is a need or opportunity to reuse any of the surplus spoil in other projects, and (iii) remaining surplus spoil will be disposed of in new disposal sites. The disposal sites will cover a total area of about 15.5 ha, have an average height of 10 m, and a collective total storage capacity of 1.55 million m3 (greater than the estimated volume of surplus spoil for Subproject 1 of 1.32 million m3) The disposal sites will be designed as depressions inland from the river bank sections planned for dredging and embankment. For each site, a retaining wall will be set on the lower side of the pit, tailored to local topographic conditions. An intercepting ditch will be set on the upper side of the pit to intercept runoff. During the disposal process, stone in the spoil shall be separated and stacked at the bottom, and soil and earth stacked above, to ensure adequate drainage and to

98

provide a suitable substrate for site rehabilitation with vegetation. The spoil surface will be leveled with a drainage ditch then re-vegetated. The locations of the disposal sites are not yet identified and will be selected based on compliance with safeguard selection criteria (see below).

Table IV-3: Earth Cut and Fill Quantities for Each Subproject

No. Subproject

Volume of earth to be excavated

(m3)

Volume of soil to be re-

used (m3)

Net surplus volume

(m3)

Volume of earth to be borrowed

(m3)

1 Flood risk management in Miluo River 2.28 million 0.96 million 1.32 million 3.48 million

4 Integrated water supply 13,200.61 11,430.48 1,770.13 0

5 Separating sewage from stormwater 600,000 41,000 19,000 0

6

Domestic sewage treatment and sanitation management

School wastewater management

39,991.5 7,350.95 32,640.55 0

Centralized rural wastewater management

31,396 8,479 22,917 0

Health clinic wastewater management

11,370.7 7,580.6 3,790.1 0

Rural toilet renovation 292,500 82,550 209,950 0

Four grids wastewater treatment facilities

340,600 104,650 235,950 0

Total 3.61 million 1.22 million 1.85

million 3.48 million

158. Borrow volumes and sources. Only Subproject 1 requires the provision of borrowed earth (an estimated 3.48 million of earth, Table IV-3). This material will be sourced from 22 existing borrow sites/yards. Due diligence for these borrow sites is provided in Section II.D. No new borrow sites will be required or established for the project. 159. The risk of soil erosion will be mitigated through typical good construction practice as set out in EHS Guidelines, erosion controls and site maintenance, as follows.

(i) The flood season in the Miluo River usually occurs from April to September. No construction will be conducted in these months.

(ii) Small, temporary structures for flow diversion will be established during the construction of embankments and will be designed based on a 1/5-year flood recurrence interval. This accurately reflects flood history in Pingjiang County. These structures will be removed upon completion of works.

(iii) At the construction site, the potential for the stormwater runoff will be assessed and appropriate stormwater drainage systems to minimize soil erosion will be implemented, including perimeter bunds and establishment of temporary detention and settling ponds to control topsoil runoff.

(iv) Land excavation and filling will be balanced so as minimize the requirement for fill material transportation.

(v) During earthworks, the area of soil exposed to potential erosion at any time will be minimized through good project and construction management practices.

(vi) (iii) Define spoil disposal sites and borrow pit locations, in the construction-tender documents

(vii) Temporary spoil storage sites will be identified, designed, and operated to minimize impacts. Spoil sites will be restored at the conclusion of storage activities.

(viii) Spoil will be reused on-site to the maximum extent feasible as fill. Excess spoil that cannot be used on-site will be transported to an approved spoil disposal site.

99

(ix) Spoil and aggregate piles will be covered with landscape material and/or regularly watered.

(x) Waste construction material such as residual concrete and asphalt will be properly handled for reuse or disposal.

(xi) Construction and material handling activities will be limited or halted during periods of rains and high winds.

(xii) Pipelines will be installed and backfilled in a sequenced section-by-section approach. Open excavation areas during trenching activities will be minimized, and appropriate construction compaction techniques utilized.

(xiii) Any planned paving or vegetating of areas will be done as soon as practical after the materials are removed to protect and stabilize the soil.

(xiv) Once construction is complete disturbed surfaces will be properly sloped and revegetated with native trees and grass.

160. Measures for soil contamination. To reduce the risk of soil contamination from construction machinery, contractors will do the following.

(i) Store petroleum products, hazardous materials and wastes on impermeable surfaces in secured and covered areas.

(ii) Remove all construction wastes from the site to approved waste disposal sites. (iii) Establish emergency preparedness and response actions. (iv) Provide spill cleanup measures and equipment at each construction site. (v) Train contractors and crews in emergency spill response procedures.

161. Measures for disposal of surplus spoil.

(vi) For Subproject 1, the disposal sites will be selected based on compliance with the following criteria: (i) situated as close as possible to the works sites, to minimize transport costs, vehicle emissions, and risks associated with more distant transport of spoil e.g. vehicle accidents, dislodging of spoil onto roads, and inadvertent transfer of invasive species or disease vectors, (ii) located at least 500 m from the Miluo River, to avoid impacts to river banks or siltation after rainfall, (iii) avoidance of any protected areas, wetlands, waterways, flood retention areas, or other sensitive receptors, and (iv) compliance with land zoning for appropriate land use

(vii) For the other subprojects, disposal will be at existing, approved disposal sites in each county.

2. Wastewater

162. Construction wastewater. Wastewater will be produced from the maintenance and cleaning of mechanical equipment and vehicles, wastewater from pipeline cleaning, and equipment cleaning. It is estimated that each construction site will generate an estimated 1.5 m3/d construction wastewater, with suspended solids (about 300 mg/L) and petroleum (20 mg/L). 163. Wastewater from construction workers. Peak workforces are estimated to range from 10 to 200. Daily domestic wastewater discharge production is estimated as 0.1 m3 per worker per day. The pollutant concentrations of CODcr, BOD5 and NH3-N in the domestic wastewaters from the construction workers are assumed to be 300 mg/L, 150 mg/L and 40 mg/L, respectively. The estimated volumes of construction and domestic wastewater are shown in Table IV-4. Inappropriate disposal of domestic wastewater (from construction workers) or construction wastewater (from the drainage of washing construction equipment and vehicles, and oil-containing wastewater from machinery repairs) may cause soil or groundwater resources contamination

100

Table IV-4: Waste Generated during Construction

No. Subproject Number of

workers at peak construction

Domestic wastewater

(m3/d)

Construction wastewater

(m3/d)

Domestic solid waste

(kg/day)

1 Flood risk management in Miluo River

200 20 45 100

2 Huangjin River wetland restoration and management

10 1 15 5

4 Integrated water supply 50 5 75 25

5 Separating sewage from storm water

80 8 40

6 Domestic sewage treatment and sanitation management

10*182 182 2,730 910

7 Livestock waste management

8*94 sites 75.2 141 376

Total 291.2 3,006 1,456

164. To prevent pollution of water resources, the following mitigation measures and construction good practice as set out in EHS Guidelines will be implemented.

(i) Most of the workers will live in rented apartments in the towns and villages; therefore, the majority of domestic sewage will be discharged and disposed of through the existing municipal sanitation systems.

(ii) Labor camps, fuel storage, machinery maintenance workshop and vehicle cleaning areas must be stationed at least 500 m away from waterways.

(iii) Equip machine wash-down sites with water collection basins and sediment traps. (iv) Install oil-water separators before the sedimentation tank for oily wastewater

treatment. (v) Equip all sites for washing of construction equipment with water collection basins and

sediment traps. (vi) Install portable toilets at work sites and on-site wastewater pre-treatment systems for

worker camps along with maintenance protocols. (vii) Construction wastewater generated during the construction phase will be discharged

to the municipal sewer system. All discharged construction wastewater will meet the appropriate PRC standard GB/T 31962-2015 prior to discharge. Discharged water will then be treated in the nearby WWTP.

(viii) All necessary measures will be undertaken to prevent construction materials and waste from entering the drainage system.

(ix) Maintenance of construction equipment and vehicles will not be allowed on sites to reduce wastewater generation.

(x) Oil traps are provided for service areas and parking areas, and oil-water separators are installed for oil-containing wastewater;

(xi) All construction machinery is repaired and washed at special repairing shops. No on-site machine repair, maintenance, and washing shall be allowed so as to reduce wastewater generation;

(xii) Storage facilities for fuels, oil, and other hazardous materials are within secured areas on impermeable surfaces with 110% volume of the materials stored, and provided with bunds and cleanup kits;

(xiii) The contractors’ fuel suppliers are properly licensed, follow proper protocol for transferring fuel, and are in compliance with Transportation, Loading and Unloading

101

of Dangerous or Harmful Goods (JT 3145-88).

3. Solid Waste 165. The solid waste generated will comprise construction and domestic waste, and include packaging materials and waste generated during equipment and pipeline installation and cleaning. An estimate of 0.5 kg/day per worker of domestic waste will be generated from construction workers (Table IV-4). Inappropriate waste storage and disposal could affect soil, groundwater and surface water resources, and hence, public health and sanitation. The following solid waste management measures and construction good practices will be implemented.

(i) Littering by workers will be prohibited. (ii) Wastes will be reused or recycled to the extent possible. (iii) All other waste will be collected in on-site waste containers. (iv) The municipal solid waste will be cleaned by the sanitation department and

transported to Pingjiang County Sanitary Landfill Site, in accordance with PRC regulations and requirements for solid waste collection, transport, and disposal.

(v) There will be no final waste disposal on site. Waste incineration at or near the site is strictly prohibited.

(vi) Contractors will be held responsible for proper removal and disposal of any significant residual materials, wastes, spoil that remain on the site after construction.

4. Impacts from Sediment Dredging

166. Impacts of dredging work on water quality. Dredging works will be carried out for the subproject 1 for a length of about 3.19 km (820 m along the right bank of Huaqiao, 1690 m in Fengshu river, and 1400 m Yanganqiao River). The total estimated volume of the dredged sediment is 16130 tons (assuming 80% water content). The dredging sections are located in the urban area. Dredging may cause impacts to water quality due to elevated levels of silt and turbidity, the release of pollutants from contaminated sediment, and/or fuel or oil spillage from poorly maintained dredging machinery while situated within or along the river. Quantitative modeling of the potential impacts of dredging on water quality was not conducted. However, these various risks are assessed to be relatively low, based on the following: (i) the relatively small extent of works, (ii) the staging of the dredging in short, discrete sections (<300 m) to control dredging impacts and capture sediment with the use of silt traps and other measures (see below), (iii) the dredging will be restricted to the tributaries (there will be no dredging along the Miluo River mainstream), (iv) dredging will be conducted at the time of lowest flow in the dry season, (v) the results of the sediment sampling (Section III.E) indicate the planned river sections for dredging meet sediment quality standards, and (vi) for the risk of oil or fuel spillage, this risk will be minimized by management measures (see below). 167. Impacts of dredging on hydrology. The dredging depth is about 0.5 to 0.8 m. The dredging will not change the gradient of the riverbed considering the dredging works only in a small scale, and hence impacts on the river hydrology are expected to be minor.

168. Impacts of dredging on aquatic habitat. Dredging will impact the aquatic biodiversity within the dredging areas and potentially also downstream, if sediment plumes are not managed. For three subproject river sections (Huaqiao, Siqian, Chengxi), embankment works will be on both sides of the Miluo River in shallow water areas near the flood plain; for the Jinshazhou section, works will be in the center of the river. The level of potential risk to aquatic biodiversity by the dredging and embankment works was assessed by consideration of the sampling results for

102

benthic organisms, plankton, sediment quality, and the breeding requirements of fish species of conservation and commercial significance. Potential dredging impacts may include (i) the removal of benthic organisms and plankton with dredged material, (ii) release of contaminated sediments that might affect the health of flora and fauna, (iii) clogging of gills of fish and crustaceans from elevated silt levels, (iv) loss of plankton within and/or downstream of dredge sections due to high turbidity, which reduces sunlight penetration, and (v) loss of fish spawning habitats. 169. These risks and the level of potential impacts that dredging may cause were assessed to be relatively low. This is based on the following. For the benthic organisms and plankton, sampling indicates the benthic communities are mostly dominated by polychaete and oligochaete worms, aquatic insect larvae such as chironomids, and small crustaceans and mollusks typical of relatively degraded rivers already subject to high silt levels, given the level of clearance in nearby lands and upstream areas of the catchment. Dredging-caused disturbance will also be localized and temporary, and in general, benthic organisms and plankton recolonize rapidly when disturbance ceases. For the mandarin fish, spawning occurs from May to June and requires flowing water; eggs float and are disbursed downstream with river flow. The spawning ground is generally in the central channel with deep water. At one dredging site (Jinshazhou section) the dredging will result in the removal of channel sediment within the known spawning ground of this species within this river section. For the yellow catfish, spawning occurs from April to May; spawning grounds are mostly in shallow water area near the shore, and eggs are attached to vegetation. At three dredging sites (Huaqiao, Siqian, Chengxi), dredging and embankment will occur within the known spawning sites in these river sections. This will result in the temporary loss of some spawning habitat. 170. Impacts of dredging on air quality. Dredging may result in odor due to the release of polluted and anaerobic sediment. This may create temporary disturbance and discomfort to nearby households, the nearest of which will be located about 30 m away. 171. The risks of dredging to river hydrology, water quality, and ecology will be minimized and/or mitigated by the following measures. Planning, technical requirements, and timing of dredging

• The design institutes that will prepare the detailed engineering designs will include a detailed dredging plan.

• Prior to river works, the contractor, CSC, PMO Environment Officer, and County EEB, will collectively re-confirm the planned construction schedule and site EMP actions.

• The technical requirements and mitigation measures for dredging will be included in the bidding documents and construction contracts. The contractor will be required to develop a sound environmental management plan, including dredging machinery maintenance, dredged material dewatering site management, internal monitoring procedures, emergency preparedness, and response mechanism.

• Timing. Dredging will only be conducted in the dry season i.e., between November and March of the following year, when the water depth and flow are the lowest. No dredging will occur from April to October, the wet season and time of fish spawning.

• Dredging will be prohibited on rainy days to prevent silt from affecting the surrounding environment through rain flushing.

• Restricted extent of dredging at a time. Dredging will take place section-by-section and be limited to short (<300 m) sections of the channel at a time. This will minimize the disturbance and reduce the risk of large volumes of silt being disbursed

103

downstream. It will enable greater on-site control of sediment management, including regular emptying of silt curtains and sediment traps.

Management of on-site machinery and works to minimize spillage risks

• Contractors will pump slurry to designated sites along the tributary banks and properly dispose of dredged sediment and other spoil. This will reduce the impact on the water quality of the rivers and lakes.

• Contractors will develop actions for control of oil and other dangerous substances as part of their site EMPs.

• Wastewater from construction activities will be collected in sedimentation tanks, retention ponds, and filter tanks to remove silts and oil.

• All sites for washing of construction equipment will be equipped with water collection basins and sediment traps.

• Fuel storage, machinery maintenance workshop and vehicle cleaning areas must be stationed at least 500 m away from the waterbody.

• Storage facilities for fuels, oil, and other hazardous materials will be within secured areas on impermeable surfaces and provided with bunds and cleanup installations.

• Contractors’ fuel suppliers must be properly licensed. They shall follow proper protocol for transferring fuel and the PRC standard of JT3145-91 (Transportation, Loading and Unloading of Dangerous or Harmful Goods. revised).

• Earthworks along rivers, and wetlands will be accompanied by measures to minimize sediment runoff into the water bodies, including sediment traps.

• Labor camps will be located at least 500 m from the waterbody.

• Portable toilets and on-site wastewater pre-treatment systems will be installed at construction camps along with proper maintenance protocols.

• Water quality will be monitored by local environmental monitoring agency during construction as per the EMP.

• Cofferdams, if needed, will only be constructed on one side of the river channel at a time, to maintain uninterrupted water flow to downstream areas.

Measures to minimize odors released from dredging

• Community consultations before and during dredging to ensure awareness of the issue and follow-up.

• Dredging in short sections to control the works.

• Transport of sediment in sealed containers to avoid odor.

Measures to control silt loads and turbidity

• At each dredge site, coffer dams and temporary diversion channels will be used where appropriate along the river to maintain continued water flow while works is conducted.

• Temporary silt traps and fences will be placed at the downstream end of each section being dredged, and along the nearby channel banks, to further reduce the risk of high silt loads being dispersed downstream. These will be checked and emptied regularly.

Measures for sediment dewatering, transport, treatment, and safe disposal

• Upon transport by the dredger to the river bank, the sediment will be briefly drained, with water filtered through silt curtains and allowed to run directly back into the river. The moisture content of the dredged sediment at this stage is estimated to be about 60–80% of total volume, but may be lower as the dredging will be along the river bank (rather than mid-channel) and during low water levels. The sediment will be then immediately transported off-site in sealed containers to the Pingjiang County

104

Construction Waste Disposal site (Sima Village, Chengguan Town) by enclosed trucks. Due diligence for the waste disposal is provided in Section II.D. The EIA procedure for the Pingjiang County Construction Waste Disposal site is ongoing and is expected to be completed by the end of 2020. The LIEC and PMO-ES will check the status of EIA approval for this siteprior to its use for the project.

Measures to rehabilitate the dredged habitats

• Rehabilitation of spawning habitat. For the yellow catfish, the embankments to be established in the Huaqiao, Siqian, and Chengxi river sections will utilize gabion blocks with planted native aquatic and bank-side vegetation, to replace the spawning habitat and ensure aquatic vegetation is present which eggs can be attached to.

5. Air Pollution

172. The pollution sources which affect the air quality during the construction period mainly come from the fugitive dust generation in and around the proposed sites, the exhaust gas of transportation trunks, and construction machinery (gaseous CO, CH, and NO2) and decoration. The quantity of dust generated will depend on wind, humidity of the material and earth, and state of site. For the project area, it is estimated that under general onsite conditions (average wind speed 2.5 meters per second, and average humidity of 80%) dispersion distance is 100 m downwind without mitigation measures. For dust generated by transporting earth and other construction materials, the impact zone may exceed 60 m on each side of the route. 173. Major water supply pipes will be laid along valley floors, roughly following the existing road easements and natural drainage lines; risks of dust impacts to settlements are assessed to be low as the works will be in isolated sites. For the livestock waste management subproject, there are no air quality sensitive receptors within 500 m from the site. For the school and health clinic, the wastewater management facilities are located within the boundary of the existing school/clinic. 174. The following measures will be taken to control fugitive dust from the construction site:

• Dust-prone materials such as residual soil and sand at the construction site shall be covered with dust-proof nets (cloths) and sprayed. Cement and other fine materials shall be stored in the warehouse or fully covered. The loading height of residual soil, sand, and construction waste shall not exceed the guardrail of the vehicle.

• Install perimeter fences at each site prior to construction. The fence shall be at least 2 m high.

• Spray water at least twice a day where fugitive dust is generated.

• Cover trucks carrying earth, sand, or stone with tarps or other suitable covers to avoid spilling and dust generation.

• Undertake regular air quality monitoring around the construction site in accordance with the monitoring plan.

• Regularly consult the nearby residents to identify concerns and implement additional dust control measures, as necessary.

6. Noise Impacts

175. Construction will involve excavators, rollers, bulldozers, scrapers, dredgers, concrete-mixer, trucks and other heavy machinery. Noise emissions will not include rock-crushing, as any rock materials will be purchased off-site by contractors and transported to the sites. Noise will be

105

LR

RLL i

i −−=0

0 lg20

temporary and localized. Estimated construction noise values (at 5 m distance from the machinery and vehicles) are shown in Table IV-5.

Table IV-5: Testing Values of Construction Machinery Noise

No. Machine Type Maximum Sound Level Lmax (B)

1 Excavator 85-95

2 Concrete mixer 86

3 Bulldozer (100 horse-power) 78-96

4 Scraper 85-95

5 Heavy truck 88-93 (speed up), 84-89 (steady speed)

6 Medium-duty truck 85-91 (speed up), 79-85(steady speed)

7 Drilling machine 96

8 Wheel loader 85-92

9 Vibrating roller 86

10 Two-wheeled two-vibrating roller 81

11 Generating set 88-92

176. Estimating noise levels. Construction equipment is a point sound source. The predictive model applied in this project is:

Where, Li and L0 are equipment noise sound levels at Ri and R0, respectively. ΔL is additional diffusion attenuation produced by barriers, vegetation and air. As for the impact of multiple construction machinery on a certain future position, sound level superposition is needed:

iLL

=

1.010lg10

177. Prediction results. Noise levels at different distances were derived after calculating the impact scope of equipment noise during construction, as defined in Table IV-6. The PRC Standard of Noise Limits for Construction Sites (GB12523-2011, revised) specifies the noise limit in Class II areas as 70 dB (A) during daytime and 55 dB (A) during nighttime.

Table IV-6: Noise Values of Construction Machineries at Different Distances dB (A)

Machinery Name Distance to Machinery

15m 20m 40m 60m 80m 100m 130m 150m 200m

Excavator 71 69 63 59 57 55 53 51 49

Bulldozer 72 70 64 60 57 56 54 52 50

Loader 61 59 53 49 47 45 43 41 39

Heavy truck 69 67 61 57 55 53 51 49 47

Drilling machine 72 70 64 60 57 56 54 52 50

Concrete-mixer 71 69 63 59 57 55 53 51 49

Applicable Standard (GB12523-2011)

70 (daytime)

50 (nighttime)

178. These values were compared with the locations of the sensitive receptors (Table IV-1) to see which communities would be within 40 m of construction works i.e. which would exceed daytime noise levels of 70 dB(A), the threshold applied to this project under PRC standard GB12523-2011. To be conservative, no attempt was made to distinguish between noise emissions from different types of construction activity, i.e., any works within 40 m of residences

106

were assumed to generate noise levels exceeding the threshold and so require management. Extended exposure to such noise levels could cause physical hearing injury to residents and workers, in addition to general stress and disturbance. 179. About 553 households (2,213 people) are located within 200 m from the proposed embankment construction sites in subproject 1. Many of these households could be affected by the construction noise. Ten households (40 people) in Dushiju Village are located within 140-200 m from the subproject 2 construction sites, and 7 households (28 people) in Dawu Village are located about 127 m from the subproject 4 construction site. Construction activities for the school wastewater treatment facilities may cause a nuisance to the students in 136 schools. Each school has around 200 students who will be affected by the construction noise. 180. The following measures will be implemented to comply with PRC construction site noise limits and to protect sensitive receptors (Table IV-1).

(i) Ensure that noise levels from equipment and machinery conform to the PRC standard

of GB12523-2011. (ii) Properly maintain construction vehicles and machineries to minimize noise. (iii) Apply noise reduction devices and methods for high noise equipment operating within

200 m of the sensitive sites, e.g., schools, villages, residential areas. (iv) Locate high-noise activities (e.g., rock crushing, concrete-mixing) >1 km from

sensitive areas. (v) Prohibit operation of high-noise machinery, and movement of heavy vehicles along

urban and village roads, between 20:00 and 07:00. (vi) Take special caution at construction sites that are close to such sensitive sites as

schools and hospitals. When construction activities are unavoidable during the school seasons, the use of heavy equipment will be restricted to weekends and non-class hours.

(vii) Place temporary hoardings or noise barriers around noise sources during construction.

(viii) Monitor noise at sensitive areas at regular intervals. If noise standards are exceeded, equipment and construction conditions shall be checked, and mitigation measures shall be implemented to rectify the situation.

(ix) Conduct regular interviews with residents/villagers adjacent to construction sites to identify noise disturbance. Community feedback will be used to adjust the work hours of noisy machinery.

(x) For the households that will be within 40 m of construction works, particular attention will be provided. This will include: (a) follow-up consultations with all of these households prior to the start of any works, to specify the exact planned dates and schedule of works, nature of works, equipment to be used, safety measures, and public access around the works during construction; (b) installation of noise barriers to reduce as much of the emissions as possible, and/or installation of additional layers on the windows of the affected homes, pending assessment of the most technically effective method and feedback from the community consultations; (c) agreement on the duration of daily works; and (d) provision of temporary housing if required.

(xi) Construction activities in schools will be taken up during the holidays or outside the school hours.

7. Impacts on Flora and Fauna

181. Impacts on vegetation and flora. The total disturbance area of vegetation by the project

107

will be about 105 mu (7 ha). The vegetation clearing in the project area will mainly result from the embankment construction activities and laying of pipelines for water supply and drainage. The vegetation to be removed during works comprises secondary growth of trees and shrubs, including Triarrhena sacchariflora, Lotus, Carex brevifolia, and Artemisia halodendron, which are common and widely distributed flora species. None of these species is on the PRC local or provincial list of protected species, nor are these species of concern on the IUCN list. The protected flora in the Huangjin River National Wetland Park will not be affected, as none of these species are located in the proposed sites marked for building construction. 182. Impacts on fauna. Risks to fauna during construction include: (i) pollution of aquatic habitats (rivers, streams) from construction wastewater (oils, fuels) and/or domestic wastewater from workers, which may impact fish as well as amphibians and aquatic invertebrates; and (ii) noise and visual disturbance to birds, mammals, reptiles, and/or amphibians. Mitigation measures have been developed to avoid and reduce the risk of water pollution (Sections IV-4 ). Noise and visual disturbance will be temporary. The Huangjin River National Wetland Park holds documented records of 15 rare or threatened species (one amphibian, 11 reptiles, two birds, and one mammal) (Section III.B), but no impacts are expected to these species as the proposed construction works (under subproject 2, for a park building and bird watching tower): (i) involve the clearance and use only of degraded land in the multiple use and restoration zones (none in the strict protection zone) and do not include breeding or foraging habitats for these species. The building will be built on modified land which supports secondary bamboo growth, and the bird watching tower will be built on bare land already accessed by an earthen road, and (ii) are short-term, localized, and small in scale. 183. Afforestation under Subproject 2. This component will supplement the conservation benefits of the project components for the Huangjin River National Wetland Park, through the planting of about 120,106 native trees over 242.1 ha. Most of this will in land outside the national wetland park, to avoid impacts to natural wetland habitats; some will be within the park, but restricted to the restoration zone i.e. within the appropriate zoning. No afforestation will occur in the strict protection zone of the park. Without careful design planning, potential risks arise from: (i) inappropriate detailed design e.g., poor selection of species (monoculture), resulting in greater vulnerability to mortality and disease and fewer ecological benefits; (ii) high mortality rates; and/or (iii) non-point source pollution, due to use of top-dressing fertilizers and/or pesticides. 184. Based on this analysis, the location of work sites, documented ecological values, and modified nature of most sites, the risk of ecological impacts by the project is assessed to be low. The following mitigation measures will also be implemented for ecological protection.

(i) The use of three approaches to design the afforestation component (Table II-5) to achieve diverse plantings rather than monoculture.

(ii) Construction machinery and construction workers shall be strictly assigned to work areas and access corridors as part of site planning and without occupying land randomly. Construction machinery and construction materials will not be placed in naturally vegetated areas.

(iii) Clearance of vegetation will be restricted to specific construction sites. (iv) Imported construction materials such as brick, stone, sand and cement, shall be

transported to the construction site in batches to meet demand so that stockpiles do not overflow onto naturally vegetated areas. After the completion of the project, cleaning and greening work shall be carried out to restore any damage.

(v) All plantation activities under the landscaping activities will only use native plant species. In the event that non-native seedlings are required for rapid stabilization of

108

exposed soils and sites, only sterile seedlings (i.e., which cannot propagate) will be used, to prevent the spread of weeds.

(vi) To reduce the risk of spreading weeds, pest animals, and/or soil-based organisms, the project will: (a) prohibit the use of any plant species classified in the PRC as weeds – including native species – as defined by the Research Center for Biological Prevention and Control of Alien Invasion (Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Affairs) and Institute of Plant Protection (Chinese Academy of Agricultural Sciences), available at http://www.chinaias.cn/wjPart/index.aspx.

(vii) All re-vegetation activities under the project, including for the rehabilitation of construction sites, and for landscaping, will be subject to operation and maintenance procedures after planting, to ensure the planted vegetation is adequately protected and maintained.

(viii) Planting designs under subproject 2 will be done by a combined team of ecologist and forestry specialist (not a forestry specialist alone or infrastructure engineer).

(ix) The designs will include a range of native species, to avoid monoculture development. (x) For the use of fertilizers in planting, measures comprise: (a) for Subproject 2, no

fertilizer will be used for forest restoration components, (b) for other subproject activities, fertilizer will be used at the base of plants (not top-dressing), to reduce the risk of non-point source pollution from fertilizer runoff after rainfall, and (c) a gradual conversion from the use of chemical fertilizers to organic fertilizers.

(xi) For the use of pesticides in planting, measures comprise: (a) no chemicals will be used that are listed as hazardous under Classes I or II by the World Health Organization, or which are listed as prohibited or for strictly controlled use under PRC regulations for pesticide management, (b) pesticides to be used will be low residual and low toxic, in line with the requirements of the Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Affairs, and (c) training in integrated pest management will be included as part of the project capacity building for Subproject 2 and 8 (eco-farming) for PIUs and farmers, to help reduce pesticide use.

8. Community and worker health and safety

185. Traffic congestion and risk of accidents in the project subdistricts and county will increase with construction traffic, causing temporary inconvenience to traffic, residents, commercial operations, and institutions. Construction may cause unexpected interruptions in municipal services and utilities because of damage to pipelines for water supply and drainage, as well as to underground power cables and communication cables (including optical fiber cables). Contractors will implement the following EMP measures to reduce risks to community health. 186. Traffic management. A traffic control and operation plan will be prepared by the contractor, to be approved by the local traffic management administrations before construction. The plan will include provisions for diverting or scheduling construction traffic to avoid morning and afternoon peak traffic hours, regulating traffic at road crossings, selecting transport routes to reduce disturbance to regular traffic, reinstating roads, and opening them to traffic as soon as the construction is completed.

187. Excavated sites and protection. Pipeline construction activities will be planned so as to minimize disturbances to utility services. Open trenches will be fenced and cordoned off to prevent access by the general public and reduce the risk of persons accidentally falling in.

188. Information disclosure. Villagers, residents and businesses will be informed in advance through media and information boards at construction sites of the construction activities, given

109

the dates and duration of expected disruption.

189. Construction site protection. Clear signs will be placed at construction sites in view of the public, informing people about the project GRM, and warning people against potential dangers such as moving vehicles, hazardous materials, and excavations, and raising awareness on safety issues. Heavy machinery will not be used at night. All sites will be secured, disabling access by the public through appropriate fencing whenever appropriate. For works sites close to sensitive receptors (including schools and hospitals), additional effort will be made to inform these facilities of the presence of the nearby works, the hazards posed (e.g. the risk of children accessing works sites and falling in trenches), and the need for improved supervision during works.

9. Occupational Health and Safety

190. Construction may cause physical hazards to workers from noise and vibration, dust, handling heavy materials and equipment, falling objects, work on water, fire hazards, chemical hazards such as toxic fumes and vapors, and others. Contractors will implement the following precautions to protect the health and safety of their workers:

(i) Each contractor will undertake a health and safety risk assessment of construction works and implement relevant construction phase EHS plan in line with construction good practice as set out in EHS guidelines for health and safety.

(ii) Each contractor will appoint an environmental health and safety manager to implement the construction phase EHS plan.

(iii) Identify and minimize the causes of potential hazards to workers. Implement appropriate safety measures, and make available emergency response facilities such as firefighting, first aid and rescue equipment to address risks associated with fire, drowning and accidents.

(iv) Provide training to workers on occupational health and safety, emergency response, especially with respect to using potentially dangerous equipment and storage, handling and disposal of hazardous waste. The induction will be conducted before construction, and no worker is allowed on site without induction.

(v) Ensure that all equipment is maintained in a safe operating condition. (vi) Provide appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) to workers. (vii) Provide procedures for limiting exposure to high noise or high temperature working

environments in compliance with PRC occupational exposure limits for hazardous agents in workplace Part 2: physical agents (GBZ 2.2-2007 and EHS Occupational Health and Safety Guidelines).

(viii) Ensure regular safety meetings with staff and carry monthly safety audits. (ix) Core labor standards will be implemented. Civil works contracts will stipulate priorities

to: (i) employ local people for works; (ii) ensure equal opportunities for women and men; (iii) pay equal wages for work of equal value and pay women’s wages directly to them; and (iv) not employ child or forced labor. Specific targets for employment have been included in the project gender action plan.

(x) COVID-19 health and safety plan. The project EMP includes a COVID-19 health and safety plan to address COVID-19 health risks. The plan will be prepared in line with government regulations and guidelines on COVID-19 prevention and control, and in consultation with public health agencies in the area. The plan will include (i) measures to record the locations that workers have visited/lived immediately before and during project work; (ii) schedules for disinfecting/cleaning offices, yards, stores and labor camps; (iii) measures to implement temperature checks and other health checks on-site; (iii) physical distancing measures, particularly in worker camps; (iv) requirements for mandatory use of personal protective equipment such as facemasks, and provision

110

of handwashing stations, hand sanitizers, and other appropriate protective measures; (v) how workers and residents living near project sites will be provided with information to protect themselves from COVID-19; (vi) procedures to be adopted in the event a worker is suspected of having contracted COVID-19; and (vii) other COVID-19 prevention and control measures appropriate for the local context.

10. Physical Cultural Resources 191. No cultural heritage or archaeological sites are known within at least 1 km of the project areas. However, construction activities have the potential to disturb unknown underground cultural relics. The EMP mitigation measures include immediate suspension of construction activities if any archaeological or other cultural relics are encountered. The local Cultural Heritage Bureau, PMO, and implementing agency will be promptly notified. Construction will resume only after investigation and with the permission of the appropriate authority. The clause for protection of unknown underground cultural relics will be included in construction contracts.

11. Socio-Economic Impacts 192. The project will involve land acquisition and resettlement impacts. These impacts include: permanent acquisition of over 867 mu collective lands with 250 affected households in 29 villages in 14 town/ships, temporary impacts to about 1,200 mu collective lands, and demolition of houses. About 19 agro-enterprises have participated in the land use-right transfer with around 4,000 households involved. Over 11,00 mu land will be transferred during project implementation. These issues have been resolved throught the preparation of detailed socio-economic assessments and Resettlement Plans, which contain the final project figures and are available on the ADB project website (together with this IEE and the other project documents). During the construction period, the project will also create job opportunities for the local communities, including over 2,300 skilled jobs and 2,300 non-skilled jobs for the construction activities.

F. Operation Phase

1. Subproject 1: Flood Risk Management in Miluo River 193. Changes in hydrology and flow regime. There is a risk that the project embankments (38.93 km ecological embankment and/or riverbank reinforcement in 12 town/ships along Miluo River) and dredging 3.89 km; only in urban sections) may result in higher water velocities and/or volumes moving downstream, posing risks to downstream communities and lands and/or changes in river morphology. Climate change may further increase this impact. To assess these potential impacts: (i) modeling of mean annual flood speed before and after the project was conducted for the Miluo River mainstream in the project sections; (ii) changes in river gradient due to the dredging (which will remove 0.5-0.7 m of surface sediments) were considered; (iii) the range of embankment types to be developed by the project (and their contribution to higher flow velocity through smooth-sided channels) was considered; and (iv) the results of climate change analyses were included in the assessment. The “green” designs for the embankments will contribute to water retention and reducing flow speeds. 194. Operation of pump stations. Four drainage pump stations will be constructed. The operation of the pumping stations will generate noise. To reduce noise, each station will install low-noise equipment, submerged pumps, and thick walls. The pump stations have been situated to be at least 100 m from the nearest sensitive receptor (villages, households, schools or others).

111

Station operators will maintain the equipment in good working condition as part of standard operating procedures. With these measures, noise levels at the boundaries of the pump stations were modeled to be 54 dB(A) in the day time and 49 dB(A) at night: these levels comply with Grade II noise standards [60 dB(A) in the day time and 50 dB(A) at night] of PRC Noise Standards at the Boundary of Industries and Enterprises (GB12348-2008).

Table IV-7: Noise Prediction Results of Drainage Pump Stations dB (A)

Location Applicable Standard

Daytime Nighttime

Pump Station Prediction Points

Contribution Baseline Cumulative Contribution Baseline Cumulative

Luojialong East 2 47.9 53 54.2 47.9 43 49.2

South 2 47.9 53 53.9 47.9 43 49.2

West 2 46.7 53 54.2 46.7 43 48.3

North 2 46.7 53 53.9 46.7 43 48.3

Jinshazhou East 4a 44.9 59 59.2 44.9 46 48.6

South 4a 44.9 59 59.2 44.9 46 48.6

West 4a 46.1 59 48.6 46.1 46 49.1

North 4a 46.1 59 48.6 46.1 46 49.1

Tianyue Square

East 2 47.9 52 53.5 47.9 42 49

South 2 47.9 52 53.5 47.9 42 49

West 2 46.7 52 53.2 46.7 42 46.8

North 2 46.7 52 53.2 46.7 42 46.8

Sanyang Street

East 2 44.9 53 53.7 44.9 42 46.8

South 2 44.9 53 53.7 44.9 42 46.8

West 2 46.1 53 53.8 46.1 42 47.6

North 2 46.1 53 53.8 46.1 42 47.6

North residential area

2 43 55 55.3 43 41 45.3

South residential area

2 43 54 54.4 43 43 46.2

195. Operation and maintenance of project facilities. Inadequate maintenance of built structures will lead to damaged embankments, river channel sedimentation, blocked pipelines, and surface water degradation. The project facilities will be integrated into the existing work programs and budgets of the local water resources bureau (WRB). Maintenance will include regular inspection of the embankments for stability, the condition of habitat features and vegetation plantings, and the presence of illegal structures (which would be removed).

2. Subproject 4: Integrated Water Supply 196. Noise. The main noise of this subproject will come form operation of the constructed Nanjiang Water Supply Plant, from the noise of pumps, fans, air compressors and other equipment. The equipment is installed indoors or in the basement. The noise source intensity is between 80 and 90dB (A). The following noise prevention measures will be adopted: (i) the use of low-noise equipment, (ii) regular O&M of facilities to ensure efficient and stable operation, and (iii) the use of sound insulation materials around and within the water pump rooms. These measures, which are standard for all such facilities in the PRC, combined compliance with minimum distances from the noise emissions to the facility boundary, will ensure compliance with the Class 2 standard of the Environmental Noise Emission Standard for Industrial Enterprises (GB12348-2008). 197. Wastewater. About 30 staff will be employed in the Nanjiang Water Supply Plant, in a three-shift work system. Staff will not live onsite. Wastewater will comprise (i) domestic wastewater (sewage) generated by staff, and (ii) wastewater generated during the water

112

treatment process (e.g., during sedimentation). The required daily water supply is estimated to be 40L/person for 30 staff and in total, 1.2 m3/day (438 m3/year). For the domestic wastewater, the production coefficient of domestic sewage is estimated based on 80% of the water consumption, and the domestic sewage production is 0.96 m3/d (350.40 m3/year). The sewage will be treated and disposed as follows: (i) discharged first into an on-site septic tank, for screening, separation, and sedimentation, and then (ii) discharged into the municipal sewage network for transport and final treatment at the Nanjiang Town Sewage Treatment Plant. For the wastewater generated from the water treatment process: (i) supernatant water generated by separating the solids in the untreated water (e.g., silts) will be pumped back to mix with the raw water and enter the water treatment process again. During the treatment process (screening and sedimentation), there is no new pollutants, so the quality of supernantant water will not be worse than the raw water and it is safe to back to the water treatment process. About 60% of the supernatant water will be reused (estimated amount to be about 186,279.204 m3/year (assuming the plant operates as planned for 360 days a year, with an average amount generated of about 517 tons/day). The remaining water will be discharged into the municipal sewage network for transport and final treatment at the Nanjiang Town Sewage Treatment Plant. This WWTP has a daily treatment capacity of 3,000 m3/d. The additional demand placed on the WWTP by operation of the water supply plant will present about 11.37% of its operational capacity. The WWTP’s capacity to receive and treat this load is confirmed. 198. Domestic solid waste and sludge. Domestic waste is estimated to be 0.5 kg per person per day and in total, about 15 kg/d (5.48 t/a). Sludge will be generated during water treatment (during the processes of filtration, in the sedimentation tank, and wastewater treatment in the on-site septic tank). The amount of sludge generated is estimated to be 807.51 t/a. The sludge content produced from water supply plants is confirmed to be safe for disposal in general sanitary landfill sites. The solid waste and sludge will be transported to Pingjiang county sanitary landfill site by the sanitation department. The landfill site is confirmed to have adequate capacity and procedures for safe disposal of the solid waste (Section II.D).

199. Sustainability of water resource. The water source for the water supply plant operations is Dajiangdong reservoir. The primary purpose of this reservoir is to meet its ecological requirement and then supply to urban and rural water supply, and irrigation water. Dajiangdong Reservoir's average annual irrigation water supply is 683.36×104m3 from April to October. The ecological water demand of the river is calculated at 20% of the average annual flow rate. After calculation, the ecological water flow of the downstream channel of Dajiangdong Reservoir is 0.3m3/s, equal to 946×104 m3/a. The total annual water withdrawal is 915×104m3 for the Nanjiang WSP under subproject 4, and the water withdrawal accounts for 23% of the annual average runoff of the Dajiangdong Reservoir watershed. Hence the sustainability of the water resources for the water supply component of the project, as well as continued provision of ecological flows from the reservoir, is confirmed.

200. Hazardous Materials Handling and Disposal. Operation of the water supply plant will generate chlorine dioxide gas. Under established design and operational procedures, this is passed into the water under treatment, to prevent leakage of chlorine gas. Over time, the gasket of the valve connection parts may become worn or damaged, resulting in leakage of liquid chlorine. This risk will be addressed as follows: (i) routine inspection of machinery, and (ii) the installation of a chlorine leakage alarm and rapid flushing device in the chlorine and chemical dosing room of the plant. If such leak occurs, the alarm system, which is automated, will be activated. The alarm is set to be activated at a concentration of 1 ppm (0.3158 mg/Nm3). Upon activation, the chlorine leakage absorption treatment device will automatically operate to collect and absorb the leaked chlorine gas. Detailed engineering design of the plant will include (as

113

required under PRC regulations), and emergency response plan. The plan will describe procedures to inform staff and visitors about the characteristics of chlorine dioxide, describe potential health hazards, and procedures for emergency response and evacuation.

3. Subproject 6: Domestic Sewage Treatment and Sanitation Management 201. This subproject will construct small, onsite wastewater treatment facilities for villages (21), rural schools (136), and rural health clinics (26) (Section II.C.6). These facilities will range in treatment capacity from 100 t/d-350 tons/day (for the villages), 20-100 tons/day (for the schools), and 5-60 tons/day (for the health clinics). Examples include the planned Nanjiang Town wastewater treatment station (capacity of 350 tons/day), Sanyang Town Chengguan clinic wastewater treatment station (60 tons/day), and Anding Middle School wastewater treatment station (100 tons/day). For the wastewater treatment facilities that service the rural health clinics, the sludge produced from the treatment process will be disposed at the Yueyang Fangyuan Medical Waste Treatment Center (see Section II.D for details on due diligence). 202. Noise. Noise emissions from the sewage treatment facility of this subproject will mainly come from operating equipment of the centralized treatment plants i.e., the submersible sewage pumps, submersible mixers, and fans. The noise source strength will be about 70 to 85dB (A). Submersible sewage pumps and submersible mixers are mainly submersible installations, and the noise transmitted to the external environment after the sound insulation of the water body will be greatly attenuated. 203. Solid waste. The solid waste generated will be grit slag, sludge, and used UV disinfection lamps. The estimated waste volumes are: 210 t/a general grid slag (solid waste collecting during coarse screening of the waste), 16.2 t/a slag from medical wastewater, general grit 39.3 t/a (small sand particles collected during the sedimentation process), medical wastewater grit 3.04 t/a, general residual sludge 1,229 t/a, medical wastewater sludge 131.6 t/a, and about 1.5 t of waste UV lamps. The general grid slag and general grit will be collected and sent to the Pingjiang County sanitary landfill site. The general residual sludge will be regularly cleaned and transported by the fecal suction truck. Hazardous solid wastes such as lamps will be handed over to solid waste management departments with relevant qualifications for unified treatment. For the

204. Water pollutants reduction. The project designs will result in a reduction of 776.93 t/a of ammonia nitrogen and 837.165 t/a of CODcr (Table IV-8).

Table IV-8: Pollutants Reduction from Rural Wastewater Treatment Facilities

Treatment Facilities

Pollutants Generation

Amount (t/a)

Concentration (mg/L)

Discharge (t/a)

Effluent Concentration

(mg/L)

Reduction (t/a)

Discharge Standard

Centralized rural wastewater

treatment (3,300 m3/d)

CODCr 452.6 400 113.15 60 339.45

Hunan Province Rural Domestic

Sewage Treatment Facilities Water

Pollutant Discharge Standard

(DB43/1665-2019)

NH3-N 39.6 35 10.57 8 (15) 29.03

School wastewater treatment

facilities with population more than 200 (3,847

m3/d)

CODCr 582.54 400 145.64 60 436.91

NH3-N 58.25 40 35.1 8 (15) 42.7

114

Treatment Facilities

Pollutants Generation

Amount (t/a)

Concentration (mg/L)

Discharge (t/a)

Effluent Concentration

(mg/L)

Reduction (t/a)

Discharge Standard

Rural health clinic (555 m3/d)

CODCr 81.03 400 20.23 60 60.8 Discharge

standards for water pollutants in medical

institutions (GB18466-2005)

NH3-N 7.09 35 1.89 15 5.20

205. To assess the impacts on the receiving water body, two scenarios, i.e., in normal operation state and in the case of operation failure in the worst conditions (dry season) were modeled taking the Nanjiang town wastewater treatment station as an example considering its capacity (350 t/d) and information available. The modeling results, as presented in Table IV-9, indicate that after mixing with the river water, the concentrations of COD and ammonia nitrogen will meet with the Category III of surface water quality standard (GB3838-2002).

Table IV-9: Predicted pollutant concentration tailwater discharge during the dry season Distance from the

outlet (m) Normal operation (mg/L) Operation failure (mg/L)

COD NH3-N COD NH3-N

0 6.08 0.171 6.58 0.200

10 6.08 0.171 6.58 0.200

100 6.07 0.171 6.56 0.200

200 6.05 0.170 6.55 0.200

500 6.01 0.170 6.50 0.199

1000 5.94 0.169 6.43 0.198

206. To minimize the risk of operational failure, and to ensure timely response in the event of operating issues (e.g. power failures or damage) that affect operations, the following measures will be taken. (i) Regularly clean the sewage network and inspection wells to ensure the long-term

smoothness of the pollutant receiving system, and at the same time, reduce the amount of SS produced during heavy rain.

(ii) Regularly clean the grid well, regulating pool and other systems to ensure that each process can meet the expected treatment effect;

(iii) The facility operation and maintenance unit shall conduct regular sampling and testing on influent and effluent and keep records. If it is found to exceed the standard, it shall immediately follow up on the investigation and provide the corresponding solution

(iv) The facility operation and maintenance unit shall install automatic online monitoring facilities for monitoring the CODcr and NH3-N of influent and effluent in real-time, and the on-line monitoring system shall be connected with the local environmental protection department.

207. Odor. The risk of odor-related disturbance was assessed based on modeling for three sample plants, the Nanjiang Town wastewater treatment station with a capacity of 350 t/d, Sanyang Town Chengguan clinic wastewater treatment station (60 t/d), and Anding Middle School wastewater treatment station (100 t/d). The results (Table IV-10) indicate the maximum ground concentration will only represent 0.87% of the Ambient Air Quality Standard i.e. low impact. In addition, the risk of odor-related impacts is low due to (i) the small size of the plants, (ii) the dispersed distribution of the plants, and (iii) the enclosed designs of the plants, to reduce the fugitive emission of malodorous gas. Table IV-10: Predicted Air Pollutant Concentration of the Wastewater Treatment Facilities

115

Pollutant Source Pollutants

Maximum ground concentration Distance

(m) Concentration

(mg/m3) Ratio of the

standard (%)

Nanjiang Town wastewater treatment station

NH3 0.001748 0.87 90

H2S 0.000068 0.68 90

Sanyang Town Chengguan clinic wastewater treatment station

NH3 0.000744 0.37 75

H2S 0.00003 0.30 75

Anding Middle School wastewater treatment station

NH3 0.000366 0.18 50

H2S 0.000014 0.14 50

208. The following measures will be taken to further eliminate the impact of odor:

(i) Plantation of tall tree belts (long cypress, poplar, oleander, willow) around the sewage treatment facility to reduce the impact of odorous gases;

(ii) Strengthen management during the operation of sewage treatment facilities. The sewage treatment facilities are prone to breeding mosquitoes and flies in summer.

(iii) Strengthen management during the operation of the sewage treatment facility, and the generated slag and sludge should be transported out in time to minimize the storage time in the station; the odor-causing equipment should be washed frequently.

(iv) Cover and seal the grille, adjusting tank and sludge tank, and add chemicals to the sludge tank to eliminate the odor.

4. Subproject 7: Livestock Waste Management

209. Noise. The noise during the operation period mainly comes from the noise of the piggery fan, exhaust fan, generator, water pump, and other equipment (source strength is 75 - 90 dB (A)). After the sound insulation, shock absorption, and distance attenuation, the noise value reaching the plant boundary is lower than the Class 2 standard limit in the Industrial Enterprise Boundary Noise Emission Standard (GB12348-2008). 210. Odor. The atmospheric pollutants produced by this subproject mainly include the unorganized odorous gases emitted from pig pens, manure sheds and sewage treatment stations. The pig house will be equipped with a ventilation and misting system (comprising an extractor fan and water misting, also termed a “water curtain”) placed at regular intervals along the building walls, to maintain ventilation and cool conditions, and remove odors. The deodorant will be sprayed. The major parts of the sewage treatment facility will be covered. It is predicted that the maximum ground concentration of H2S and NH3 produced by the three treatment modes is lower than the reference limit requirements of the Environmental Impact Assessment Technical Guidelines-Atmospheric Environment (HJ2.2-2018 Appendix D Standard Limits).

Table IV-11: Predicted Air Pollutant Concentration of the Typical Livestock Farm

Pollution Source Pollutant

Maximum ground concentration Distance of Maximum Ground

Concentration (m) Concentration

(mg/m3) Concentration

(mg/m3)

Lianfa Forestry Cooperative’s Pig Farm

NH3 0.000291 0.15 57

H2S 0.000024 0.24 57

Changqing Farm NH3 0.001205 0.60 111

H2S 0.0001 1.00 111

Yancheng Poultry Farm NH3 0.00025 0.12 30

H2S 0.000021 0.21 30

211. Groundwater. The ground of the sewage treatment station will be paved with clay, then over-laid with 10-15 cm of cement for hardening and anti-seepage. The sewage collection tank,

116

homogenization tank and anaerobic pond used for wastewater treatment will be laid with 2.00 mm thick HDPE bottom film, 80 mm thick C20 plain concrete (built-in geogrid) or reinforced concrete (P6 impermeable) structure poured at the bottom, and the surrounding walls will be made of brick and then hardened with cement. These measures will achieve a permeability coefficient of ≤10-10 cm/s i.e. a very low rate of seepage, and low risk of emissions that might cause pollution of groundwater or surface water. 212. Solid waste. The 94 livestock farms will generate 34,055 tons of pig manure, 4,138 tons of biogas residue, and 431.1 tons of sludge a year. The project adopts the technical models of “solid manure compositing + sewage utilization” i.e. a ‘circular economy’ design in which all manure will be applied to farmland and orchard nearby after treatment. Three treatment processes will be adopted (Figures II-12 to II-14) tailored to the scale of each farm.

5. Subproject 8: Eco-farming Promotion 213. The project will renovate 600 mu of orchards (tea and tea-oil) and 400 mu of vegetable gardens (rice, grape, pear), to demonstrate good farming practices in pest management, organic fertilizer and drip irrigation. No new farming will be established. The key operational impacts of the eco-farming subproject were focused on the issues of (i) sustainable use of water resources; and (ii) the use of agricultural chemicals, to reduce disease impacts to crops. For water supply, the project will construct 1 water storage tank for the vegetable garden and 6 water storage tanks for the orchard to collect storm water for irrigation; and the annual average rainfall is about 1700 mm. The risk of unsustainable water demand by the subproject is assessed to be low, based on: (i) the project will not result in new farming pressures and water demand, but will improve existing farming practice, (ii) the primary method for supplying water for irrigation will be the collection of runoff via gravity-fed on-site interception dams and drainage structures to capture rainfall and stormwater runoff. There will not be any extraction of surface water or groundwater, and collection will not induce electricity demands. Common diseases and pests which are the main threats to crop health and yields are as follows.

Table IV-12: Common Crop Diseases in the Project Area

Plantation Common disease Normal Applied Pesticide

Tea Empoasca vitis, Aleurocanthus spiniferus (insects and aphids), mites; Tea blister blight and Anthracnose

Abamectin, Oxymatrine

Tea-oil camellia

Agaricodochium camelliae, Exobasidium gracile, Glomerella cingulate; Euproctis pseudoconspersa, Biston marginata, Curculio chinensis (insects and aphids)

Abamectin, Oxymatrine, 10% Ethofenprox, Triazophos emulsifiable concentrates, Bordeaux mixture, Dichlorvos

Rice Nilaparvata lugens, Cnaphalocrocis medinalis, Thanatephorus cucumeris (insects and aphids)

Chlopyrifos, Triazophos - emulsifiable concentrates, Carbendazim

214. The project initiatives will achieve lower rates of agricultural chemical application through the promotion of balanced fertilizer application, integrated water and fertilizer irrigation, and integrated pest management. With these interventions, the project will achieve a reduction of about 1,388 tons of fertilizer and about 25 tons of pesticide application a year, compared with existing agricultural practices in surrounding lands. 215. The storage, handling, application, and disposal of pesticides may contribute to adverse environmental and OHS risks. The environmental risks associated with the use of pesticide include potential contamination of soils, groundwater, or surface water resources by accidental

117

spills, the OHS risks include potential exposure to pesticides through dermal contact and inhalation during preparation, mixing and application. The following measures will be implemented to mitigate these risks.

• The project designs aim to promote green farming i.e. the project context is one of improved land management and the reduced use of chemicals. The project will promote the use of organic fertilizers, manual weed control, and selective weeding, and traps, barriers, light, and sound to repel or remove pests and reduce the use of chemical pesticides.

• No pesticides listed as hazardous under Classes I or II by the WHO11, or Annexes A and B of the Stockholm Convention12, or listed as prohibited or strictly controlled use under the PRC’s national regulations13 for pesticide management will be used for the project activities.

• Ensure that any pesticides used are manufactured, formulated, packaged, labeled, handled, stored, disposed of, and applied according (i) to the FAO’s International Code of Conduct on Pesticide Management,14 and (ii) in a manner consistent with the recommendations given in the World Bank Group EHS Guidelines.15

• Storage sites will have appropriate ventilation and secondary containment. Any pesticides used will be stored in their original and labeled containers. The PIU will record all the procurement and utilization of pesticides.

• PIU will train the farmers on the safe storage, handling, application and disposal of pesticides.

• Pesticides will be handled by trained operators (to understand and follow label directions for safe mixing, application and disposal) and the operators will use correct personal protective equipment (PPE; e.g., gloves, overalls, eye protection, boots, respirator masks). PPE will not be taken home and will be cleaned in a segregated facility provided by the PIU.

• Pesticide application technologies will be selected to minimize off-site movement or runoff (e.g., low-drift nozzles, using the largest droplet size and lowest pressure that are suitable for the product). Buffer zones will be established around the environmentally sensitive zones (e.g., water courses, residential areas) to avoid any pesticide application in those areas.

• Pesticide application methods with lower OHS risk profile will be selected (such as using lower toxicity- rated products, or using safer application methods, such as shielded sprayers, incorporation, or low-volume equipment).

• Empty containers and packaging waste for pesticides and fertilizers will be collected by the manufacturer – a common process now in the PRC – or disposed of by farmers as hazardous waste. The PIU will ensure the segregation of the pesticide waste at the subproject site from all other waste and will ensure that it is managed/disposed of by the county authorities with other toxic and hazardous waste that they collect.

11 World Health Organization (WHO), Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard and Guidelines to

Classification, (Geneva, 2009) http://www.who.int/ipcs/publications/pesticides_hazard/en/. 12 The Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants 2011. 13 http://www.moa.gov.cn/xw/bmdt/201911/t20191129_6332604.htm 14 FAO, International Code of Conduct on Pesticides Management (revised 2014), (Rome: FAO, 2014)

http://www.fao.org/fileadmin/templates/agphome/documents/Pests_Pesticides/Code/CODE_2014Sep_ENG.pdf. 15 World Bank Group. 2016. EHS Guidelines for Annual Crop Production.

https://www.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/topics_ext_content/ifc_external_corporate_site/sustainability-at-ifc/publications/publications_policy_ehs_annual_crop_production

118

Table IV-13: Estimated Reduction of Agricultural Chemicals Plantation type Project intervention measures Plantation

Area (mu)

Fertilizer Application Rate (kg/mu)

Pesticide Application Rate (kg/mu)

Without project

With project

Reduction (t/a)

Without project

With project

Reduction (t/a)

Rice Balanced fertilizer and organic fertilizer application

800 97.5 0 800 5.0 5.0 0

Rice-lobster/fish Rice cultivation with small lobster/fish

1,000 97.5 25 1,000 5 0 5

Field vegetable cultivation

Drip irrigation, integrated water and fertilizer application, biological pest control

200 190 133 200 5 3.5 0.3

Greenhouse vegetable

Drip irrigation, integrated water and fertilizer application, biological pest control

200 720 504 200 5 4 0.2

Pear Balanced fertilizer application, biological pest control

360 100 60 360 5 4 0.36

Grape Drip irrigation, integrated application of water and fertilizer, biological pest control

240 100 80 240 10 8 0.48

Tea Balanced fertilizer application, biological pest control

12,630.4 200 150 12,630.4 2 1 12.63

Camellia Balanced fertilizer application, biological pest control

11,842.65 150 105 11,842.65 2 1.5 5.92

Total 1,388.7 24.9

119

G. Indirect, Induced and Cumulative Impacts 216. Indirect impacts are adverse and/or beneficial environmental impacts that cannot be immediately traced to a project activity but can be causally linked. Induced impacts are adverse and/or beneficial impacts on areas and communities from unintended but predictable developments caused by a project which may occur later or at a different location. Cumulative impacts are the combination of multiple impacts from existing projects, the proposed project, and anticipated future projects that may result in significant adverse and/or beneficial impacts that would not be expected in case of a stand-alone project.16 217. Indirect impacts. These include (i) the generation of more wastewater, due to increased water use resulting from increased water supply after completion of the water supply facilities, and (ii) altered downstream hydrology due to extraction and interception of runoff for the project. These risks are considered low: (i) water allocation quantities have been assessed and confirmed to be sufficient to meet the project needs; (ii) the project interventions will result in improved water use efficiency through the provision of piped water system; (iii) the project treatment designs and standards will ensure that highly treated water is discharged into the local rivers that is one to three classes higher than the current untreated wastewater discharged to the rivers; (iv) the design capacity for the water supply and treatment plants and pipelines are based on population growth projections for Pingjiang County and its development master plan. 218. Induced impacts. A likely induced impact is that reduced soil erosion and improved flood protection will result in increased agricultural production and urbanization. These impacts are expected to be more positive and improve socio-economic conditions in the region. 219. Cumulative impacts and benefits. The following paragraphs focus on cumulative changes to water quality, and quality of life for residents. The cumulative impacts of the subprojects in combination with existing and future projects in similar sectors will help to address the ongoing environmental problems such as deterioration of water quality of the Miluo River. The project has been designed to align with the local and provincial development plans, and minimize its contribution to cumulative impacts. 220. Improved water quality. The current project alone is expected to result in meeting Class II standard for all wastewater discharges into the Miluo River and its tributaries. The project-funded sewage pipeline networks and WWTPs will service existing and new un-connected areas and support the Pingjiang Plan targets i.e: (i) the project will achieve 880% completion of targets for WWTP capacity; (ii) increase in WWTP treatment capacity from from 61,000 to 70,315 m3/day ; (iii) and expansion of the rural sewage pipeline coverage up to 50% and school coverage to 48% of the county. These benefits will be supported by continuing government efforts to enforce pollution regulations for local industry and future land use development, which will be located away from the riverbanks. 221. Reduced flood risk. The project, when combined with existing embankments, will result in flood risk reduced from a 1 in 10 year to 1 in 20 year recurrence interval. Since 1999, about 12.3 km of embankment has been constructed in the urban areas of Miluo River, near Siqian town; the project will strengthen existing embankments and add an additional 28 km embankment and 4 km of dredging. By 2025, a total area of 111,817 ha in the county will be protected against 1 in 20 year floods. The benefits of this infrastructure will be accompanied by increased capacity to manage flooding, and public awareness of flood risk management, through the project.

16 ADB. 2011. Sourcebook for Safeguard Requirement 1: Environment. Manila.

120

222. Improved quality of life for residents, including poverty reduction. The project will directly improve the living conditions of a large number of residents, as follows: (i) over 65,700 households (encompassing over 197,000-263,000 people, assuming one household supports 3-4 people; 2020 population census) will receive new and/or improved sewage pipeline coverage, (ii) over 280,000 rural and urban population will have access to safe drinking water, and (iii) flood protection will be increased for at least 110,000 people , to a 1:20 year (urban areas) and 1:10 year (rural areas) flood recurrence interval. Over 520,000 people in 239 villages of 25 projects towns and townships and sub-districts in Pingjiang County, including over 112,000 low-income and poor residents, will benefit from the project measures for reduced flood risk and flooding-related losses, access to safe drinking water and sanitation services, increased crop yield and agricultural incomes, enhanced rural job skills, new employment opportunities, and reduced health and hygiene risks though environmental protection and green development. H. Climate Change and Greenhouse Gas Emissions 223. Potential impacts of climate change are assessed of: (i) the effects of project greenhouse gas emissions (GHGs) on the climate; and (ii) the effects of climate change on the project.

1. Project Vulnerability to Climate Change 224. A climate change assessment study was conducted by TrTA Consultants. The observed climate change indicates the warming trend for annual temperature and fluctuates with a slight increasing trend for annual precipitation during 1961-2018. The annual mean temperature in Pingjiang County increases at a warming rate with 0.11 °C/10a, which is less than the warming in China (about 0.23 °C/10a). The warming trend of annual maximum and annual minimum temperature is about 0.13 °C/10a and 0.14 °C/10a, respectively. The average annual total precipitation in Pingjiang County fluctuates with a slight increasing trend with 14.75 mm/10a. The changes in seasonal climate indicate warmer winter and spring, hotter and wetter summer. The increased rainfall variability, more precipitation in flooding season, increasing trend for storm days, and intensity implies more frequent and severe flood and mountain torrents. 225. The projected increasing trend for annual mean temperature, maximum temperature, and minimum temperature during 2020-2099 will be about 0.13 °C/10a, 0.15 °C/10a, and 0.12 °C/10a under RCP4.5, which is similar with the observed increasing trend during 1961-2018. However, the warming trend will be substantial under RCP8.5 during the period, which is almost 3 times as the warming trend under RCP4.5. The projected annual precipitation will decrease slightly under RCP4.5, and there will be no trend under RCP8.5 during 2020-2099. While the decadal precipitation will consecutively increase slightly with a range between 7.3% and 3.9% under RCP 4.5 for the 2020s, 2030s, a decrease of 5.3% for the 2040s is predicted. The daily precipitation intensity will increase consistently under RCP4.5 and RCP8.5 during 2021-2050. The changes in seasonal climate show warmer and drier autumn during 2021-2050.

2. Climate Risk Screening 226. The climate screening identified seasonal flooding and storm as a risk to be considered for project siting, design, construction, maintenance, and performance. Sudden, intense storms following a drought may lead to flash flooding due to poor absorbent capacity of soils (hard pan). Seasonal flooding or storm may damage construction sites and facilities. Seasonal flood or storm can disturb regular operation and maintenance human resource arrangement, in case the project sites have access difficulties. These risks may compound existing issues that may also hinder

121

operational efficiency, including It should be noted, however, that a number of factors besides climate change influence flood risk, including a general increase in the area of artificially sealed surfaces, conversion of wetlands, and inappropriate dumping of trash, leading to clogged pipes. 227. The screening identified extremely high temperature as a moderate risk affecting project sitting/design, construction, maintenance and performance. High temperatures may cause changes in diseases and insect pests for agriculture and the ecosystem. High temperatures may cause shorter service duration of materials. High temperatures may cause difficulties in operation and maintenance arrangements for project facilities. The climate screening also identified a lack of precipitation (seasonal drought) as a moderate risk affecting project sitting/design, construction, maintenance and performance. Drought may cause difficulties in water supply and daily operation of project activities both in domestic, agricultural and ecological restoration zones. Drought may cause vegetation degradation and biodiversity degradation.

3. Adaptation Measures 228. Flooding is a relatively common natural disaster with large economic impacts. Output 1 will address flood management system and climate change adaptation by existing project components: (i) enhance flood prevention and control capability of rivers by constructing ecological embankment; (ii) Reduce flood risk by river dredging; (iii) Increase rainfall storage capacity by developing riparian buffers (riverbank greenbelt and storm drain ditches) from the edge of riverbank; (iv) Mitigate impacts to ecology from drought and develop habitat restoration for bird conservation and wetland restoration; (v) improve water quality monitoring, rainfall monitoring, and hydrology monitoring in smart disaster management system; improve forest fire monitoring system, which will reduce consequence of the drought and heat wave; improve geological disaster monitoring and warning system will reduce the consequence of landslide and debris flow caused by storm and flood; and (vi) use risk management strategies and measures to reduce losses caused by flooding of excess standard.

229. Adaptation measures for the project embankments include: (i) designs integrated with landscaping to reduce wave action that might surge over the embankment (during floods or high rainfall) and to provide soil stability for reducing erosion, (ii) a flood control standard of 1 in 20 years (urban areas) and 1 in 20 years (for rural areas). Considering there is a 6% increase in projected 1-in-20-year daily rainfall intensity for future climate change, there is a 8% increase for designed peak flood volume for embankment through rural area, and a 10% increase for designed peak flood volume for embankment through city is calculated in the FSR. For the urban areas, the increase in water level may reach 0.4 m along the main river, and reach 0.1-0.3 m along the tributaries, while for the rural areas, increase in water level may reach 0.1-0.2 m generally, and reach 0.3m in very few places with narrow channels. The river embankments have been designed to address thie projected increase in flow and water levels, with a freeboard of 0.9-1.02 m for different sections. The section for Miluo River in the city is the key area for future county development, in order to adapt with climate change and reduce the impact of disaster caused by flooding which exceeds the standard, the average height of embankment has been designed to increase about 0.8m, and the extent involves a total length of 8.355 km. 230. The specific adaptation measure for Restoration and protection of Huangjin River National Wetland Park include: (i) climate-resistant plant species which can endure heat waves, prolonged droughts have been considered in project design; (ii) monitoring of wetland environment have been designed to prevent wetland and habitat degradation, monitoring of wild fire have been designed for forest fire prevention.

122

231. For integrated water supply in urban and rural Pingjiang of output 2, water saving technologies have been designed in this subproject: (i) More resilience material for pipe, advanced pipe connection may reduce water losses during water supply and distribution; and (ii) Water-saving water treatment technology and instrument. 232. Separating rainwater from sewers in urban and rural Pingjiang of Output 2 will address climate change adaptation by existing project components: (i) the proposed sewage and rainwater separation systems will reduce the water flow into waste collection system, and reduce the wastewater amount need to be treated. (ii) the drainage standard has been designed for 1-in-3 year daily storm17, plus a standard safety margin; (iii) water pipes and domestic wastewater pipes which are more resistant against heatwaves, floods, and droughts should be used.

233. Output 3 will address climate change adaptation by existing project components: (i) the proposed sewage (liquid manure) and rainwater separation systems in livestock farms will reduce the water flow into livestock waste collection system, and reduce the wastewater amount need to be treated. (ii) drainage ditches and water-conserving facilities, and sustainable farming techniques have been designed in eco-farming construction; (iii) integrated pest control have been designed in eco-farming construction.

234. Output 4 will address climate change adaptation by capacity building of stakeholders, decisions makers and public.

4. Greenhouse gas emissions

235. GHG emissions from the project will occur mainly from three sources during operations: (i) emissions from energy use (electricity and gasoline) in the operation of facilities, (ii) emissions from livestock waste management facilities, and (iii) carbon sequestration or GHG emission reductions from the forest and plantation development. 236. Power consumption. The annual power consumption requirements for each subproject are given in Table IV-14. GHG emissions from the power consumption are estimated using a conversion factor for power generation of the national grid (0.7493 tCO2e)in the national grid to greenhouse gas emissions of 0.7493 kg CO2e/kWh.18 Total GHG emissions from the power consumption of the project are about 2,689 tons of CO2e/a.

Table IV-14: Estimates of GHG Emissions for Subprojects

Subproject Subproject Name Power Consumption, kWh

per annum GHG emission,

tons

1 Flood prevention and risk management in Miluo River

20,668 15

2 Huangjin River national wetland park restoration and protection

168,115 126

3 Integrated smart disaster risk management system

106,022 79

4 Integrated water supply in urban and rural Pingjiang

904,440 678

6 Rural domestic wastewater treatment 1,397,395 1047

7 Sustainable livestock waste management

981,266 735

17 Design Specification for Outdoor Drainage (GB 50014-2006) (2016 edition) 18 PRCSource: CO2 Emission from National Grids, International Energy Agency, Paris, 2011.

123

Subproject Subproject Name Power Consumption, kWh

per annum GHG emission,

tons

8 Promotion of eco-farming technology and practices

11,274 8

Total 3,589,004 2,689

237. Emission Reductions from livestock waste management. The subproject 7 will manage the livestock waste of those farms that produce 113,400 pigs and 60,000 chickens annually. GHG emission reductions from livestock waste management are estimated using default emission factors of the Australian Pork industry19 (for pigs) and IPCC guidelines (for chickens). The calculated emissions include direct and indirect nitrous oxide and methane. The current annual emissions, without any treatment, are estimated at 5,493 tons of CO2e, while the future annual emissions after subproject completion, with the treatment, are estimated at 232 tons of CO2e. Hence the project will contribute a reduction of 5,261 tons of CO2e annually. 238. Green Procurement. The project will procure 524 of solar lights (contribute to a saving of 251,520 kwh annually) and 21 energy-efficient water heaters for schools (contribute to a saving of 458,000 kwh annually), which together will contribute to an annual GHG reduction of 532 tons CO2e.

239. Carbon sequestration. Carbon sequestration will occur from subproject 2, in which about 242.1 ha of forest land will be restored with a plantation of 120,106 trees, and about 0.8 ha of wetland habitat will be restored with a plantation of 2,376 wetland plants. In the PRC, the annual carbon sequestration capacity of forest is estimated to be 0.3 to 1.2 tC/ha per year depending on forest type, species, and age, as well as soil, water and weather. Considering the weather conditions of Pingjiang, a value of 3.32 tC/ha per year is adopted for the estimation of carbon sequestration. The total carbon sequestration is estimated at about 2,960 tons of CO2e/a.

240. Net GHG emissions.The total CO2e emissions generated by the project, every year during the operation, will be about 2,689 tons/annum. While the total CO2e reductions from the plantation development, installation of solar lights and energy-efficient equipment, and livestock waste management will be about 8,753 tons/annum. Hence, the net GHG emissions from the project will be minus 6084 tons/annum.

1919 Pig Gas: Pork Industry Greenhouse Gas Calculator User Guide, April 2013 by Australian Pork Limited

(http://australianpork.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2013/10/PigGas-User-Guide.pdf)

124

V. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES A. No Project Alternative 241. Hunan is one of the poorest provinces in the PRC. Among the counties in Hunan, Pingjiang has been progressively improving its economic conditions. Since March 2019, Pingjiang County was no longer declared as a national poverty county. However, the average economic figures cannot totally reflect the real situation. Around 9,345 people are still classified as very poor and living below the poverty line. Around 6,372 urban and 22,526 rural residents are among the low-income families who continue to receive basic living allowances from the government. Women comprise an increasing proportion of residents in rural areas due to the out-migration of men, and there are limited job opportunities for women. 242. The Miluo River Basin covers 5,543 km2, with its headwaters originating from two tributaries: one flows east from Xiushui County, Jiangxi Province, while the other flows west from Longzhang Mountain, northeast of Pingjiang County. The two tributaries converge in the western part of Pingjiang County to form the Miluo River with a total length of 253 km, of which 193 km flows through Pingjiang County from east to west after which it drains into the eastern bank of Dongting Lake, a flood basin for the middle reaches of the Yangtze River. As its confluence with Dongting Lake, the Miluo River forms an important wetland protection area; and the river also serves as the main source of drinking water for Pingjiang County as well as supplementary water supply for major downstream urban centers. However, the ecological environment of the Miluo River in Pingjiang County faces many challenges. About half of all rural villages do not have any household sewage or wastewater treatment facilities. Farming practices are also unsustainable with inadequate farm waste management systems. This, coupled with inadequate solid waste management incorporating appropriate recycling and re-use processes, significantly impacts the rural living environment, increases public health risks and contributes to the declining water quality in the Miluo River. 243. In addition, Pingjiang County is critically impacted by seasonal flooding and landslides, exacerbated by climate change, degraded hilly landscapes, and inadequate institutional coordination and disaster risk management capacity. Between 2013–2018, 86 townships in Pingjiang County were impacted by flooding, causing damage to 344 km of riverbanks and around 542,250 mu of cropping area, and resulting in an estimated CNY1,986 million in direct economic loss. 244. The outcome of the No-Project alternative would be (i) continued risks from flooding of urban and rural areas of the Pingjiang county; (ii) inadequate wastewater treatment facilities; and (iii) deteriorating river water quality from unsustainable agricultural and farming practices, coupled with urbanization and development in the watershed. Therefore, the government needs to implement plans for pollution control and environmental management to address flooding and protect the water quality in the Miluo River, including planning for infrastructure and nature-based solutions such as wetland restoration and river rehabilitation measures. B. Alternative Methods of Dredging 245. Dredging will be carried out for the subproject 1 from the Miluo River. About 3.19 km length of dredging will be carried out in 3 sections of the river near the urban areas (1.1 km near Mijiang, 1.69 km near Fengshuhe and 1.4 km near Yanganqiao). General types of dredging suitable for the sediment removal from the Project are mechanical and hydraulic dredgers. There are four phases in a dredging activity: excavation, lifting, transportation and placement. General

125

environmental issues associated with these phases of dredging are discussed below. 246. Excavation is the physical removal of the material from its in situ location on the bottom of a water body. It can be done by hydraulic forces and/or by mechanical forces of a cutter head, a draghead, or the cutting edge of a bucket. The physical changes that can take place during excavation are the generation of suspended sediments (causing an increase in turbidity), mixing of soil layers, loss of excavated material (spill) and dilution (sediment mixing with water, especially in the case of hydraulic dredging). 247. Lifting is the vertical transportation of the excavated material from the bed. This is done mechanically in the case of a backhoe, dipper or bucket ladder dredger, or hydraulically in the case of a cutter suction, trailing suction hopper-, disc bottom-, auger- or sweep dredger. The physical changes that occur during lifting are the release of suspended sediments, for example as overflow losses during loading, the creation of loose and mobile spill layers, and a change in the density of the material. 248. Transportation is the process of transferring the excavated material to the location of placement. This can be done hydraulically through a pipeline by hopper dredgers, barges, trucks, or conveyor belts. The physical changes that can occur during transportation are dilution, spillage, noise, air pollution and safety in relation to other users of the transport route. 249. Placement of the excavated material can be at a designated site underwater or on land. The physical changes that may occur during placement are the space occupied by the material, especially the area it covers, and dispersion of the deposited material. C. Dredger Types and Appropriate Use 250. The main types of dredgers that can be used for the proposed works are suction dredgers such as cutter suction dredgers (CSD) and mechanical dredgers. CSDs are most commonly used for removing hard sediments in rivers and major dredging projects, while mechanical dredgers can be used for a wide range of soils and in many types of projects, but generally have much lower rates of production than suction dredgers. 251. CSDs typically consist of a pontoon equipped with a rotating cutter head and an adjacent suction pipe that collects a mixture of cuttings and water, which is pumped through a discharge pipeline to its destination. The suction action inside the cutter means that most of the sediment removed by the cutter is captured. As high dredging efficiency and low turbidity at the cutter head are closely linked, it is uncommon for turbidity generated by the cutter head to cause environmental concern20. The other advantage of CSDs is that the dredged material can be transported through pipelines for long distances. 252. Among the mechanical dredgers, the most familiar type is the grab dredger, which consists of a crane mounted on a pontoon or self-propelled hopper that operates a wireline controlled grab. Other types of mechanical dredgers are the backhoe dredger, which operates a bucket mounted on an arm that is hydraulically operated) or the bucket ladder dredger, which has a chain of buckets being rotated over a ladder. Mechanical dredgers normally discharge into independent hopper barges or trucks. Grab dredgers may cause minimal disturbance and dilution of sediments compared to hydraulic methods used by suction dredgers, but may cause high turbidity in loose

20 John SA, Challinor SL, Simpson M, Burt TN and Spearman J (2000). Scoping the assessment of sediment plumes

from dredging. CIRIA Report C547, London, 190 pages

126

silts where a significant fraction of the load may be washed out as the grab is hauled through the water. Mechanical equipment can reduce spillage and turbidity by limiting, for example, hoisting speed and by avoiding overloading of open barges and hoppers. There are measures; however, that may reduce the production (output) of the equipment. 253. Mechanical dredgers are better able to handle boulders, debris, ropes, chains, and so forth, then are dredgers which rely on pumps. They are well-suited to dredging in confined places such as alongside wharfs, and the grab dredger’s depth of operation is limited only by its cable length. Their main disadvantage is that generally, they have lower rates of production. 254. Dredger selection. Since dredging and dredged material placement are site-specific activities, choosing the ideal dredger is also site-specific. Dredger selection depends on a number of variables including availability and cost, physical characteristics of the sediment. amount to be dredged, dredging site and depth, distance to the placement site, depth of placement site, physical environment at dredging and placement sites, contamination level of sediments; and method of placement. When evaluating the environmental performance of specific dredgers, it is also necessary to consider the effect of production rate on the project duration, levels of turbidity and suspended sediment concentrations generated relative to background levels, the proportion of total sediment lost to the environment and the degree of contamination in the sediment. 255. In evaluating dredgers, all phases of the dredging operation (excavation, lifting, transportation and placement) should be considered as an integrated process. Typically, CSDs have the least effect on turbidity at the dredging site. But the Grab dredgers produce significantly higher turbidity throughout the water column near the dredging site than do CSDs. At the placement site, the reverse may be true. Mechanical dredgers do not disturb the structure of the dredged materials as much as CSDs do, which may fluidise sediments by mixing them with water. Fluidisation of clays by CSDs may cause discharged material to cover an excessive area when unconfined, and fluidised sediments may take some time to consolidate, thus providing a source of ongoing turbidity until consolidation has occurred. Consequently, suction dredgers may be preferred if the vicinity of the dredging site is particularly sensitive, while a mechanical dredger may be favoured if the vicinity of the placement site is sensitive. 256. Table V-1 presents an overview of dredger types and their relative performance related to certain environmental aspects.

Table V-1: Comparison of Environmental Aspects of Standard Dredging Equipment Dredging Type Safety Accuracy Turbidity Mixing Spill Dilution Noise

Hydraulic Dredgers

Suction Dredger + - + - - 0 +

Cutter Section Dredger + + 0/+ 0/+ 0 0 +

Mechanical Dredgers

Bucket Ladder Dredger - + -/0 0/+ + + -

Backhoe Dredger - + -/0 + + + +

Grab Dredger - - -/0 0 + + + Note: ‘+’ better than average, ‘0’ about average, ‘-‘below average; all qualifications sees as relative to other dredger types

257. Recommended dredger. Based on the analysis presented in the above sections and Table VI-1, the cutter suction dredger will perform comparatively better than mechanical dredgers such as (i) low risk of sediment dispersal during excavation (most of the sediment excavated will be captured by the dredger to minimize sedimentation); (ii) low risk of sediment releases from lifting (most of the sediment captured should be lifted efficiently to minimize the re-suspension of sediments); and (iii) low risk of leakage from transportation. Hence, use cutter suction dredgers are recommended for dredging in the rivers. While for the dredging in the canal, since sediment

127

generation due to dredging is not a major environmental issue, both cutter suction and mechanical dredgers can be used. D. Alternatives for Embankment Layouts for Subproject 1 258. The proposed embankments in the urban areas need to integrate with the existing developments along the river banks. Various embankment layout plans are considered in the following urban areas:

• Mainstream of Miluo River: section from Mijiang Bridge to Mishui Bridge

• Tributaries of the Miluo River: 1) Lijiaduan River Tongping expressway to Miluo River estuary section; 2) the section of the Getengping section of the Yingjiachong River; 3) the Menghua connecting line of the Xianjiang River to the Miluo River estuary section; 4) the section of ushu mountain River

259. In the section between Mijiang Bridge to Mishui Bridge, two options are proposed

• Option 1: Combined with the layout of the road along the river in the county's urban control regulations, a combination plan of embankments and roads is adopted.

• Option 2: Based on the current river bank line, heighten and reinforcement embankment is considered.

• A comparison of both the options are discussed below

Options Option 1(Recommended plan) Option 2 (Comparison plan)

Option Description

Combined with the layout of the roads along the river in the county's urban control regulations, a combination plan of embankments and roads is adopted.

Based on the current river bank line, heighten and reinforcement embankment is considered.

Advantage

1. According to the control regulations, most river sections have green areas along the river with 30 to 100m wide between the planned road along the river and the current riparian line, which can create waterfront spaces and scenic belt along the river

2. It can retain beach area along the river, increase flood cross-section of the channel at high flood level, and reduce the height of the flood level after embankments are built.

The newly flood control project covers a small area

Disadvantage Embankments cover a large area, and the project cost is high.

1. The scenic zone along the river is blocked by embankments, and the hydrophilic effect is poor

2. After the completion of embankment project, the height of the flood level is relatively high

260. In the section between, Lijiaduan River Tongping expressway to the Miluo River estuary, about 220m downstream of Sanyang Avenue Bridge has been partially rerouted due to the development and construction of river channels. According to the actual situation of Lijiaduan River, three layout plans were prepared for comparison (see Figure V-1).

• Option 1: arrange works along the current river channel, combination with the development and construction of both banks to build flood control embankments.

• Option 2: arrange works as per the control plan, combination with the development and construction of both banks to build flood control embankments.

• Option 3: For the section from Sanyang Avenue Bridge to the Miluo River estuary, arrange works along the south side of the planned road, and for the Sanyang Avenue Bridge to Tongping Expressway section, arrange works along the existing river channel.

128

Figure V-1: Proposed Options in Li-jia-duan Creek to Miluo River Estuary Section 261. A comparison of the above options is given in 262. Table V-2.

Table V-2: Comparison and Embankment Layouts

Options Option 1 Option 2 Option 3 (Recommended option)

Option description

Arrange works along the current river channel, combination with the development and construction of both banks to build flood control embankments

Arrange works as per the control plan, combination with the development and construction of both banks to build flood control embankments

For the section from Sanyang Avenue Bridge to the Miluo River estuary, arrange works along the south side of the planned road, and for the Sanyang Avenue Bridge to Tongping Expressway section, arrange works along the existing river channel

Advantage

The meandering nature of the existing river channel is preserved

River layout is consistent with control plan

1. Convenient to flood discharge；

2. Land saving；

3. 0.5km long river channel arrangement of downstream of Sanyang Avenue bridge is combined with the urban development and construction. 1.1km long river channel arrangement of downstream of Sanyang Avenue bridge basically retains the natural properties of the river

E. Alternatives for Subproject 6 263. Alternatives for Pipeline. Various types of pipelines are commonly used for the drainage pipeline. These pipelines are made with concrete, HDPE, fiberglass pipe (FRP), and unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (UPVC). A comparison of all these options is given in Table V-3. Based on comparison and analysis, HDPE winding reinforced pipes are used for drainage pipelines (both sewage and stormwater pipelines) with a diameter of less than 600mm, reinforced concrete pipes are used for drainage pipelines with diameter more than 600mm for the upgrading of county urban area. HDPE multi-ribbed winding reinforced pipes are used for drainage pipelines with a diameter of less than 600 m, reinforced concrete pipes are used for drainage pipelines of diameter more

129

than 880mm for the upgrading of town areas.

Table V-3: Performance Comparison of Commonly Used Pipes Pipe

performance Reinforced concrete

HDPE FRP UPVC

Foundation requirement

Relatively high Relatively low Relatively low Relatively low

Pipe interface Cement mortar interface, poor sealing

Hot melt connection, good sealing

Relatively good sealing

Socket type, rubber ring waterproofing, relatively good sealing

Flexibility

Poor; rigid and cannot be bent, so the joint is easy to crack under the influence of settlement force to form leakage.

It has a certain flexibility and can be bent properly and also adapt to slight foundation settlement.

Relatively good Relatively poor

Hydraulic condition

Relatively rough inner wall and worse hydraulic conditions.

Smooth inner wall, small loss of water head and better hydraulic conditions.

Smooth inner wall, small loss of water head and better hydraulic conditions.

Smooth inner wall, small loss of water head and better hydraulic conditions.

Corrosion resistance

Low corrosion resistance and shorter service life

Strong corrosion resistance and long service life

Strong corrosion resistance and long service life

Strong corrosion resistance and long service life

Impact resistance

Good Good Good Danger of fracture under impact of hard objects

Thermodynamic Performance

Average Good Good Relatively good

Installation and transportation

Heavy material; transportation, construction and installation technology is mature.

Light material, small proportion, convenient for transportation, construction and installation

Light material, small proportion, convenient for transportation, construction and installation

Relatively light material, and relatively convenient for transportation, construction and installation

Cost Lowest Low Slightly higher than HDPE

Low

Construction method

Excavation, pipe jacking

Excavation Excavation Excavation, pipe jacking

HDPE = high-density polyethylene, FRP = fiber reinforce plastic, UPVC = Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride.

264. Alternatives for Rural Wastewater Treatment: Biological treatment would be needed to be included in the treatment process of the rural wastewater considering high the value of BOD5/CODcr of the effluent is ≥0.375. The common biological process is conventional oxidational ponds and ditches, anaerobic and aerobic process (A/O), sequencing batch reactor (SBR), biological aerated filter (BAF), and artificial wetland. A comparison of options is in Table V-4.

Table V-4: Alternative Biological Treatment Processes

130

Process Technical features Advantages Disadvantages

Oxidation Ditch

A deformation of activated sludge process. It is widely used in large and medium-sized urban wastewater treatment plants. Mature process with diversified forms.

Inlet and outlet devices are simple; can be regarded as fully mixed plug flow; low BOD load with good effluent quality; low sludge yield; long sludge age with nitrogen removal.

High energy consumption, large land use.

A/O

Anaerobic (hydrolysis tank) +aerobic (contact oxidation tank) + secondary sedimentation tank with phosphorus and nitrogen removal.

High volume load, short residence time for land saving; high biological activity; high microbial concentration; low sludge yield; good and stable effluent quality; low power consumption; no sludge bulking; convenient membrane hanging and intermittent operation; simple operation, and strong anti-impact load capacity.

Clogged biofilm.

SBR Sequencing batch reactor of activated sludge processes.

Good effluent quality, no sludge bulking, and good effect of phosphorus and nitrogen removal.

Low utilization of tank capacity and equipment, large land use; complex operation and management, and high requirements for automatic control.

BAF Biological aerated filter, a biofilm process.

Integration of biological oxidation and suspended solids interception, for saving subsequent sedimentation tank; high volume load and hydraulic load, with short hydraulic residence time; less capital investment; good effluent quality and low operation energy consumption.

Complex operation and maintenance.

Oxidation Pond

Using natural purification capacity for treatment.

Low capital investment and operation cost, simple maintenance and repairing, easy operation; can develop ecological aquaculture in the pond.

Large land use; climate has great influence on the treatment effect; easy to produce odor and breed mosquitoes and flies; Sludge is not easy to be discharged and treated.

Artificial Wetland

A constructed, controllable, and engineering wetland system.

Relatively small land use; low energy consumption; simple operation and management; low investment and operation cost.

Susceptible to pests and diseases; imprecise design and operation parameters; long debugging period.

A/O = anaerobic and aerobic process, BAF = biological aerated filter, SBR = sequencing batch reactor.

265. As compared above, considering the cost, efficiency and operation experience, the process recommended in the FSR is non-power centralized treatment modular assembly ecological wetlands, “grid + regulating tank + anaerobic tank + sedimentation tank + ecological wetland”, for wastewater treatment of rural centralized residences and schools, and “grid + regulating tank + anaerobic tank + aerobic tank + sedimentation tank + ecological wetland + chemical disinfection” for wastewater treatment of rural health clinics.

131

VI. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION AND PARTICIPATION A. Legislative Framework for Public Consultation and Information Disclosure

266. Meaningful public participation and consultation during project feasibility study, design and implementation are important safeguard requirements. The PRC Environmental Protection Law and Regulations on the Administration of Construction Project Environmental Protection (Order No. 253 of the State Council), and Measures on Public Participation in Environmental Impact Assessment (Order No.4 of the Ministry of Ecology and Environment, April 2018), require that a DEIA solicits the opinions of organizations concerned, and villagers and residents within and near the project sites. In August 2012, the PRC National Development and Reform Commission (NDRC) issued a requirement for “Social Risk Assessment of Large Investment Projects”, which emphasizes the importance of public consultation in an effective manner and requires that the results of public consultation are clearly summarized in the DEIA report, including the dates of consultations, number of stakeholders, who the affected people are, and the comments received. 267. ADB’s SPS (2009) also requires meaningful public participation, consultation and information disclosure. The consultation process for this project followed both the PRC law/regulation and the ADB’s SPS.

268. This section describes the public consultations for the environmental assessment, undertaken by the DEIA institute and implementing agencies, with guidance and participation of the TA consulting firm. Consultations comprised: (i) information disclosure; (ii) questionnaire surveys; (iii) informal visits to villages and households in the project areas; and (iv) public meetings attended by representatives of the affected public and other concerned stakeholders, including a questionnaire survey after the meeting. At the start of each meeting, the design institute and TA team explained the purpose of consultation, the proposed project objectives, components, and designs, the anticipated social and environmental benefits and risks, and the proposed design and mitigation measures to address these risks. Community feedback was sought, including concerns about potential impacts and measures to address these. A social and poverty analysis was also conducted by the TA social and resettlement experts based on group discussions with key agencies, beneficiaries, and adversely affected communities, with emphasis on poverty villages and potential gender issues. B. Information Disclosure

269. The first round of information disclosure for the proposed project was conducted by the executing agency and domestic EIA institute through the website of the Pingjiang County Government on 11 May 2020 (Figure VI-1) (http://www.pingjiang.gov.cn/35048/35049/34997/35158/default.htm). The information disclosed included (i) the name and major content of the project, (ii) contact of the implementing agency, (iii) name and contact of the EIA institute, (iv) internet link of the public comment form, and (v) ways of submitting the public comment form. The second round of information disclosure was undertaken from 9 June 2020 through the website of the Pingjiang County Government (http://www.pingjiang.gov.cn/35048/35049/34997/35158/default.htm), after preparation of the draft IEE, FSR and DEIA, to seek public feedback on the findings, including potential impacts and updated mitigation measures, and included consultations with communities and villages in and near project sites.

270. The documents and information disclosed in the second round of information disclosure comprised: (i) description of the project and subprojects, including the project locations, scope

132

and construction methods; (ii) the potential impacts and risks during construction and operation; (iii) the mitigation measures proposed in the IEE and DEIA; (iv) the linkage to download the full DEIA; (v) methods and contact channels for public feedback (to the DEIA Institute and the PIUs), and duration of public access to DEIA report; (vi) forms and methods for the public consultation; and (vii) the date, time, location and organizer’s contact information for the public consultation meetings. Links to the website pages providing the information disclosure are given below. Hard copies of the translated version of the executive summary of the IEE were also made available at the village communities’ offices for public access, to ensure that residents without access to the internet also had the opportunity to review and comments on the project. In addition, all information was provided in Chinese language, to ensure accessibility for residents.

Figure VI-1: First Round Information Disclosure via Pingjiang County Government’s

Website (see text for for description of content).

133

Figure VI-2: Second Round Information Disclosure via Pingjiang County Government’s Website (see text for for description of content).

C. First Round Consultation

271. The first round of public consultations was undertaken in the project villages and communities of the 25 project townships in the form of consultation meetings followed by questionnaire survey during 21st to 27th April 2020. All project districts/townships were covered. The public meetings were used as an opportunity to introduce the project objectives and content to the potential affected persons and understand their attitude to the project and environmental related concerns. After the meetings, 535 copies of completed questionnaires were collected. Basic information of the respondents is summarized in Table VI-1. The results of the questionnaire survey are summarized in Table VI-2. The questionnaires focused on public understandings of the project components, and local opinions on the potential environmental, social and economic impacts from the project implementation.

Table VI-1: Participants of 1st Round of Public Consultation Item Number Percentage (%)

Gender Male 374 69.91

Woman 161 30.09

Education Middle school 204 38.13

High School 130 24.3

Primary School 111 20.75

Junior college and above 44 8.22

Vocational and technical school 37 6.92

Uneducated 9 1.68

Occupation Farmer 342 63.93

Responsible for housework 45 8.41

Private company employee 35 6.54

Own business 34 6.36

Temporary labor 24 4.49

Government employee 21 3.93

Retired 10 1.87

Teacher 10 1.87

State owned company employee 2 0.37

Unemployed 2 0.37

Street vendor 1 0.19

Contractor 1 0.19

Village committee officer 7 1.3

Others 10 1.87

Number of consulted towns/villages People from 25 townships

134

Questionnaire survey in Maoniling Community,

Meixian Town Public meeting in Panshi village, Wenjiang

Town

Public meeting in Tuanshan Village, Meixian Town Pubic meeting in Yuanyi Village, Garden Center

Public meeting in Sifeng Village, Wukou Town Questionnaire survey in Shiyan Village, Sanyang Township

Figure VI-3:Public Consultation Meetings and Survey in the Project Townships-1st Round

272. Results of the 1st round of public consultation. The outcome of the first round of consultations through interviews is summarized below. Most of the respondents think that the project will have more beneficial impacts and less adverse impacts.

• In subproject 1, the expected benefits are improvement in the living conditions (according to 70% of people surveyed), protection of lives (67%), and protection of livelihoods (40%) from flood protection works. The majority of the people (about 50%)

135

think that there will not be any adverse impacts. The expected adverse impacts are pollution of the river from the dredging (22%) and wastewater from the construction activities (10%).

• In subproject 2, the expected benefits are improvement in the water quality (39%), recreation facilities (33%), and biodiversity, and ecological protection (30%). Most people (70%) do not expect any adverse environmental impacts. Only about 9% of respondents expect that the project will have some impacts on wildlife in the park.

• In Subproject 4, the expected benefits are improvement in drinking water quality and thereby improvement in human health (88%), and no drinking water shortages (64%). The expected adverse impacts are dust (22%) and wastewater (13%) releases from construction sites.

• In subprojects 5 and 6, the expected benefits are improvement in the living conditions (84%) and health conditions (37%) and increased job opportunities (35%). The majority of people do not expect (58%) any adverse impacts. Construction-related impacts may include dust and air pollution (23%), and noise (11%).

• In subproject 7, the expected benefits are improvement in the living environment (73%), improvement in livestock health and increased income (49%), and improvement in human health (40%). The expected negative impacts are none (48%), foul smell and odor (39%), and disposal of wastes (11%).

• In subproject 8, the expected benefits are the increase in agricultural income (57%), better rates for agricultural products (40%), and an increase in employment opportunities (18%). The expected adverse impacts are clearing of land for farming (13%), soil and water pollution from the use of fertilizers and pesticides (10%) and wastewater generation from construction activities (10%).

136

Table VI-2: Results of 1st Round of Questionnaire Survey

Subproject Questions No. of

respondents Percentage

1. What do you think of the adverse environmental impacts of this subproject?

Subproject 1: flood prevention and risk management in Miluo River

1. No adverse impact 267 49.91%

2. Pollution of river water from dredging and excavation in the river 120 22.43%

3. Wastewater generation from workers camp and construction activities 51 9.53%

4. Dust and air pollution from construction activities and related traffic 48 8.97%

5. Potential disputes with the construction labor 46 8.6%

6. Impact on riparian and riverbank habitats, and trees from land clearing 46 8.6%

7. Solid waste generation from workers camp and construction activities 43 8.04%

8. Traffic and road safety risks due to movement of construction equipment and vehicles

36 6.37%

9. Generation of contaminated river-bed sediments from dredging and excavated activities

35 6.54%

10. Noise and vibration from construction activities and related traffic 35 6.54%

11. Impact on fish population due to construction activities in the river 31 5.79%

12. I don’t know 23 4.3%

13. Health and safety risks to the construction workers 20 3.74%

14. Soil erosion and sedimentation from excavation activities 20 3.74%

15. I don’t care about this 7 1.31%

16. Others 2 0.37%

Subproject 2: Huangjin River national wetland park restoration and protection

1. No adverse impact 250 46.73%

2. I don’t know 127 23.74%

3. Wastewater generation from workers camp and construction activities 62 11.59%

4. Disturbance on wildlife from land clearing and construction activities 47 8.79%

5. Dust and air pollution from construction activities and related traffic 39 7.29%

6. I don’t care about this 36 6.73%

7. Impact on native flora species from land clearing 28 5.23%

8. Noise and vibration from construction activities and related traffic 25 4.67%

9. Traffic and road safety risk due to movement of construction equipment and vehicles

18 3.36%

10. Soil erosion and sedimentation from excavation activities 13 2.43%

11. Others 1 0.19%

Subproject 4: Integrated water supply in urban and rural Pingjiang

1 No adverse impacts 287 54.64%

2 Dust and air pollution from construction activities and related traffic 116 21.68%

3 Wastewater generation from workers camp and construction activities 69 12.9%

137

Subproject Questions No. of

respondents Percentage

4 Noise and vibration from construction activities and related traffic 50 9.35%

5 Potential disputes with the construction labour 45 8.41%

6 Solid waste generation from workers camp and construction activities 44 8.22%

7 Traffic and road safety risks due to movement of construction equipment and vehicles

43 8.04%

8 I do not know 34 6.36%

9 Health and safety risks to the construction workers 28 5.23%

10 Health and safety risks to the community from the construction activities 20 3.74%

11 I do not care about this 13 2.43%

12 Others 1 0.19%

Subproject 5: Urban-rural separated stormwater and wastewater drainage upgrading Subproject 6: Rural domestic wastewater treatment

1 Dust and air pollution from construction activities and related traffic 123 22.99%

2 Noise and vibration from construction activities and related traffic 60 11.21%

3 Traffic and road safety risks due to movement of construction equipment and vehicles

56 10.47%

4 Soil erosion and sedimentation from excavation activities 27 5.05%

5 Solid waste generation from workers camp and construction activities 44 8.22%

6 Wastewater generation from workers camp and construction activities 67 12.52%

7 Potential disputes with the construction labour 44 8.22%

8 Health and safety risks to the construction workers 24 4.49%

9 Foul smell and odour from the wastewater and waste management facilities 28 5.23%

10 Others 1 0.19%

11 No adverse impacts 274 51.21%

12 I don’t know 40 7.48%

13 I do not care about this 13 0.19%

Subproject 7: Sustainable livestock waste management

1 No adverse impact 259 48.41%

2 Foul smell and odor from waste management and wastewater treatment facilities 163 30.47

3 Disposal of treated sludge from waste management and wastewater facilities 61 11.4

4 Exposure to harmful bacteria through handling of livestock fecal 53 9.91%

5 I don’t know 44 8.22%

6 Health and safety risk to the community from the construction activities 41 7.66%

7 Health and safety risks to the construction workers 28 5.23%

8 I don’t care about this 21 3.93%

9 Others 4 0.75%

Subproject 8: Promotion of eco-farming technology and practices

1 No adverse impact 297 55.51%

2 Impact on wildlife from land clearing and construction activities 70 13.08%

138

Subproject Questions No. of

respondents Percentage

3 Soil and water pollution from use of pesticides and fertilizers 54 10.09%

4 Wastewater generation from workers camp and construction activities 51 9.53%

5 Dust and air pollution from construction activities and related traffic 37 6.92%

6 Impact on native trees from land clearing 35 6.54%

7 Potential disputes with the construction labour 32 5.98%

8 Solid waste generation from workers camp and construction activities 32 5.98%

9 Noise and vibration from construction activities and related traffic 27 5.05%

10 Traffic and road safety risks due to movement of construction equipment and vehicles

18 3.36%

11 I don’t care about this 16 2.99%

12 Soil erosion and sedimentation from excavation activities 16 2.99%

13 Health and safety risks to the construction workers 13 2.43%

14 Others 1 0.19%

2. What do you think of the benefits of this Project to your family? (multiple choice)

Subproject 1: flood prevention and risk management in Miluo River

1 Improve living environment 372 69.53%

2 Life will be safer 360 67.29%

3 Mitigate the threat of floods to our lives and property 213 39.81%

4 Guarantee people’s livelihood 190 35.51%

5 Enhance sense of security 158 29.53%

6 A new place for leisure 124 23.18%

7 My property will experience reduced flooding 106 19.81%

8 Improve health condition 82 15.33%

9 Will promote local tourism and increase my income 80 14.95%

10 Help development of industrial and agricultural production 78 14.58%

11 Fish will increase, and I can fish in the lake 46 8.6%

12 No positive impact 19 3.55%

13 I don’t know 11 2.06%

14 I do not care about this 4 0.75%

Subproject 2: Huangjin River national wetland park restoration and protection

1 Improve water quality 209 39.07%

2 Provide place for leisure and recreation 174 32.52%

3 Improve biodiversity and ecological environment 164 30.65%

4 I do not know 129 24.11%

5 Attract more tourist and create job and business opportunity 101 18.88%

6 I do not care about this 73 13.64%

7 No positive impact 9 1.68%

139

Subproject Questions No. of

respondents Percentage

8 Others 2 0.37%

Subproject 4: Integrated water supply in urban and rural Pingjiang

1 Water quality will be improved and good for health 473 88.41%

2 No water shortage anymore, no need to spend lots of time to carry water from other places

343 64.11%

3 I do not know 9 1.68%

4 I do not care about this 8 1.5%

5 No positive impact 5 0.93%

Subproject 5: Urban-rural separated stormwater and wastewater drainage upgrading Subproject 6: Rural domestic wastewater treatment

1 Improving living environment 452 84.49%

2 Improve health condition 198 37.01%

3 Job opportunities 185 34.58%

4 I do not know 11 2.06%

5 No positive impact 7 1.31%

6 I do not care about this 5 0.93%

7 Others 3 0.56%

Subproject 7: Sustainable livestock waste management

1 Improving living environment 392 73.27%

2 Improvement in livestock health and increased income 263 49.16%

3 Improve your health condition 214 40%

4 I do not care about this 40 7.48%

5 I do not know 21 3.93%

6 No positive impact 9 1.68%

7 Others 4 0.75%

Subproject 8: Promotion of eco-farming technology and practices

1 Increase agricultural income 306 57.2%

2 Agricultural products can sell for better prices 215 40.19%

3 Increase the products 117 21.87%

4 Increase nearby employment opportunities 98 18.32%

5 Forming a brand 86 16.07%

6 I do not know 28 5.23%

7 I do not care about this 27 5.05%

8 No positive impact 6 1.12%

140

D. Second Round of Consultation

273. The 2nd round of consultation forum was organized by the PMO and PIUs 14 days after posting the invitation on Pingjiang County Government website to solicit a new round of comments from residents about the project. During the forum, the EIA institute introduced the project information; the adverse impacts and beneficial impacts brought to the surrounding environment and residents during construction and operation; and proposed mitigation measures, in a PowerPoint presentation and by distribution of the DEIA reports. The public meetings were used as an opportunity to: (i) present the main anticipated impacts and the final proposed mitigation measures as defined in the FSR and the DEIA; and (ii) introduce the project GRM. 274. Following the forum, the participants filled out the questionnaire voluntarily. After the meetings, 251 follow-up questionnaires were distributed and 212 copies were returned. The breakdown of participants and the results of questionnaire survey are listed in Tables VI-3 and VI-4 respectively.

Table VI-3: Participants of 2nd Round of Public Consultation Item Number Percentage

Gender Male 122 63.2%

Female 71 36.8%

Age

<30 6 3.1%

30-50 144 74.6%

>50 42 21.8%

Unknown 2 1.0%

Education

Master 3 1.6%

Bachelor 75 38.9%

High school 66 34.2%

Middle school 39 20.2%

Unknown 10 5.2%

Occupation

Unknown 25 13.0%

Village committee officer 59 30.6%

Worker 19 9.8%

Farmer 39 20.2%

Government employee 32 16.6%

housewife 5 2.6%

freelancer 5 2.6%

Nurse 5 2.6%

Doctor 4 2.1%

Table VI-4: Results of 1st Round of Questionnaire Survey

No. Questions Reponses Number Percentage

1 How do you think the project will affect the local social and economic development?

Favorable 185 87.3%

Adverse 0 0.0%

No impact 27 12.7%

2 What is your most concern about the project? Economic impact 40 18.9%

Social impact 27 12.7%

Environmental impact

101 47.6%

Other 44 20.8%

3 What environmental issues do you think this project cause during construction?

Water pollution 119 56.1%

Air pollution 35 16.5%

Noise pollution 6 2.8%

141

No. Questions Reponses Number Percentage

Solid waste pollution

18 8.5%

Ecological impact 46 21.7%

4 How do you think the project will affect the surrounding environment?

Large 21 9.9%

Moderate 53 25.0%

Small 63 29.7%

No impact 75 35.4%

5 What do you think the current environmental quality of the project area?

Good 141 66.5%

Moderate 61 28.8%

Poor 10 4.7%

6 Do you think the location of the project is appropriate?

Right 183 86.3%

I don't know 8 3.8%

It's not appropriate

21 9.9%

7 What is your attitude towards the project? Agree 212 100.0%

Against 0 0.0%

Figure VI-4:Public Consultation Meetings and Survey -2nd Round

275. Results of the 2nd round of consultation. (i) 87.3% of the respondents believe that the construction of the project is conducive to local economic development, 12.7% of the respondents think that the construction of the project has no impact on the local economic development.(ii) 56.1% of the respondents think that the most concern during construction is water pollution; and (iii) 100% of the respondents support the construction of the project under the premise that the relevant environmental protection measures are taken to ensure the emission of pollutants are within the relevant standards. This shows that the construction project has the support of the overwhelming majority of the public. E. Future Information Disclosure and Public Consultation Program 276. Public consultations will be maintained with project communities throughout project implementation, including: (i) before and after key works, to ensure residents are informed of, and have the opportunity to respond to, pending works and procedures, (ii) during period broader consultations about project progress. Future consultation will be undertaken by the PMO and implementation units’ Environment and Social Officers, via questionnaire surveys, household visits, workshops, and public hearings (see attached EMP).

142

VII. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM 277. A project-specific GRM was prepared and complies with ADB’s SPS (2009) and PRC requirements. The GRM will be accessible to diverse members of the villages and community, including more vulnerable groups such as women, minority and poor. Multiple points of entry, including face-to-face meetings, written complaints, telephone conversations, or e-mail, will be available. The GRM is described in the project EMP (Attachment 1).

VIII. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 278. A project EMP has been prepared (Attachment 1), based on the findings of the IEE, domestic assessments, fieldwork, and stakeholder consultations. The EMP defines: (i) responsibilities and authorities for the EMP implementation, (ii) summary of impacts and mitigation measures, (iii) environmental monitoring and inspection, (iv) institutional strengthening and training, (v) reporting requirements, (vi) public consultation, (vii) cost estimates, and (viii) mechanism for feedback and adjustment. The EMP will be included as an annex in bidding and contract documents. Contractors will be required to develop site-EMPs that comply with the EMP.

IX. ASSURANCES 279. ADB-funded projects are required to comply with a standard set of loan assurances for environmental safeguards, which focus on compliance with national laws and the project EMP. In addition, the following project-specific assurances are included in the project agreement between ADB and the PCG. Refer to the loan and project agreements for the final agreed specific wording.

• PMO and PIU environment safeguard personnel. The PMO and PIUs will each appoint the following minimum number of qualified safeguard personnel: (i) one full-time PMO environment officer and one full-time PMO social officer, and (ii) a minimum of 12 PIU social-and-environment safeguard officers (combined safeguard role). These PIU staff will be allocated as follows: (i) for five PIUs, a minimum of 2 social-and-environmental safeguard officers per PIU will be assigned, reflecting the wide geographic spread and/or large number of work sites under subprojects: the Ecology and Environment Bureau (PIU–Subproject 6), Forestry Bureau (PIU–Subproject 2; part of Subproject 8–eco-farming – oil tea component), Housing and Urban-Rural Development Bureau (PIU–Subproject 5), Livestock, Fisheries and Agricultural Machinery Affairs Center (PIU–Subproject 7); (ii) for two PIUs, a minimum of 1 social-and-environmental safeguard officer per PIU will be assigned, reflecting the lower scope of civil works: the Agriculture and Rural Affairs Bureau (PIU–Subproject 8) and Pingjiang County Water Supply Co., Ltd (PIU–Subproject 4). For three PIUs, no environmental-safeguard staff are required, due to a lack of civil works under these PIUs (Education Bureau, PIU–Subproject 9; Emergency Management Bureau, PIU–Subproject 3; and Natural Resources Bureau, PIU–Subproject 3). The PMO and PIU safeguard positions will be responsible for coordination and implementation of the project’s social and environment safeguard plans, including the EMP and resettlement plan.

• Loan implementation environmental consultant (LIEC). The PMO will engage at least one LIEC, as part of the loan consultancy implementation services. The consultant will support the PMO to provide capacity building for, and coordination of, the EMP.

• Rapid assessment of fish resources. The PMO will engage (short-term) a qualified fish expert to conduct the required rapid assessment of fish species in the National Pingjiang

143

Section of the Miluo River Germplasm Resources Protection Zone. The assessment will be conducted during the detailed design stage and will inform the detailed engineering designs and safeguard measures for the planned embankment and dredging works. These works will not be approved until the fish assessment has been completed.

• External environmental monitoring. The PMO will engage a qualified environmental monitoring agency with appropriate national certification, to conduct the external environment monitoring specified in the EMP.

• The executing agency will ensure that (i) existing water and wastewater services will continue to be provided to communities during the civil works for the project; (ii) any interruptions to such services as a result of the project construction and/or operation are as limited as possible; and (iii) prior to any such interruptions, consultations are held with all affected communities.

• For all existing facilities that the ADB-funded facilities will be linked with (e.g., through physical connections for water or power supply; and/or allocation of existing workers between existing and new facilities), these facilities will be maintained in accordance with domestic requirements, including (but not limited to) environmental safety measures, water allocation approvals, and worker and community health and safety. In case changes are made to such existing facilities which may impact their capacity or function and, as a result, the project viability, ADB will be advised. The government will assess the project impact and prepare a corrective action plan, if necessary, to be agreed with ADB.

• No chemicals will be used that are listed as hazardous under Classes I or II by the WHO (http://www.who.int/ipcs/publications/pesticides_hazard/en/) or as prohibited or strictly controlled use under PRC national regulations for pesticide management.

144

X. CONCLUSIONS 280. This project aims to demonstrate rural vitalization and environmental improvement in Pingjiang County, Hunan Province, and contribute to goals for inclusive and sustainable growth. Disaster risk prevention infrastructure and sanitation services at 25 townships will be strengthened. The project emphasizes (i) establishing ecological embankment and other nature-based measures to reduce economic losses from flooding events and provide an integrated disaster risk management system for early warning and decision making; (ii) improving accessibility to safe drinking water and sanitation services for both urban and rural residents; (iii) promoting circular agricultural development by linking sustainable livestock waste management and eco-farming; (iv) piloting green procurement practices among subprojects, to reduce plastic wastes focusing on public awareness raising in key sectors, such as schools and tourism operations, providing education and habitual development to use eco-friendly products to cut down waste production and quantity; and (v) enhancing institutional capacity. 281. The excepted project outcomes are (i) 523,333 people benefit from strengthened climate and disaster resilience, (ii) coverage of rural drinking water supply increased to 90% (2020 baseline: 46%), (iii) wastewater collection and treatment coverage increased to 90% (2020 baseline: 52%), (iv) total chemical fertilizer use reduced by 10%, (v) about 90% of the livestock waste treated and applied in agricultural farming, and (vi) about 9,000 new job opportunities (3,464 skilled and 5,537 unskilled).

282. Key impacts anticipated due to construction include: (i) short-term damage to aquatic habitats in the river channels due to the dredging and embankment works; (ii) limited removal of trees and shrubs along short sections of the rivers for the construction of embankments; (iii) short-term alteration of river flow from the temporary installation of drinking water extraction points during construction; and (iv) general impacts associated with civil works such as dust and gaseous dispersion, noise, construction wastewaters; temporary traffic diversion; soil erosion; worker and community health and safety. 283. Operational risks include: noise from pumping stations for water supply and drainage pumps, use of fertilizer for afforestation, sludge and wastewater discharges from the water supply and wastewater treatment plants, solid waste, odor from the waste treatment plant, and occupational health and safety risks to workers. These risks have been minimized to the extent possible through the designs (including use of low-noise equipment and sealed treatment systems), safety work procedures, response measures in the event of machinery damage or leakage, and routine health checks for workers. The sludge from the drinking water and wastewater treatment plants will be shipped to Pingjiang County sanitary landfill site for disposal. All project facilities will be under management of the project implementation units (PIUs), each PIU will develop operation and maintenance program for the built facilities and receive training in environment-friendly operation and maintenance of the facilities and wetland restortion. 284. Measures to avoid, minimize, and mitigate potential project impacts have been developed in a project EMP (Attachment 1). A project-specific GRM has been developed, and will be implemented at the city, district/county, and site levels. Public consultations have been conducted with communities around the subproject sites. Feedback from the consulted residents and villagers included both support for the project for improving flood protection and water quality of Miluo River, raising the living standard of local residents and villagers, and concern over potential construction noise, soil erosion, dust, and odor from treatment facilities. Measures to address these concerns are incorporated in the EMP.

145

ATTACHMENT 1: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR THE HUNAN MILUO RIVER DISASTER RISK MANAGEMENT AND COMPREHENSIVE

ENVIRONMENT IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

People’s Republic of China

Prepared by Pingjiang County Government for the Asian Development Bank

This Environmental Management Plan is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB's Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature. Your attention is directed to the “terms of use” section of the ADB website in which the full Initial Environmental Examination is given. In preparing any country program or strategy, financing any project, or by making any designation of or reference to a particular territory or geographic area in this document, the Asian Development Bank does not intend to make any judgments as to the legal or other status of any territory or area.

146

A. Objectives 1. This project environmental management plan (EMP) is developed for the Hunan Miluo River Disaster Risk Management and Comprehensive Environment Improvement Project (the project) in Pingjiang County of Hunan Province, the People’s Republic of China (PRC). The EMP is prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Asian Development Bank’s (ADB’s) Safeguard Policy Statement ([SPS] 2009) on the basis of the domestic tabular environmental impact assessment prepared by the Hunan Zhongyuan Environmental Protection Engineering Co. Ltd. and the initial environment examination (IEE) conducted for the project.

2. The EMP defines appropriate mitigation measures for the anticipated environmental impacts and defines the institutional responsibilities and mechanisms to monitor and ensure compliance with PRC’s environmental laws, standards and regulations, and ADB’s SPS. The EMP specifies (i) objectives; (ii) mitigation measures; (iii) implementing organization and responsibilities; (iv) inspection, monitoring, and reporting arrangements; (v) training and institutional strengthening; (v) a feedback and adjustment mechanism; and (vi) the grievance redress mechanism (GRM). 3. The EMP will be reviewed and updated at the end of the detailed designs, as needed, in order to be consistent with the final design. The EMP (or its updated version) will be included as a separate annex in all bidding and contract documents. The contractors will be made aware of their obligations to implement the EMP and to budget the EMP implementation costs in their proposals. The EMP supervision and monitoring results will be used to evaluate (i) the extent and severity of actual environmental impacts against the predicted impacts, (ii) the performance of the environmental protection measures or compliance with related rules and regulations, (iii) trends of impacts; and (iv) overall effectiveness of the mitigation measures. B. Institutional Responsibilities 4. The Pingjiang County Government (PCG) is the project executing agency responsible for the supervision and guidance of the Pingjiang project management office (PMO) and the PIUs (project implementation units) during project implementation. A project leading group has been established, chaired by the mayor of the PCG, and consists of representatives from relevant bureaus and leaders from project town/townships. The PMO has established general management division, finance and audit division, safeguard division, procurement division, engineering division, project management division, and project monitoring and evaluation division within the PMO. The EMP implementation arrangements and responsibilities of governmental organizations are summarized in Table EMP-1.

Table EMP-1: Institutional Responsibilities for EMP Implementation Agency Environmental Management Roles and Responsibilities

Pingjiang County Project Leading Group

• Ensure timely national, provincial, municipal and inter-agency coordination and support for the project as needed

• High-level support to executing agency

• Provide advice on project implementation Review project progress

Pingjiang County Government • Project executing agency

• Overall accountability and responsibility for project planning, management, and implementation

• Ensure timely and effective execution of the loan agreements

• Coordinate with ADB

147

Pingjiang County Project Management Office (PMO)

Overall project management:

• Supervise and manage daily project implementation

• Recruit and manage design institutes, procurement agents, consultants, contractors, CSCs, in accordance with government and ADB regulations

• Submit bidding documents, bid evaluation reports and other documents as needed to ADB for endorsement

• Supervise construction and monitor quality control

• Coordinate with ADB on all aspects of project implementation Environment safeguards:

• Engage LIEC; and, EMA for external environmental monitoring

• Assign 1 PMO Environment Officer and 1 PMO Social Officer

• Respond to any unanticipated safeguard issues and take corrective actions as needed

• Ensure project compliance with the loan and project agreements (including all safeguard provisions) and EMP

• Prepare semiannual environment monitoring reports to ADB

• Update IEE and/or EMP as needed, especially during the stage of detailed engineering designs

• Ensure that the EMP, especially all relevant mitigation measures, are included in the detailed engineering designs

• Establish the EMP grievance redress mechanism

Project Implementing Units (PIUs) - 10: bureaus of Agriculture and Rural Affairs; Ecology and Environment; Education; Emergency Management; Forestry; Housing and Urban-Rural Development; Natural Resources; Water Resources; Livestock, Fisheries and Agricultural Machinery Affairs Center; Pingjiang County Water Supply Co., Ltd

• For environmental safeguards, the allocation of PIU resources will be as follows, reflecting the scope of each subproject:

• For five PIUs, a minimum of 2 social-and-environmental officers (combined safeguard role) will be assigned by each PIU, reflecting the wide geographic spread and/or large number of work sites: ➢ Ecology and Environment Bureau (PIU–Subproject 6). ➢ Forestry Bureau (PIU–Subproject 2; part of Subproject 8–eco-

farming – oil tea component). ➢ Housing and Urban-Rural Development Bureau (PIU–Subproject

5). One staff for rural areas and one for urban areas. ➢ Water Resources Bureau (PIU–Subproject 1). One staff for rural

areas and one for urban areas. ➢ Livestock, Fisheries and Agricultural Machinery Affairs Center

(PIU–Subproject 7). To cover 94 pig farms.

• For two PIUs, a minimum of 1 environmental and social focal staff (combined safeguard role) will be assigned by each PIU, reflecting the lower scope of civil works: ➢ Agriculture and Rural Affairs Bureau (PIU–Subproject 8). ➢ Pingjiang County Water Supply Co., Ltd (PIU–Subproject 4).

• For three PIUs, no environmental-safeguard staff are required, due to a lack of civil works under these PIUs: ➢ Education Bureau (PIU–Subproject 9), Emergency Management

Bureau (PIU–Subproject 3), Natural Resources Bureau (PIU–Subproject 3).

For the PIUs with safeguard staff, their roles will comprise:

• Supervision of implementation of contractors’ site-EMPs

• Act as local entry point for the project GRM

• Assess contractors’ compliance with EMP and PRC environmental quality standards for ambient air, water, and noise quality

• Submit quarterly inspection results to the contractors for information and PMO for verification and confirmation

148

Project Facility Operators: flood control and drainage management station under Water Resources Bureau; Pingjiang County Co., Ltd; Huangjin River National Wetland Park; project schools and clinics; wastewater treatment management stations under each project township; municipal facilities construction affairs center under Housing and Urban-Rural Development Bureau; and bureaus of Ecology and Environment, Education, Emergency Management

• Commission the constructed facilities – the wastewater treatment stations, river embankments, water supply plant, livestock waste management facilities, sewage pipes, wetland park, eco-farms.

• Operate and maintain the completed facilities, including environmental management, monitoring and reporting responsibilities

Loan Implementation Environmental Consultant (LIEC) (intermittent throughout project)

• To be recruited under the loan implementation consulting services

• Assist in updating the EMP and environmental monitoring program

• Supervise the implementation of the mitigation measures specified in the EMP on behalf of the PIUs and PMO, prepare the annual EMP monitoring and progress reports in English and submit it to ADB;

• Provide training to the PIUs, PMO, CSCs, on the PRC’s environmental laws, regulations and policies, ADB SPS 2009, EMP implementation, and GRM in accordance with the training plan defined in Table EMP-6

• Identify any environment-related implementation issues and propose necessary corrective actions to undertake site visits for EMP inspection as required.

Fish specialist (short-term – for detailed design stage)

• Conduct rapid assessment of three fish species in the National Pingjiang Section of the Miluo River Germplasm Resources Protection Zone (see Table EMP-2)

• Provide technical input to the design of dredging and embankment works for this zone

External environment monitoring agency (intermittent throughout project)

• Monitor compliance of the identified parameters with the required project targets and standards; identify non-compliance.

• Submit monitoring results to PMO, and PIUs

Contractors (intermittent throughout construction)

• Ensure sufficient funding and human resources for full implementation of mitigation and monitoring measures in the EMP

• Develop site-specific EMPs based on this EMP, including the specific contractor performance targets listed in Table EMP-2

• Timely and effective implementation of EMP measures for works

Construction supervision company (intermittent throughout construction)

• Ensure sufficient funding and human resources for supervising and instructing contractors for proper and timely implementation of required mitigation and monitoring measures in the EMP

• Supervise construction progress and quality

• Appoint qualified EHS officer for regular onsite supervision of contractors

• Supervise the contractor’s EMP implementation performance

• Undertake simple and cost-effective on-site quantitative measurements to regularly check that construction complies with the project environmental monitoring standards and targets, especially for noise and air quality (especially during works in urban areas and villages), using a basic hand-held meter

• Submit monthly EMP monitoring reports to PMO and PIUs

149

Asian Development Bank • Oversee project administration and timely execution of the loan agreements by the executing and implementing agencies

• Disburse loan proceeds

• Review procurement, consultant recruitment, progress reports, and audit reports

• Review project compliance and targets against the design and monitoring framework, EMP, and project administration manual

• Review and endorse updated IEE and EMP as needed

• Monitors project progress and conducts review missions

• Discloses monitoring reports on ADB public website ADB = Asian Development Bank, CSC=construction supervision company, EMA = external environmental monitoring agency, EMP = environmental management plan, GRM = grievance redress mechanism, LIEC = loan implementation environmental consultant, IEE=initial environmental examination; PMO = project management office; PIU=project implementation unit, PRC=people’s Republic of China. Source: Asian Development Bank.

5. Environment staff within PMO and PIUs. The PMO will designate a qualified environment and safety officer, who will take overall responsibility for supervising the implementation of the EMP. The officer will work full-time for the project and will take charge of: (i) supervising the implementation of mitigation measures during project design, construction and operation; (ii) ensuring that environmental management, monitoring, and mitigation measures are incorporated into bidding documents, construction contracts and operation management manuals; (iii) submitting semi-annual EMP monitoring and progress reports to ADB; (iv) coordinating the GRM; and (v) responding to any unforeseen adverse impacts. The PMO Environment Officer will be technically supported by the loan implementation environment consultant. Each PIU will nominate one qualified social and environmental focal staff to check the overall implementation of environmental management provisions of the EMP and to work in close coordination with the PMO Environmental Officer. 6. Loan implementation consultants. PMO will engage a loan implementation environmental consultant (LIEC) and loan implementation social consultant (LISC), as part of the loan consultancy implementation services. The consultants will support the PMO to provide capacity building for, and coordination of, the EMP implementation. The LIEC will also support contractors in developing construction site-specific environmental management plans (CEMPs) prior to construction and operation. 7. Draft terms of reference for the PMO and PIU environmental officer positions, and LIEC, are described in Attachment 2. C. Summary of Potential Impact and Mitigation Measures 8. Table EMP-2 and EMP-3 summarizes the potential impacts and environment safeguard issues of the subprojects during pre-construction, construction, and operation as identified by the environmental impact assessments and set out in the project IEE, as well as corresponding mitigation measures designated to minimize those impacts and address these issues. The mitigation measures will be incorporated into detailed design, bidding documents, construction contracts and operational management manuals, by the design institutes (during detailed design) and contractors (during construction), under the supervision of the PMO and PIU Environment Officers and CSCs, with technical support from the LIECs. The effectiveness of these measures will be evaluated based on environmental inspections and monitoring to determine whether they should be continued, improved, or adjusted.

150

Table EMP-2: Potential Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Item Potential impacts / issues

Mitigation measures Who implements

Who supervises

A. DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION PHASES

Detailed design stage

Institutional strengthening for EMP Implementation and supervision

• At least 1 month before construction: (i) reconfirm the full-time status of the PMO Environmental Officer; (ii) appoint at least one Environment Focal Staff.

• At least 2 months before any construction, PMO engages LIEC.

• At least 2 months before any construction, provide training to all environmental staff for EMP implementation and supervision.

• Engae one certified EMA has been recruited for the project at least 2 months before any construction.

• COVID-19 safety management – prescreening ahead of works. Establish early screening measures and procedures to ensure that all new project personnel are tested negative before commencing on-site work. See also requirements under occupational health and safety (Construction Phase, below and see Attachment 3) for preparation of a COVID-19 health and safety plan.

• Organize and conduct training on the project EMP for appropriate staffs of the PMO, IAs, PIUs, contractors, and CSCs.

PMO, PIUs PMO

Rapid assessment of key fish species

• Rapid assessment of key fish species in the National Pingjiang Section of the Miluo River Germplasm Resources Protection Zone. Focus on the status of three species – golden mandarin fish, yellow catfish, Japanese eel – specifically, existing population, and condition of previously documented spawning, breeding, and wintering grounds.

• Results will be used to guide the detailed engineering designs for the planned dredging and embankment works in this protection zone.

National fish specialist

(short-term)

PMO

Updating EMP • Update the mitigation measures defined in this EMP, as needed, based on final detailed design.

• Asbestos. Under ADB’s List of Prohibited Investment Activities (SPS, 2009), the use of asbestos is prohibited except for the “purchase and use of bonded asbestos cement sheeting where the asbestos content is <20%” (SPS 2009: 76). However: (i) in practice, it is difficult to assess whether asbestos content is <20%; and (ii) international development banks are increasingly banning the use of all asbestos from their projects. To ensure international best practice for human health and safety for this project: no asbestos of any kind will be used in any materials supported by the project.

• Check with the design institute and PMO to ensure the proposed materials do not include the use of asbestos.

• Submit the updated EMP to ADB for review.

• Changes in project locations or scope. In case of major changes of project location and/or additional physical components, form a DEIA team to conduct additional DEIA and public consultation. The revised DEIA should be submitted to Pingjiang County EEB and ADB for approval and disclosure.

• PMO to consult with ADB to determine if the change is minor or major in scope.

PMO, LIEC EEBs, ADB

151

Item Potential impacts / issues

Mitigation measures Who implements

Who supervises

Construction Preparation

Environmental monitoring plan

• Prior to construction, the PMO will hire an EMA for environmental monitoring.

• Prepare a detailed monitoring plan in accordance with the monitoring plan in this EMP.

PMO, PIUs, EMA

PMO,PIUs

Bidding and contract documents

• Mitigation measures in the EMP are incorporated in all bidding documents.

• Bidding documents are sent to ADB for review.

• Prepare environmental contract clauses for contractors.

DIs, PMO, PIUs

LIEC, ADB

EMP training • LIEC, or invited environment specialists and/or officials from EEB provide training on construction environmental management, implementation, supervision, to contractors and CSCs, in accordance with the training plan in this EMP.

LIEC PMO, EEB

Establish GRM • Responsibility for GRM implementation is assigned to the PMO and PIU Environmental Officers and Social Officers and is included in their terms of reference.

• PMO and PIU personnel will be aware of, and trained in, the GRM, and will help support the environmental and social officers when necessary.

• Key contact details for the GRM (phone number, WeChat, address, email) will be provided on the PMO, IA and/or EPB public websites and information boards at construction sites.

PMO, PIUs LIEC

Site EMPs • Prior to any works, prepare site-specific EMP for individual construction sites Contractor CSC

• Review and ensure site EMP complies with the measures in this EMP PMO, PIU LIEC

B. CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Topography and Soils

Earthwork, soil erosion, soil contamination

• Coordinate with other utility service providers to establish the presence of existing utility easements and avoid risk of damage and/or repeated excavation/filling

• All project earthworks located within 50 m of rivers and channels, will only be conducted between the calendar months from July to December and January to March (dry season)

• Plan and implement construction in staged sections (≤500 m), with one section completed and stabilized before beginning the next.

• Define spoil disposal sites and borrow pit locations, in the construction tender documents.

• Construct intercepting channels to prevent construction runoff entering waterways.

• Divert runoff from sites to sedimentation ponds before discharging them in to the existing drainage.

• Limit construction and material handling, in particular for the river embankment works, during rain (rainy season is May to September) and high winds (April to May).

• Minimize open excavation areas and trenches, including for pipeline works and embankments to <300 m sections of active works. Use appropriate compaction techniques for pipe trenches (sewer pipelaying).

• Properly store petroleum products, hazardous materials and wastes on impermeable surfaces in secured and covered areas.

• Stabilize all cut slopes, river and wetland banks, tree pits and planting areas, and other soil erosion-prone working areas, through terraces, silt barriers, sediment traps, and other measures as needed.

• Strip and stockpile topsoil, and cover (by geotechnical cloth) or seed temporary soil stockpiles.

Contractor CSC, PIU, PMO, EEB,

WRB, LIEC

152

Item Potential impacts / issues

Mitigation measures Who implements

Who supervises

• Provide temporary detention ponds or containment to control silt runoff.

• Stabilize earthwork areas within 15 days after earthworks have ceased at the sites.

• Rehabilitate all sediment, and spoil disposal sites, embankments, and revetments, after completion. Properly slope or re-vegetate disturbed surfaces e.g., pipeline trenches and cut banks. Use only native species for rehabilitation and landscaping.

• Situate construction camps and storage areas to minimize land area required.

• Remove construction wastes from the site to the approved disposal sites.

• Establish emergency preparedness and response plan for spills including cleanup equipment at each construction site and training in emergency spill response procedures.

• Train contractors and crews in emergency spill response procedures.

• Conduct site inspections and monitoring for soil erosion and contamination.

Disposal of surplus spoil

• For Subproject 1, the disposal sites will be selected based on compliance with the following criteria: (i) situated as close as possible to the works sites, to minimize transport costs, vehicle emissions, and risks associated with more distant transport of spoil, e.g., vehicle accidents, dislodging of spoil onto roads, and inadvertent transfer of invasive species or disease vectors, (ii) located at least 500 m from the Miluo River, to avoid impacts to river banks or siltation after rainfall, (iii) avoidance of any protected areas, wetlands, waterways, flood retention areas, or other sensitive receptors, and (iv) compliance with land zoning for appropriate land use

• All project spoil will only be disposed at approved disposal sites. Disposal of dredged sediment

• Upon transport by the dredger to the river bank, the sediment will be briefly drained, with water filtered through silt curtains and allowed to run directly back into the river. The moisture content of the dredged sediment at this stage is estimated to be about 60–80% of total volume, but may be lower as the dredging will be along the river bank (rather than mid-channel) and during low water levels. The sediment will be then immediately transported off-site in sealed containers to the Pingjiang County Construction Waste Disposal site (Sima Village, Chengguan Town) by enclosed trucks. The EIA approval for the site in progress and the PMO and PIU staff, with support from the LIEC, will check the status of EIA approval of site before its use for the project, if the EIA approval is not available for the site prior to start of the construction of subproject 1, an alternative shall be identified.

Borrow pits

• All borrow materials (earth) required will be sourced only from existing and certified borrow yards. For Subproject 1, the borrow sites to be used (22) are listed in Section II.D of the IEE. Prior to using these sites, the PMO, PIUs and contractors will confirm

153

Item Potential impacts / issues

Mitigation measures Who implements

Who supervises

again with relevant local agencies the sites contain sufficient capacity to provide the project needs.

• No new borrow sites will be established for the project.

• In the event that new disposal or borrow sites need to be established for the project, this will be subject to domestic environmental assessments and approvals. ADB will be notified in such case to ensure the new sites and procedures for use comply with the measures in this EMP.

Ambient Air Dust generated by construction activities, gaseous air pollution (SO2, CO, NOx) from construction machinery and asphalt pavement after pipeline laying

• Equip material stockpiles and concrete mixing equipment with dust shrouds.

• Spray water on construction sites and earth/material handling routes.

• Cover materials during truck transport.

• Purchase pre-mixed asphalt for road surface paving after pipeline laying; if asphalt is heated and mixed onsite, asphalt mixers must be located >200 m from villages and other sensitive receptors.

• Store petroleum or other harmful materials at appropriate places.

• Ensure emissions from vehicle and machinery comply with PRC standards of GB18352-2005, GB17691-2005, GB11340-2005, GB2847-2005, and GB18285-2005.

• Provide high-horsepower equipment with tail gas purifiers.

Contractor CSC, PIU, PMO, LIEC

Odor from dredging • Timely community consultations to ensure awareness of the issue prior to dredging;

• Rapid transport of dredge spoil to minimize exposure time near communities;

• Transport in sealed containers to avoid odor;

• Minimizing the release of odors by dredging in short sections (≤300 m) at any one time. Impacts will also be temporary as odors are dispersed. Except for any sediment to be used for construction purposes, the de-watered sediment will be transported off-site, in sealed containers to prevent leakage and minimize odor

Contractor CSC, PIU, PMO, LIEC

Noise and vibration

Noise and vibration generated from construction activities

• Ensure construction machinery conforms to PRC standard of GB12523-2011.

• Properly maintain vehicles and machineries to minimize noise.

• Apply noise reduction devices or methods where noisy machinery is operating, such as construction of water supply and wastewater treatment facilities, within 300 m of sensitive sites.

• Prohibit operation of machinery generating high levels of noise and movement of heavy vehicles along urban and village roads between 20:00 and 06:00.

• Place temporary hoardings or noise barriers around noise sources during construction.

• Conduct checks for cracks at sites before and after vibration-inducing works.

• Monitor noise at sensitive areas and consult villagers/residents at regular intervals (see Table EMP-4). If noise standards are exceeded, equipment and construction conditions shall be checked, and mitigation measures shall be implemented to rectify the situation.

• Conduct interviews with residents adjacent to construction sites to identify and resolve issues, including adjustment of work hours of noise-generating machinery.

Contractor CSC, PIU, PMO, LIEC

154

Item Potential impacts / issues

Mitigation measures Who implements

Who supervises

• For households that will be within 40 m of construction works (, particular attention will be provided. This will include: (a) follow-up consultations with these households prior to the start of any works, to specify the exact planned dates and schedule of works, nature of works, equipment to be used, safety measures, and public access during construction; (b) installation of noise barriers to reduce as much of the emissions as possible, and/or installation of additional layers on the windows of the affected homes as necessary, based on the assessment of the most technically effective method and feedback from the community consultations; (c) agreement on the duration of daily works.

Water pollution

Impact from wastewater pollution

• Labor camps, fuel storage, machinery maintenance workshop and vehicle cleaning areas must be stationed at least 500 m away from waterways.

• Storage facilities for fuels, oil, and other hazardous materials will be within secured areas on impermeable surfaces and provided with bunds and cleanup installations.

• Prior to any earthworks along rivers and channels, install sediment traps and curtains, to minimize sediment runoff.

• Collect construction wastewater in retention ponds and filter tanks to remove silts, oil.

• Equip machine wash-down sites with water collection basins and sediment traps.

• Install oil-water separators before the sedimentation tank for oily wastewater treatment.

• Equip all sites for washing of construction equipment with water collection basins and sediment traps.

• Install portable toilets at work sites and on-site wastewater pre-treatment systems for worker camps along with maintenance protocols.

• Domestic wastewater from worker camps will be disposed of in two ways: (i) for work sites accessible to municipal sewerage systems, the wastewater will be discharged into the nearest sewerage system; (ii) for work sites neither close to villages nor sewerage systems, temporary septic tanks will be constructed for the centralized treatment of domestic wastewater.

• Contractors will develop actions for control of oil and other dangerous substances as part of their site EMPs.

• Contractors’ fuel suppliers must be properly licensed. They shall follow proper protocol for transferring fuel and the PRC standard of JT3145-91 (Transportation, Loading and Unloading of Dangerous or Harmful Goods. revised).

• Tailings and wastewater from work sites will only be discharged into the tributaries when the concentration of suspended solids (SS) is less than 20 mg/L.

• Water quality (for pollutants such as SS, CODcr, NH3-N and petroleum) in the project waterways will be monitored by EMA during construction (Table EMP-4).

Contractor CSC, PIU, PMO, LIEC

• During embankment and dredging, contractors will pump slurry to designated sites along the tributary banks and properly dispose of dredged sediment and other spoil. This will reduce the impact to water quality of the rivers and lakes.

Contractor CSC, PIU, PMO, LIEC

155

Item Potential impacts / issues

Mitigation measures Who implements

Who supervises

River Hydrology

Impact of embankment and dredging construction on river hydrology

• The contractor’ site EMP will include dredge machinery maintenance, de-watering, emergency preparedness and response mechanism.

• The “ecological dredging method” will be applied. This method employs a specialized ‘cutter head’, which sucks up sediment, limits dispersion and therefore reduce turbidity impacts

• Dredging will only be conducted from July-December and January-March (dry season), when the water depth and flow are the lowest. No dredging will be carried out from April to June (spawning season).

• Dredging sections will be <300 m to minimize the extent of the disturbance at any one time.

• At each dredge site, coffer dams and temporary diversion channels will be used where appropriate along the river to maintain continued water flow while works is conducted. The temporary silt traps and fences will be placed at the downstream end of each section being dredged, and along the nearby channel banks, to further reduce the risk of high silt loads being dispersed downstream.

Contractor CSC, PIU, PMO, LIEC,

WRB

Management of dredged sediments, and sediment laden discharges from the storage sites

• Earth berms or drainage channels will be constructed around the perimeter of the dredge sediment storage and disposal sites to prevent washing away from rainfall. If necessary, flocculants will be applied to the sediment to speed up the dewatering process. This will reduce the sediment volume by up to 70%.

• A small temporary earth drain will be established around each drying site to drain the water into a small sedimentation pond, to further increase settling and sedimentation. This supernatant water will further be treated with flocculants to assist settling and to meet PRC Integrated Wastewater Discharge Standard (GB 8978-2015) prior to draining back into the channel

• On-site storage will be limited to de-watering.

• Once de-watered, sediment will be transported in sealed containers to reuse or disposal sites to minimize odor and leakage onto roads.

• Sediment sampling confirmed that levels of heavy metals and pesticides in the river sediment are low and below the national and international safety standards. The spoil will be utilized as soil amendment for planting of the green buffer belts along the banks of the Miluo River or will be disposed at the designated sites. The spoil will be mixed with top soil at the ratio of 9:1

Contractor CSC, PIU, PMO, LIEC,

WRB

Solid Waste Solid waste generated by construction activities and from workers’ camps

• Provide appropriate waste collection and storage containers at locations away from surface water or sensitive spots.

• Arrange with municipal waste collection services for regular collection of waste.

• Properly remove and dispose of residual materials, wastes and contaminated soils. Paving or vegetating shall be done as soon as the materials are removed to stabilize the soil.

• Burning waste is strictly prohibited.

• Provide sufficient garbage bins at strategic locations and ensure that they are protected from birds and vermin, and emptied regularly by the municipal waste collection systems.

Contractor CSC, PIU, PMO, LIEC

156

Item Potential impacts / issues

Mitigation measures Who implements

Who supervises

CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE TARGET: No uncollected waste at the close of construction activities each day.

Biological resources

Protection of flora and fauna around construction sites

• Construction workers are prohibited from capturing any wildlife in the project areas;

• There will be no construction works on the Miluo River from April to June each year.

• Prior to construction, demarcate vegetation, e.g., vegetated roadsides, trees, riverbanks.

• As far as possible, avoid the clearance of any vegetation.

• All planting activities, including re-vegetation, embankment construction, wetlands, landscaping, and rehabilitation of construction sites, will only use plant species which are (a) native (i.e. naturally occurring) to the Miluo River basin, and (b) are sourced from local stock within Pingjiang County, to minimize the risk of spreading invasive species through the long-distance transport of soil or materials.

• In the event that non-native seedlings are required for rapid stabilization of exposed soils and sites, only sterile seedlings will be used to prevent the spread of weeds.

• No plant species will be used that are classified in the PRC as weeds, as defined by the China National Invasive Plant Database (http://www.agripests.cn; 229 species) and by the MEE and Chinese Academy of Sciences (19 species).

• To avoid pollution of the rivers, no top-dressing fertilizers will be used for any of the re-vegetation, planting, afforestation, or landscaping activities. For all planting activities, fertilizer will be applied at the root mass of each plant.

• No pesticides or agricultural chemicals listed as hazardous under Classes I or II by the WHO or listed as prohibited or strictly controlled use under the PRC’s national regulations for pesticide management will be used for the project activities. This includes the project components for afforestation, replanting for site rehabilitation and landscaping, and the pilot farming sites.

• For the sections of Miluo River which support spawning grounds of the golden mandarin fish and yellow catfish, river banks will be rehabilitated after works to include suitable spawning habitat. This will include the replanting of native aquatic species (both submerged and emergent types of plants) for use by the yellow catfish for attaching eggs to.

• For the Huangjiang National Wetland Park: (i) all project facilities, including project buildings and bird watching tower, will be constructed on degraded land and will not involve the damage or removal of natural habitat, (ii) all works will comply with the park management plan.

Contractor PIU, PMO, LIEC,

Forestry Bureau

Physical cultural resources

Damage to known or unknown above or below-ground cultural relics

• Establish chance-find procedures for physical cultural resources;

• If a new site is unearthed, work shall be stopped immediately and the PMO, PIU and cultural relics bureau promptly notified. The construction will resume only after a thorough investigation and with the permission of appropriate authority.

Contractor PIU, PMO LIEC,

cultural relic bureau

Socio-economic resources

Temporary interruption to water supply from

• Use coffer dams and temporary diversion channels to maintain continued water flow while works are conducted.

• Prior to works, re-confirm the planned construction schedule and site EMP actions.

Contractor CSC, PIU, PMO, LIEC

157

Item Potential impacts / issues

Mitigation measures Who implements

Who supervises

pipeline or embankment construction

• Inform residents at least two days before any planned water interruptions.

• Assist residents if requested with community water storage during the interruption period.

• Interruptions to water supply should not be longer than one (1) day.

• In case of accidental interruption, immediately inform affected communities and assist with water supply until the issue is resolved.

Community and occupational health and safety

Community consultation, health, and safety

Community consultations

• Prior to works, inform residents and businesses through media, information boards, and direct consultations of the construction activities, dates and duration of expected disruption.

• Especially for the communities within 40 m of works and who will be subjected to higher noise/dust levels, conduct meetings with residents prior to any works.

• Record all community feedback and solutions discussed and agreed.

• Based on feedback from community consultations: (i) update contractor site plans as needed to incorporate solutions e.g., revisions in work schedules, daily working hours, construction methods, and/or mitigation methods; (ii) revise CSC monitoring schedules and monitoring criteria as needed to reflect the updated contractor site management plans.

Community health, safety, and minimizing disruption to daily life

• Prepare and implement a traffic control plan for approval by local traffic management administration before construction. This will include scheduling or diverting construction traffic to avoid peak hours, regulating traffic at road crossings, selecting routes to reduce disturbance, reinstating roads, and opening them to traffic when construction is completed;

• For all works involving excavation along roads and easements with existing subsurface utilities (power cables, sewage pipes, water pipes, telecommunication cables): (i) plan and coordinate the project pipeline construction with utility managers, (ii) check if there are other pending projects to upgrade these utilities. Coordinate works to avoid repeated excavation at sites; and work with utility managers to minimize damage or disruption to existing utilities.

• Install signs at construction sites to inform people of the project GRM, potential dangers (e.g. moving vehicles, hazardous materials, excavations) and safety issues.

• Install safety barricades around all excavations and pipeline trenches.

• Assign personnel to direct pedestrians around dangerous work areas.

• Ensure that all sites are secure, discouraging access through appropriate fencing.

• Lock and secure all work sites to prevent unauthorized access.

• Night-time (8:00 pm – 6:00 am) use of heavy machinery is strictly prohibited.

Contractor, CSC

CSC, PIU, PMO, LIEC

Occupational health and safety

• Prepare environmental, health and safety plan, to include: (i) clean and sufficient supply of fresh water for construction sites, camps, offices; (ii) sufficient latrines and other sanitary arrangements at construction sites and work camps; (iii) garbage receptacles and regular emptying; and (iv) provision of safety clothing and equipment as needed, in accordance with health and safety regulations.

• Prepare emergency response plan and submit to PMO and EEB for approval. Establish

Contractor CSC, PIU, PMO, LIEC

158

Item Potential impacts / issues

Mitigation measures Who implements

Who supervises

emergency phone links with township hospitals. Maintain a first-aid base in each construction camp.

• Establish a records management system for occupational accidents, diseases, incidents that: (a) includes a tracking system to ensure that incidents are followed-up; (b) can easily retrieve records; and (c) can be used during compliance monitoring and audits. The system will be backed up on at least one external hard drive to protect records against loss or damage. The records will be reviewed during compliance monitoring and audits.

• Establish worker camps in conformance with relevant domestic guidelines.

• Safety communication. Publicize occupational health and safety matters to all project personnel. Install on-site signs and give regular training.

• Train workers in sanitation, health, safety, and work hazards. Implement awareness and prevention program for HIV/AIDS and other diseases for communities and workers.

• Provide personal protection equipment to workers as needed, e.g. safety boots, helmets, gloves, protective clothing, goggles, ear protection.

• Asbestos. In the event that materials containing asbestos are suspected: (i) the contractor will immediately inform the PIU, who will inform the PMO; (ii) the contractor will subcontract the municipal center for hazardous waste, who will be responsible for the safe handling, transport, and disposal of the materials; (iii) such materials will only be disposed in a landfill site certified and designed to receive hazardous materials.

• COVID-19. Prepare and implement a COVID-19 health and safety plan. The plan must comply with government regulations for COVID-19 prevention and control and be prepared in consultation with public health agencies. It should include: (i) measures to record the locations that workers have visited/lived immediately before and during project work; (ii) schedules for disinfecting/cleaning offices, yards, stores and labor camps; (iii) temperature checks and other health checks on site; (iii) physical distancing measures, particularly in worker camps; (iv) mandatory use of personal protective equipment such as facemasks, and provision of handwashing stations, hand sanitizers, and other appropriate protective measures; (v) information for workers and nearby residents to protect themselves from COVID-19; (vi) procedures in the event a worker is suspected to have COVID-19; and (vii) other COVID-19 prevention and control measures appropriate for the local context.

CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE TARGET: Camps clean, emergency response plans in place, and 100% of workers aware of emergency response procedures.

ADB = Asia Development Bank, COVID-19 = coronavirus disease, CSC = construction supervision company, EEB = ecology and environment bureau, EIA = environmental impact assessment, EMA = environmental monitoring agency; FB = Forestry Bureau, LIEC = loan implementation environment consultant, PMO = Project Management Office, PIU = project implementation unit, WRB = Water Resources Bureau.

159

Table EMP-3: Potential Impacts and Mitigation Measures during Operation

Issue Mitigation Measure Implement Supervise

Subproject 1: flood prevention and risk management in Miluo River – minimize noise from drainage pump station and maintain embankment stability

Noise from drainage pump station:

• Each station will install low-noise equipment, submerged pumps, and thick walls.

• The pump stations have been situated to be at least 100 m from the nearest sensitive receptor (villages, household, school or other).

• Station operators will maintain the equipment in good working condition as part of standard operating procedures.

Embankment stability:

• Implement annual (as a minimum) inspections of all project embankments for physical integrity. If signs of failure are discovered, implement a repair program immediately.

Embankment routine maintenance

• Integrate routine maintenance activities into existing work program of the county water resources team;

• Monthly maintenance (at least in summer) of re-vegetated embankments – pruning, weeding and replacement of dead or dying plants;

• Inspect for signs of plant disease and/or pests and implement control measures as necessary;

• At least once a year before rainy season, remove solid waste and debris – dispose in municipal landfill;

• Prohibit or remove any illegal structures which are found, to maintain free water flow.

OPF

PIU-Water Resources

Bureau

PMO, EEB

Subproject 2: Huangjin River National Wetland Park Restoration and Protection – non-point source pollution from use of pesticides and/or top-dressing fertilizers

• No top-dressing fertilizers will be used for any of the re-vegetation, planting, or landscaping activities. For all planting activities, fertilizer will be applied once, at the root mass of each plant, during planting

• No pesticides or agricultural chemicals listed as hazardous under Classes I or II by the WHO or listed as prohibited or strictly controlled use under the PRC’s national regulations for pesticide management will be used for the project activities. This includes the project components for afforestation, replanting for site rehabilitation and landscaping, and the pilot farming sites.

PIU-Forestry Bureau

PMO, Forest

Bureau, EEB

Subproject 4: Integrated water supply in urban and rural Pingjiang – minimize noise, sludge, and health and safety risks

Noise emissions:

• Use low-noise equipment as much as possible.

• Strengthen the maintenance and management of equipment to make it in a good usable state.

• Take sound insulation, shock absorption and noise reduction treatment for the equipment with large amount of noise (water pump, etc.), and take measures for sound insulation and noise reduction in the pump room

Sludge generation:

• Sludge from Nanjiang water supply plant will be shipped to Pingjiang County sanitary landfill site for disposal after dewatering.

PIU-Pingjiang County Water

Supply Co., Ltd

PMO, EEB

160

Issue Mitigation Measure Implement Supervise

Occupational health and safety:

• A chlorine leakage alarm and a rapid flushing device will be set up in the chlorine and chemical dosing room. If a leak occurs, the system will be automatically activated. The alarm will be calibrated to detect a concentration level of 1 ppm (0.3158 mg/Nm3). The chlorine leakage absorption treatment device will operate automatically to collect and absorb the leaked chlorine gas.

• An emergency response plan will be developed and implemented. The plan will inform staff and visitors about the characteristics of chlorine dioxide, describe potential health hazards, and define accident prevention measures and an evacuation plan.

• Train staff in O&M safety. All workers to be equipped with labor protection supplies, including gloves and strong footwear

Subproject 6: Rural domestic wastewater treatment and sanitary conditions improved – manage sludge and wastes

Operational failure:

• Regularly clean the sewage network and inspection wells to ensure the long-term smoothness of the pollutant receiving system, and at the same time, reduce the amount of SS produced during heavy rain.

• Regularly clean the grid well, regulating pool and other systems to ensure that each process can meet the expected treatment effect;

• The facility operation and maintenance unit shall conduct regular sampling and testing on influent and effluent and keep records. If it is found to exceed the standard, it shall immediately follow up on the investigation and provide the corresponding solution

• The facility operation and maintenance unit shall install automatic online monitoring facilities for monitoring the CODcr and NH3-N of influent and effluent in real-time, and the on-line monitoring system shall be connected with the local environmental protection department

Sludge and sludge and slag disposal:

• The general grid slag and grit are collected and sent to the Pingjiang County sanitary landfill site. The general residual sludge is regularly cleaned and transported by the fecal suction truck.

Hazardous wastes

• The waste UV lamps and sludge from health clinic wastewater treatment stations are handed over to solid waste management departments with relevant qualifications for unified treatment.

Occupational health and safety

• Regular cleaning with disinfectant to reduce odors and disease risk

• Train staff in O&M safety. All workers to be equipped with labor protection supplies, including gloves and strong footwear

PIU-Pinjiang EEB and

village and township

committees

PMO, EEB

161

Issue Mitigation Measure Implement Supervise

• Regular consultation with residents to identify potential issues e.g., odor-related disturbance

Subproject 7: sustainable livestock wastewater management – minimize groundwater pollution and odor

Groundwater pollution

• The ground of the sewage treatment station needs to be paved with clay, and then 10-15 cm of cement is laid on the upper layer for hardening and anti-seepage; the sewage collection tank, homogenization tank and anaerobic pond used for wastewater treatment are all laid with 2.00 mm thick HDPE bottom film, 80mm thick C20 plain concrete (built-in geogrid) or reinforced concrete (P6 impermeable) structure is poured at the bottom, and the surrounding walls are made of brick and then hardened with cement to prevent leakage.

Odor

• The pig house will be equipped with a ventilation fan and misting system. The deodorant will be sprayed.

• The major parts of the sewage treatment facility will be covered.

OPF PMO, EEB

Subproject 8: promotion of eco-farming technology and practices – minimize packaging, agricultural wastes, soil erosion, and water pollution

Fertilizer and pesticide application:

• No pesticides listed as hazardous under Classes I or II by the WHO 21 , or Annexes A and B of the Stockholm Convention22, or listed as prohibited or strictly controlled use under the PRC’s national regulations 23 for pesticide management will be used for the project activities.

• Ensure that any pesticides used are manufactured, formulated, packaged, labeled, handled, stored, disposed of, and applied according to the FAO’s International Code of Conduct on Pesticide Management24

• Pesticides will be stored, handled, and applied in a manner consistent with the recommendations given in the World Bank Group EHS Guidelines25.

• The warehouses for storage of pesticides will have appropriate ventilation and secondary containment and should be stored in their original and labeled containers. The PIU will record all the procurement and utilization of pesticides.

• PIU will train the farmers on the safe storage, handling, application and disposal of pesticides.

• The pesticides will be handled by the trained operators (to understand and follow label directions for safe mixing, application and disposal) and the operators will use correct PPE (e.g., gloves, overalls, eye protection, boots, respirator masks). PPEs should never be taken home and should be cleaned in a segregated facility provided by the PIU.

PIU- Agriculture and Rural

Affairs Bureau; Forestry Bureau

PMO, EEB

2121 World Health Organization (WHO), Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard and Guidelines to

Classification, (Geneva, 2009) http://www.who.int/ipcs/publications/pesticides_hazard/en/. 22 The Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants 2011. 23 http://www.moa.gov.cn/xw/bmdt/201911/t20191129_6332604.htm 24 FAO, International Code of Conduct on Pesticides Management (revised 2014), (Rome: FAO, 2014)

http://www.fao.org/fileadmin/templates/agphome/documents/Pests_Pesticides/Code/CODE_2014Sep_ENG.pdf. 25 World Bank Group Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines for Annual Crop Production, 2016.

https://www.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/topics_ext_content/ifc_external_corporate_site/sustainability-at-ifc/publications/publications_policy_ehs_annual_crop_production

162

Issue Mitigation Measure Implement Supervise

• Pesticide application technologies will be selected to minimize off-site movement or runoff (e.g., low-drift nozzles, using the largest droplet size and lowest pressure that are suitable for the product). Buffer zones will be established around the environmentally sensitive zones (e.g., water courses, residential areas) to avoid any pesticide application in those areas.

• Pesticide application methods with lower OHS risk profile will be selected (such as using lower toxicity- rated products, or using safer application methods, such as shielded sprayers, incorporation, or low-volume equipment).

• Empty containers and packaging waste for pesticides and fertilizers will be collected by the manufacturer (a common process now in the PRC) or disposed of by farmers as hazardous waste. The PIU will ensure the segregation of the pesticide waste at the subproject site from all other waste and will ensure that it is managed/disposed of by the county authorities with other toxic and hazardous waste that they collect.

Disposal of agricultural wastes:

• All biomass waste from cultivation, pruning and weeding will be reused on site wither for composting or mulch. No waste will be burnt.

• Residue of agricultural plastic film left in the soil will be minimized by (i) film mulching practices which optimize the timing of mulching and timely removal of film to shorten the mulching period; (iii) use of biodegradable polymer agricultural plastic film; (iv) where film is not degradable, promotion of agricultural plastic film recovery and recycling.

Soil erosion:

• On the steeper slopes, slope-reversed terraces (higher elevation at the outside of the terrace than on the inside) will be equipped with bamboo-joint ditches on the lower edge inside the terrace to harvest runoff and collect eroded soil materials.

• At the lower elevation part of the tea gardens, interception dam and rainwater harvest ponds will be maintained to store this rainwater for irrigation and to store sediments eroded from the tea gardens.

• On the gentler slopes, erosion will be prevented by planting on the contour with protective ridges.

• As with the terraces, grassed waterways are used to channel runoff water into collector structures (ponds or concrete tanks).

Pollution from agricultural chemicals:

• Minimize the use of chemical fertilizer through soil testing and crop management. Maximize the use of organic fertilizers and straw mulches.

• Reduce chemical pesticide use by a selection of seedlings with disease and insect resistance, introduction of nursery stock quarantine, cultivation measures to improve plant

163

Issue Mitigation Measure Implement Supervise

resistance to

• Disease and insect pests including removal of diseased plants, pest capture on a population scale using light traps and sticky traps at high density at crops’ insect-prone periods.

EEB = Ecology and Environment Bureau, OPF = operator of project facility, PIU = project implementation unit, PMO = Project Management Office, PRC = People’s Republic of China, O&M = operation and maintenance, WHO = World Health Organization.

D. Environmental Monitoring, Inspection and Reporting 9. Environment safeguards monitoring will include: (i) internal monitoring-to be conducted by the PIUs, contractors and CSCs; (ii) external monitoring of air, water, noise and soil standard, to be conducted by a licensed environment monitoring agency (EMA); and (iii) compliance monitoring-to be conducted by the LIEC, to ensure the EMP is being implemented. 10. The monitoring program (Table EMP-4) describes the scope of monitoring, parameters, time and frequency, implementing and supervising agencies, and estimated costs. The monitoring shall comply with the methodology provided in the relevant national environmental monitoring standards. Other associated standards to be followed are the national environmental quality standards of ambient air, surface water, sediment and noise, and the pollutant discharge standards. 11. Internal monitoring. During the construction phase, the CSCs and the PIUs will be responsible for conducting the internal environmental monitoring in accordance with the monitoring plan. Results will be reported through the CSC monthly reports to the PIUs and PMO. 12. External monitoring. The PMO will contract and fund an EMA to conduct the environmental impact monitoring described in Table EMP-4. This monitoring will be conducted during the entire construction phase and the first full year of operation of the relevant facility. The EMA will prepare semi-annual monitoring reports of the methods and results. The EMA will submit these to the PMO, PIUs, and ADB at the same time, to ensure independence. 13. Compliance monitoring for EMP. The LIEC will review project progress and compliance with the EMP based on field visits, consultations with the PMO and PIUs environment officers, contractors, and CSCs, and review of the monitoring reports by the CSCs and EMA. The site visits will include a comparison of the works and conditions observed with the EMP mitigation and monitoring measures in Tables EMP-2 and 3. The site visits will include, but not be limited to: visual inspection of worker and construction solid waste at worker camps and work sites; evidence of soil erosion, water pollution, and sewage; community and occupational health and safety (camp hygiene, availability of clean water); and, evidence that emergency response plans are in place and that workers are familiar with them. There is no set frequency for these inspections: the LIEC will make site visits as often as possible within the available budget, focused especially on periods of peak construction. The findings of the LIEC will be reported to ADB through the semi-annual environment monitoring reports. 14. Semi-annual environment monitoring reports. The PMO will submit these reports to ADB. They will include: (i) progress made in EMP implementation, (ii) overall effectiveness of the EMP implementation (including public and occupational health and safety), (iii) environmental monitoring and compliance, (iv) institutional strengthening and training, (v) public consultation

164

(including GRM), and (vi) any problems encountered during construction and operation, and the relevant corrective actions undertaken. The LIEC will help the PMO prepare the reports and submit the English report to ADB for disclosure. A standard reporting template will be provided by ADB to PMO to assist in report preparation. 15. Project completion environmental audits. Within three months after each subproject completion, or no later than a half year with permission of the local EEB, environmental acceptance monitoring and audit reports of each subproject completion shall be: (i) prepared by a licensed environmental monitoring institute or the facility owner if the facility owner has the competence in accordance with the PRC Interim Measures for Acceptance of Environmental Protection upon Completion of Construction projects (2017) and submitted to environmental authority though the national construction project environmental impact assessment information management platform (http://114.251.10.205/) and (iii) reported to ADB through the semi-annual environment monitoring reports. 16. Quality assurance (QA) /quality control (QC) for compliance monitoring. To ensure accuracy of the monitoring, QA/QC procedures will be conducted in accordance with the following regulations: (i) regulations of QA/AC Management for Environmental Monitoring issued by the State Environmental Protection Administration in July 2006; (ii) QA/QC Manual for Environmental Water Monitoring (Second edition), published by the State Environmental Monitoring Centre in 2001; and (iii) QA/QC Manual for Environmental Air Monitoring published by the State Environmental Monitoring Centre in 2001.

Table EMP-4: Environmental Monitoring Program for “Internal” and “External”

Monitoring Subproject Parameter Location Frequency Implement Supervise

CONSTRUCTION PHASE

1. Internal monitoring-by contractors, CSCs, PMO and PIU-ES

Ambient air quality

Compliance with air pollution mitigation measures (Tables EMP-2 and 3)

Visual inspection at all construction sites

1 time/week Contractor, CSC, PIU

PMO, LIEC

Noise LAeq: measured with hand-held meter Contractor performance targets: (i) noise level meets standard at site boundary; (ii) for nearby households most at risk from the construction noise, the installed noise barriers reduce noise levels by at least 80%

Construction site boundary

1 time / week minimum during peak construction levels at work sites

Contractor, CSC, PIU

PMO, LIEC

Soil erosion intensity and

Visual inspection at spoil sites and

1 time / week; and

Contractor, CSC, PIU

PMO, LIEC

165

Subproject Parameter Location Frequency Implement Supervise

Soil erosion and re-vegetation

survival rate of re-vegetation

all construction sites, especially embankment sections of project river sections

immediately after heavy rainfall

Re-vegetation of embankments and other areas,

Visual inspection along embankment sections and all revegetation areas

At least 2 times / year

Contractor, CSC, PIU

PMO, LIEC

Soil run-off and contamination

(i) adequacy of soil runoff prevention measures; (ii) adequacy of soil contamination prevention techniques.

Visual inspection of the construction sites.

Weekly during peak construction period, and monthly after

Contractor, CSC, PIU

PMO, LIEC

Water quality of rivers where the dredging will be done

Turbidity (e.g., Sechhi Disk values)

(i) Visual inspection, (ii) measurement with Sechhi Disk or other simple and cost-effective method

Daily during dredging

Contractor, CSC

PIU, PMO, LIEC

Solid and liquid waste management

(i) adequacy of solid and liquid waste management, storage and containment system; (ii) presence of solid waste dumps, waste fires. Contractor performance target: no uncollected waste at end of works each day

Visual inspection of the construction sites.

Weekly during peak construction period, and monthly after.

Contractor, CSC, PIU

PMO, LIEC

Occupational health and safety

Camp hygiene, safety, availability of clean water, EMRs Contractor performance target: camps clean, EMRs in place; 100% of workers aware of EMR procedures

Visual inspection and interviews with construction workers and contractors at construction sites

Weekly during peak construction period, and monthly after.

Contractor, CSC, PIU

PMO, LIEC

166

Subproject Parameter Location Frequency Implement Supervise

Community health and safety

(i) adequacy of construction site signage, fencing, and noise mitigation measures; (ii) type and extent of any accidents; (iii) emergencies and responses; (iv) public complaints (e.g., about noise, pollution, safety)

Visual inspection of the construction sites informal interviews with nearby residents

Weekly during peak construction period, and monthly after.

Contractor, CSC, PIU

PMO, LIEC

2. External monitoring-by certified environment monitoring agency

Water quality of rivers where the dredging will be done

Sediment levels (mg/L), (turbidity (e.g., Sechhi Disk values), dissolved oxygen

300 m upstream and 300 m downstream of the dredging sites

2 times/year during dredging

EMA EEB, PMO, LIEC

Quality of sewage and discharge channels at worker camps

pH, SS, NH3-N, CODCr, petroleum

Domestic wastewater discharge at work-camps9

2 times/year during construction

EMA EEB, PMO, LIEC

Construction wastewater

SS, oil, pH (i) 100 m upstream and 100 m downstream of river embankment works; (ii) at wastewater discharge points of all construction sites

2 times/year during construction

EMA EEB, PMO, LIEC

Air quality TSP, PM10 All construction sites (at least 1 point upwind, 1 point downwind) and nearby sensitive receivers (Section IV of EIA)

2 times/year during construction

EMA EEB, PMO, LIEC

Odor Dredging sites 2 times/year during construction

EMA EEB, PMO, LIEC

Noise LAeq Boundaries of all construction sites and sensitive receivers (Chapter V-sensitive receivers within project area of influence)

2 times / year (twice a day: once in day time and once at night time, for 2 consecutive days)

EMA EEB, PMO, LIEC

Biological survey

Yellow catfish and golden mandarin catfish: annual

Sections with dredging activities

Once a year after works completed;

EMA EEB, PMO, LIEC

167

Subproject Parameter Location Frequency Implement Supervise

catch to monitor size class distribution

all dredge sections

Benthic organisms and plankton: annual sampling

OPERATIONAL PHASE-by certified environment monitoring agenc, PIUs, and/or operators of project facilities

Subproject 1: Flood Risk Management

Noise LAeq Boundary at pump stations

Quarterly (twice a day: once in day time and once at night time, for 2 consecutive days)

EMA EEB, PMO, LIEC

Subproject 2: Huangjin River National Wetland Park Restoration and Protection

Soil and Vegetation

Plant survival and coverage

All planting sites Spot check, twice a year

PIU-Forestry Bureau

PMO

Pesticide use Sites for wetland restoration

Inventory of all pesticide use, including disease/pest occurs, application rate and time, amount used

Ongoing, as required

PIU-Agriculture and Rural Affairs Bureau

PMO

Subproject 4: Integrated Water Supply in Urban and Rural Pingjiang

Air quality H2S, NH3, Odor Boundary of Nanjiang WSP

Yearly, 3 day each time

EMA EEB, PMO, LIEC

Effluent from water treatment plant (comprising sewage and wastewater from the treatment process)

pH, CODcr, BOD5, NH3-N, SS, DO, TP, fecal coliform

Discharge outlet of Nanjiang WSP

Quarterly, 3 days each time; Real-time monitoring

EMA EEB, PMO, LIEC

Noise LAeq Boundary of Nanjiang WSP

Quarterly (twice a day: once in day time and once at night time, for 2 consecutive days)

EMA EEB, PMO, LIEC

Subproject 6: Rural domestic wastewater treatment and sanitary conditions improved

Air quality H2S, NH3, Odor Boundary of the site of wastewater treatment facility; Sensitive receptors

Yearly, 3 day each time

EMA EEB, PMO, LIEC

168

Subproject Parameter Location Frequency Implement Supervise

identified in Table IV-1

Wastewater pH, CODcr, BOD5, NH3-N, SS, DO, TP, fecal coliform

Outlet of wastewater treatment facility

Quarterly, 3 days each time; Real-time monitoring

EMA EEB, PMO, LIEC

Noise LAeq Boundary of wastewater treatment facility

Quarterly (twice a day: once in day time and once at night time, for 2 consecutive days)

EMA EEB, PMO, LIEC

Subproject 7: Sustainable Livestock Waste Management

Noise LAeq Boundary of the site

1 time/year, (twice a day: once in day time and once at night time, for 2 consecutive days)

EMA EEB, PMO, LIEC

Exhaust gas H2S, NH3, Odor Boundary of the site

Quarterly, 3 day each time

EMA EEB, PMO, LIEC

Surface water pH, COD, BOD5, NH3-N, SS, total phosphorus, fecal coliforms, roundworm eggs

Downstream of the livestock farm

Semi-annual, (3 days each time)

EMA EEB, PMO, LIEC

Groundwater pH, permanganate index, ammonia nitrogen, total hardness, nitrate, nitrite, total fecal coliform

Livestock farm Quarterly, 3 days each time

EMA EEB, PMO, LIEC

Soil COD, NH3-N Cultivated land that the effluent and slags applied

When necessary

EMA EEB, PMO, LIEC

Subproject 8: Promotion of Eco-farming Technology and Practices

Pesticide use Inventory of all agro-chemicals and pesticide use, including disease/pest occurs, application rate and time, amount used

All subproject farms and enterprises

Ongoing, as required

PIU- Agriculture and Rural Affairs Bureau

PMO

BOD5 = 5-day biochemical oxygen demand, CODcr = chemical oxygen demand, CSC = construction supervision company, EMA = environmental monitoring agency, EMR = emergency response plan, EEB = ecology and environment bureau, LAeq = equivalent continuous A-weighted sound pressure level, NH3-N = ammonia nitrogen, NOx = nitrogen oxide, OPF = operator of project facility, PM10 = particles measuring <10μm, PMO = project management office, PIU

169

=project implementation unit, SO2 = sulfur dioxide, SS = suspended solids, TSP = total suspended particle, WSP = water supply plant. 1 Compared by measuring noise on each side of the noise barrier with a hand-held meter.

Table EMP-5: Environmental Reporting Plan

Report From To Frequency of Reporting

Construction Phase

Internal progress reports CSC PIU Monthly

Environment impact monitoring reports

EMA PMO, PIUs Semi-annual

Environmental acceptance monitoring and audit reports

Licensed institute

EEB, PMO, PIUs

Within three months after component completion

Environmental monitoring report PMO ADB Semi-annual

Operation Phase

EMP progress reports PMO ADB Semi-annual ADB = Asian Development Bank, CSC = construction supervision company, EEB = ecology and environment bureau, EMA = environmental monitoring agency, PIU =project implementation unit, PMO = project management office.

E. Institutional Strengthening and Training 17. The PMO and PIUs have no previous experience with ADB-funded projects or safeguard requirements. The experience of individual staff within the county, townships and county EEB for environmental management varies considerably. Domestic EIAs and project approvals generally include limited mitigation measures, but there is not yet a regulatory requirement in the PRC for EMPs of the scope required by ADB. Implementation of the current EMP represents a significant new task for the local agencies. Preliminary training on EMP implementation was provided by the TA Consultant during the project preparation phase, including roles and responsibilities of contractors and CSCs for EMP implementation, project impacts, and mitigation measures. 18. During implementation, a capacity building program will be implemented for safeguards and technical capacity for the designed components, including: (i) implementation of the EMP, including the mitigation measures, monitoring, and reporting; (ii) operation and maintenance of the constructed facilities; (iii) integrated flood disaster prevention and response. Training will be provided by the loan implementation consultants and Pingjiang County EEB, facilitated by the PMO and PIUs. Trainees will include the PMO, PIUs, contractors, CSCs, and relevant local bureaus (including water resources, agriculture, forestry, housing and urban-rural development etc.).

Table EMP-6: Project Environment Training Program Training program Scope of Training Trainer Trainee Time Days Persons

Procurement and contract management (emphasize EMP implementation)

• ADB procurement guidelines

• Bidding document and contract preparation, including EMP clauses

• Risk of improper procurement and mitigation measures, and handling variation orders and contract management

PICs PMO, PIUs, 1 1 80

Implementation of EMP

• ADB safeguard policy statement requirements for EMP implementation and progress reporting

• Roles, responsibilities, monitoring, inspection, reporting in EMP

• Environment monitoring program;

• Public consultation and participation;

• GRM implementation, coordination, reporting, working with the public;

LIEC, EEB

PMO, PIUs, contractors,

CSCs

2 2 80

170

Training program Scope of Training Trainer Trainee Time Days Persons

• Environment, health and safety during project construction and operation for workers and the community;

• Occupational health and safety, including (i) prevention and control of transmissible diseases and HIV/AIDS, (ii) implementation of COVID-19 health and safety plan (see Table EMP-2 and Attachment 3)

Ecological management

• Management and conservation of rivers and wetland

• Maintenance of planted vegetation and habitats of the project embankments

• Eco-farming practices

PICs OPF, PMO 2 2 50

Operation and maintenance of the completed project facilities

• Topics to be tailored to each project component, including but not limited to: integrated pest management practices, safe sludge disposal process, odor control. etc.

LIEC, EEB

OPF, PMO 3 3 80

Climate change resilience

• Energy saving and GHG emission reduction

• Carbon sink by revegetation and afforestation

LIEC OPF, PMO 1 1 50

Emergency preparedness and response planning

• Organize drill on emergency conditions such as flood, fire, natural disaster, epidemic, explosion, etc.

Experts from EEB, LIEC

OPF, PMO, other

bureaus

1 1 80

Total 10 10 710

Total Cost USD 14,200 training for 710 person times in total, assuming USD 20 for each person time)

ADB = Asian Development Bank, CAB = civil affairs bureau, EEB = environment protection bureau, EMP = environment management plan, GHG = greenhouse gas, GRM = grievance redress mechanism, OPF = operator of project facilities, PIC = project implementation consultant, PIU = local project management office, PMO = project management office.

F. Grievance Redress Mechanism 19. This project GRM is a joint GRM for (i) the initial identification, documentation, and preliminary management of both environmental and social safeguard-related grievances; (ii) the resolving of environmental safeguard-related grievances; and (iii) the resolving of, and/or timely referral of, social safeguard-related grievances. The GRM complies with ADB’s SPS (2009), and PRC requirements to protect the rights of citizens from construction-related environmental and/or social impacts. Decree No. 431 Regulation on Letters and Visits, issued by the State Council of PRC in 2005, codifies a complaint acceptance mechanism at all levels of government and protects the complainants from retaliation. Based on the regulation, the former MEP published updated Measures on Environmental Letters and Visits (Decree No. 15) in December 2010. 20. The GRM is designed to achieve the following objectives: (i) provide channels of communication for local villages and communities to raise concerns about environmental and social-related grievances which might result from the project; (ii) prevent and mitigate adverse environmental and social impacts to villages and communities caused by project construction and operation, including those associated with resettlement; (iii) improve mutual trust and respect and promote productive relationships between the project agencies and local villages and communities; and (iv) build village and community acceptance of the project. The GRM is accessible to all members of the villages and communities, including women, youth, minorities and poverty-stricken villagers and residents. Multiple points of entry are available, including face-to-face meetings, written complaints, telephone conversations, e-mail, and social media 21. Environmental and social safeguard-related grievances may differ considerably in the nature of grievances and agencies, procedures, and timing required to address them. The GRM

171

provides a simple, time-based mechanism to meet project needs as required. Social safeguard issues beyond the scope of the GRM procedures, including issues related to land acquisition or resettlement, will be referred to relevant agencies as needed. 22. The PMO Environment Officer and Social Officer and PIU Environment Officers and Social Officers will lead the coordination of the GRM. However, all project agencies and staff will be trained in the GRM and are expected to take an active role in implementing the GRM. At the PMO level, the PMO Environment Officer and PMO Social Officer will establish a GRM tracking and documentation system, conduct daily coordination with the PIU officers, arrange meetings and conduct site visits as necessary, maintain the overall project GRM database, and prepare the reporting inputs for progress reports to ADB. At the PIU level, the environment and social officers will instruct contractors and CSCs on the GRM procedures, and coordinate with the local EEBs and other government divisions as necessary. PMO and PIU staff will be trained and supported by the LIEC and loan implementation social consultant. 23. The contact persons for different GRM entry points, such as the PMO and PIU environmental and social officers, contractors, operators of project facilities, and EEBs, will be updated prior to construction. The contact details for the entry points (phone numbers, addresses, e-mail addresses) will be publicly disclosed on information boards at construction sites and on the websites of the local EEB. 24. Public grievances to be addressed by the GRM may include disturbance of agricultural activities, traffic, dust emissions, construction noise, inappropriate disposal of construction wastes, damage to private houses, safety measures for the protection of the public and construction workers, and/or water quality deterioration. 25. The GRM will be accessible to diverse members of the villages and community, including more vulnerable groups such as women, minority and poor. Multiple points of entry, including face-to-face meetings, written complaints, telephone conversations, or e-mail, will be available. 26. If a complaint is received, the PMO and PIU officers will identify if the complaint is eligible for management under the GRM. Eligible complaints under the GRM include those where: (i) the complaint pertains to the project; and (ii) the issues arising in the complaint fall within the scope of environmental and/or social issues that the GRM is authorized to address. Ineligible complaints include those where: (i) the complaint is not project-related; (ii) the nature of the issue is outside the mandate of the GRM (such as fraud or corruption); and/or (iii) other procedures would be more appropriate to address the issue. Ineligible complaints will be documented and provided to the relevant authorities and the complainant will be informed of these steps. The procedure and timeframe for the GRM are as follows and summarized in Figure EMP-1. 27. GRM procedure and timeframe. Procedures and timeframes for the grievance redress process are as follows:

• Stage 1 (5 calendar days): If a concern arises during construction or operation, the affected person may submit a written or oral complaint to any of the project agencies and personnel involved and to whom the affected person feels most comfortable in raising the issue e.g., with the contractor, PIUs, PMO, and/or village committees (construction phase) or operator of the project facility, PIUs, and/or village committees (operation phase). Upon being approached the affected person or being informed of the issue, the contractor will: (i) respectfully acknowledge the issue and immediately stop the causal activity (e.g., on-site construction causing high noise levels to a nearby household); (ii) not resume the activity

172

until the complaint has been resolved; (iii) inform the PIU of the incident on the same day of the incident occurring and how the contractor has responded or will respond; (iv) give a clear reply to the affected person within two calendar days; and (v) as far as possible, resolve the problem within five calendar days from receiving the complaint. The PIU will: inform the PMO, local village committee, and Ecology and Environment Bureau of the incident within one working day of being informed by the contractor; and, subsequently, keep these parties informed at all stages.

• Stage 2 (5 calendar days): If the issue cannot be resolved in Stage 1, after five calendar days, the PIU and/or PMO will take over responsibility. Eligibility of the complaint will be assessed and a recommended solution given to the complainant and contractors within two calendar days. If the solution is agreed upon by the complainant, the contractors and/or facility operators (in operation) will implement the solution within five calendar days from the PIU or PMO, taking over the responsibility of the complaint. Written records will be made of all stages and outcomes. At the expiration of Stage 2, PMO will inform ADB of the outcome.

• Stage 3 (15 calendar days): If no solution can be identified by the PMO and/or PIU, and/or the complainant is not satisfied with the proposed solution, the PMO and/or PMO will organize, within seven (7) calendar days, a stakeholder meeting (including the complainant, contractor and/or operator of the facility, EEB, PIU, PMO). A solution acceptable to all shall be identified, including clear steps. The contractors (during construction) and facility operators (during operation) will immediately implement the agreed solution. All attempts will be made to fully resolve the issue within 15 calendar days. Written records will be made of all stages and outcomes. At the expiration of Stage 3, PMO will inform ADB of the outcome.

28. The contractor and/or PIU will ensure the affected person is updated at all times, in each stage, of the progress toward resolving the grievance. The GRM does not affect the right of an affected person to submit their complaints to any agency they wish to, for example, the local village committee, community leaders, courts, PMO, PIUs, governments of Pingjiang County, and/or ADB. Pingjiang County is relatively small, and the geographic spread of the subprojects is not anticipated to hinder implementation of the GRM due to the combined approach of centralized (PMO) and de-centralized (PIUs, village committees) structure and responsibilities for the GRM. 29. The PMO and PIUs shall bear any and all costs of implementing the GRM, including meeting, travel, and/or accommodation costs of the project staff or affected person. The GRM will be implemented throughout project construction and at least the first year of operation for each project facility.

173

ADB = Asian Development Bank, AP = affected persons, EEB = Ecology and Environment Bureau, PMO = Project Management Office, GRM = grievance redress mechanism, LRB = Land Resources Bureau.

Figure EMP-1: Environmental Grievance Redress Mechanism G. Consultation, Participation, and Information Disclosure 30. Information disclosure and public consultation relating to environment safeguards will continue throughout project implementation. The project’s environmental information will be disclosed by the local EEB and ADB as follows:

(i) The project IEE will be disclosed on the project website at https://www.adb.org/. (ii) The tabular environmental impact assessment (in Chinese) will be disclosed on the

website of Pingjiang County EEB at http://www.pingjiang.gov.cn/35048/35075/35081/47947/48046/index.htm.

(iii) All environmental monitoring reports during project implementation will be available at https://www.adb.org/.

(iv) The project information and GRM entry points will be disclosed on the information board of each construction site (in Chinese).

31. Meaningful public consultation was conducted during project preparation (Section VI of the project IEE). During construction, the project will continue to seek public consultation and raise awareness of project activities, especially those may impact the public, such as noise, dust or odor from dredged sediment. The public consultation plan is in Table EMP-7 and includes public participation in evaluating environmental benefits and impacts. PMO shall announce the time, place, theme, and registration method of the meeting to the public through the website and post announcements in places where the public can easily be informed 2 weeks prior to the meeting. PMO shall disclose the minutes and measures to address the public concerns truthfully to the public through the website, WeChat group, community posters, etc., within 5 working days after the consultation forum.

174

Table EMP-7: Public Consultation and Participation Plan Organizer Approach Times/Frequency Subjects Attendees

Pre-construction phase

PMO and PIUs, LIEC

Public consultation workshop and site visit

Once before construction commences

Introduce the project activities, proposed mitigation measures, entry points of the GRM

Residents adjacent to subproject sites (Table IV-1)

Construction phase

PMO and PIUs, LIEC

Questionnaire survey, site visits, informal interviews

Once a year during peak construction

Construction impacts; adjusting mitigation measures if necessary; feedback

Workers, residents adjacent to subproject sites (Table IV-1)

PMO and PIUs, LIEC

Public consultation workshop and hearing

At least once during peak construction period

Adjusting of mitigation measures if necessary; construction impact; and comment and suggestion

Residents adjacent to subproject sites (Table IV-1)

Operation stage

PMO, PIUs, and OPF

Consultation and site visits

At least once in first year of operation

Effects of mitigation measures, impacts of operation, feedback

Affected persons and/or agencies

Public workshop As needed based on consultations

As above As above

Public survey At least once after 1 year of operation

Comments and suggestions

Project beneficiaries

LIEC = loan implementation environmental consultant, OPF = operator of project facilities, PIU=project implementing unit, PMO = project management office.

H. Cost Estimates 32. This section provides an estimate of the cost of EMP implementation. The cost comprises expenses for three categories: the mitigation measures described in Tables EMP-2 and 3; monitoring in Table EMP-4; and training in Table EMP-6. The cost estimation is calculated for five years construction and the first-year operation. The costs do not include: (i) detailed design revisions and adjustments; (ii) internal monitoring and inspection of solid waste disposal, soil erosion and re-vegetation, and occupational health and safety during construction (these costs will be included in the design, construction and construction supervision contracts); and (iii) salaries of PMO and PIUs staff. Costs for mitigation measures and training are based on estimates in the domestic environmental assessments and the experience of the TA consultants from other similar projects. All costs were discussed with the DEIA Institute, PMO and PIUs.

33. The total estimated cost for EMP implementation (Table EMP-8) accounts for about 1% of the total project physical investment, spread over 6 years. These estimates cover the minimum required monitoring standards of the PRC and project scope. Construction-phase costs will be paid by the contractors (as part of their contracts). For the operations phase, the operational costs for the project facilities will be funded by the facility operators. For the external environmental monitoring in the operational phase: for the first year of operations, a monitoring agency will be contracted by the PMO; for subsequent years, external monitoring (e.g., to comply with PRC monitoring requirements) will be paid by the PIUs and/or operators of the project facilities.

175

Table EMP-8: Cost Estimates for EMP Implementation Item Unit Unit cost

(USD) No. units Total

(USD) Cost per year

(USD)

1. Project management and capacity building-paid by PMO

1.1 Environmental capacity building throughout the project implementation

Person times

20 710 14,200

1.2 Public consultation throughout the project implementation

times 1000 5 5,000

1.3 Start-up national environment consultant

pm 6000 2 12,000

1.4 LIEC pm 6000 12 72,000

1.5 National fish expert pm 6000 1 6,000

1.6 GRM 6,000 1,000

Subtotal 115,200

2. Environmental mitigation measures during construction-paid by contractors

CS1 CS2 CS4 CS5 CS6 CS7 CS8

2.1 Soil erosion and contamination LS 45,000 10,000 45,000 25,000 25,000 25,000 10,000

2.2 Dust and air pollution control LS 75,000 20,000 75,000 40,000 40,000 40,000 20,000

2.3 Noise and vibration LS 70,000 17,000 70,000 35,000 35,000 35,000 17,000

2.4 Surface water pollution LS 50,000 13,000 50,000 26,000 26,000 26,000 13,000

2.5 Solid waste LS 50,000 12,000 50,000 25,000 25,000 25,000 12,000

2.6 Protection of flora and fauna LS 92,500 24,000 92,500 46,000 46,000 46,000 24,000

2.7 Community health & safety LS 10,000 2,500 10,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 2,500

2.8 Occupational health & safety LS 14,000 4,000 14,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 4,000

Subtotal 406,500 102,500 406,500 209,000 209,000 209,000 102,500

Total 1,645,000

3. Environmental mitigation measures during operation-paid by each OPF

3.1 River embankment inspection and maintenance-Subproject 1a

LS 73,000

3.2 Operation and maintenance for 26 medical wastewater treatment facilities-Subproject 6

LS 39,000

3.3 Operation and maintenance for 94 livestock waste management facilities-Subproject 7

LS 94,000

3.4 Sludge treatment for Nanjiang WSP-Subproject 4

LS 7,000

Subtotal 142,000

4. Environmental monitoring during construction by EMA – paid by PMO

6.1 Dust at construction site 2 times / year

50 252 N/A 126,000

6.2 Ambient air quality at sensitive receptors

2 times / year

50 56 N/A 28,000

6.3 Noise at construction site 2 times / year

10 436 N/A 43,600

6.4 Surface water 2 times / year

60 70 N/A 42,000

6.5 Odor at dredging sites 2 times / year

200 4 N/A 8,000

6.6 Biological Survey-Subproject 1 Once after completion of construction 6,000

Subtotal (for five years) 253,600

5. Environmental monitoring during operation by EMA – paid by PMO

7.1 Subproject 1 LS 1000

176

7.2 Subproject 2 LS 500

7.3 Subproject 4 LS 4000

7.4 Subproject 6 LS 20,000

7.5 Subproject 7 LS 20,000

7.6 Subproject 8 LS 6,000

Subtotal 51,500

Grand total (xUSD10,000) 227.83

Proportion of total physical investment (%)

1%

EMA = environmental monitoring agency, EMP = environmental management plan, GRM = grievance redress mechanism, LIEC = loan implementation environment consultant; pm=person month; LS=lump sum; CS=contractor of subproject. a-including USD71,000 for fish releasing once the river works under subproject 1 completed.

I. Mechanisms for Feedback and Adjustment 34. Based on-site inspections and monitoring reports, including environmental monitoring reports, the PMO with assistance from the LIEC will decide whether (i) EMP is adequate and effective and further mitigation measures are required as corrective actions, or (ii) some improvements are required for environmental management practices. The effectiveness of mitigation measures and monitoring will be evaluated in the environmental progress reports submitted to ADB. The need to update and adjust the EMP will be reviewed when there are design changes, changes in construction methods and program, negative environmental monitoring results or inappropriate monitoring locations, and ineffective or inadequate mitigation measures. 35. The PMO will play a critical role in the feedback and adjustment mechanism with the support from the LIEC. Where unanticipated environmental impacts become apparent during project implementation, the PMO shall update the environmental assessment and EMP or prepare a new environmental assessment and EMP to assess the potential impacts, evaluate the alternatives, and outline mitigation measures and resources to address those impacts. In such cases, the PMO will inform ADB promptly on any proposed changes to the project and needed adjustments to the EMP. The updated EMP will be submitted to ADB for review and approval and will be disclosed on the ADB project website. PMO will assess whether further mitigation measures are required as corrective action, or improvement in environmental management practices are required with the support from the LIEC.

177

ATTACHMENT 2: DRAFT TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL POSITIONS

1. PROJECT MANAGEMENT OFFICE ENVIRONMENT OFFICER

A. Scope and Duration of Work

1. The officer will work on behalf of the project management office (PMO) to coordinate the implementation of the project environmental management plan (EMP). The EMP is the critical guiding document to manage, monitor, and report upon project environmental impacts. Implementation of the EMP is a full-time task. For this reason, the PMO will assign at least one full-time officer for this role. These terms of reference describe the requirements for this officer. The officer will report directly to the PMO. The position is for the entire project duration (5 years).

B. Qualifications 2. The officer will have: (i) an undergraduate degree or higher in environmental management or related field; (ii) at least 5 years of experience in environmental management, monitoring, and/or impact assessment; (iii) ability to communicate and work effectively with local communities, contractors, and government agencies; (iv) ability to analyze data and prepare technical reports; (v) willingness and health to regularly visit the project construction sites and in different seasons; and (vi) ideally, proficiency in spoken and written English.

C. Detailed Tasks 3. The PMO environment officer will have a detailed understanding of the project EMP and supporting documents, including the domestic environmental reports, initial environmental examination (IEE), and environmental assurances. The officer will have the following tasks. (i) Assess whether the EMP requires updating due to any changes in project design, which

may have occurred after the EMP was prepared. (ii) Distribute the Chinese language version of the EMP to all relevant agencies, including the

PIUs, and provincial and municipal agencies for environment protection. This should occur at least 3 months before construction begins.

(iii) Conduct meetings with agencies as necessary to ensure they understand their specific responsibilities described in the EMP.

(iv) Ensure that relevant mitigation, monitoring, and reporting measures in the EMP are included in the bidding documents, contracts, and relevant construction plans.

(v) Confirm that the PIUs responsible for the internal environment monitoring described in the EMP understand their tasks and will implement the monitoring in a timely fashion.

(vi) At least 2 months before construction begins, establish and implement the project grievance redress mechanism (GRM) described in the EMP. This will include: (a) preparation of a simple table and budget identifying the type, number, and cost of materials needed to inform local communities about the GRM and starting dates and scope of construction; (b) design, prepare, and distribute these materials, and plan and conduct the community meetings; (c) prepare a form to record any public complaints; (d) preparation of a summary table to record all complaints, including dates, issues, and how they were resolved; and (e) ensure that all relevant agencies, including contractors, understand their role in the GRM.

(vii) Prior to construction, ensure that the implementation agencies and their contractors have informed their personnel, including all construction workers, of the EMP requirements. This will include all mitigation measures relating to impacts to air, water, noise, soil, sensitive

178

sites, ecological values, cultural values, worker and community health and safety, respectful behavior when communicating with local communities, and responding to and reporting any complaints.

(viii) During project construction, make regular site visits with the loan implementation environment consultant (LIEC) to assess progress, meet with contractors and/or local communities, and assess compliance with the EMP.

(ix) Ensure that all relevant agencies submit required progress reports and information, including environmental monitoring and reports of any issues or grievances.

(x) Compile, review, and store environmental progress reports from the implementation agencies, records of any grievances, and any other relevant issues. Maintain digital copies of all information. When necessary, enter data into summary tables in digital format (e.g., to transfer records of grievances from hard copy forms). Ensure that all information is stored in the PMO filing system, backed up, and can be easily retrieved.

(xi) Prepare semiannual environment progress reports. (xii) Work closely with the PMO, PIUs, and other agencies as needed to conduct these tasks.

D. Reporting Requirements 4. Semiannual environment monitoring reports using the template provided by ADB or a domestic format reviewed and approved by ADB.

E. Logistical Support Provided by the PMO to the Environment Officer (i) Provision of hard and soft copies of the project EMP, domestic and project environmental

reports, feasibility study reports, loan and project agreements, maps, and other supporting materials as necessary to ensure the officer can implement the tasks.

(ii) Vehicle transport, office materials, and other logistical support, as necessary for the officer to visit the project construction sites and local communities, arrange and conduct meetings, and prepare and distribute consultation materials.

(iii) Overall coordination, including review of the draft semiannual monitoring reports, and final responsibility for submission of the monitoring reports to ADB.

2. PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION UNIT SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL OFFICER

A. Scope and Duration of Work

1. At the project level, coordination of the social development action plan (SDAP), gender action plan (GAP), land use rights transfer framework (LURTF) and EMP is the responsibility of the PMO social officer and environment officer. At the subproject level, daily coordination and implementation of the SDAP, GAP, LURTF and EMP will be undertaken by the PIUs responsible for each subproject. For this purpose, each PIU requires a PIU social and environmental officer. These officers will work on behalf of the PIUs to implement the project SDAP, GAP, LURTF and EMP. The officers will report directly to each of their PIU managers and work closely with the county social and environment protection bureaus (SEBs), social and environment monitoring agencies or experts (SEMAs), and PMO social and environment officers. The positions are for the entire project duration (5 to 6 years).

B. Qualifications 2. The officer will have: (i) a master’s degree or higher in social and/or environmental management or related field; (ii) at least 10 years of experience in social and/or and environmental

179

management, monitoring, and/or impact assessment, including specific experience on the management and monitoring of agriculture projects; (iii) ability to communicate and work effectively with local communities, contractors, and government agencies; (iv) ability to analyze data and prepare technical reports; (v) willingness and health to regularly visit the project construction sites and in different seasons; and (vi) ideally, proficiency in English.

C. Detailed Tasks 3. The PIU social and environment officer will have a detailed understanding of the project SDAP, GAP, LURTF and EMP and supporting documents, including the domestic social and environmental reports, project IEE, and project social and environmental assurances. The officer will have the following tasks. (i) Work closely with the PMO social and environment officers, SEB, social and environment

monitoring agencies, contractors, construction supervision companies, and all other relevant agencies to implement the SDAP, GAP, LURTF and EMP.

(ii) Distribute the Chinese language version of the SDAP, GAP, LURTF and EMP to all relevant agencies, including the PIUs, provincial and municipal agencies for social and environment protection. This should occur at least 3 months before construction begins.

(iii) Conduct meetings with agencies as necessary to ensure they understand their specific responsibilities described in the SDAP, GAP, LURTF and EMP.

(iv) Ensure that contractors implement the SDAP, GAP, LURTF and EMP. (v) Implement the monitoring and reporting requirements in the SDAP, GAP, LURTF and EMP,

including timely submission of progress reports to the PMO social and environment officers. (vi) Implement the project grievance redress mechanism. (vii) Make regular inspections of construction sites to assess progress, meet with contractors

and/or local communities, and assess compliance with the SDAP, GAP, LURTF and EMP. (viii) Maintain digital records of all progress and information. (ix) Support the PMO social and environment officers in all of their tasks.

D. Reporting Requirements 4. Monthly reports to the PMO social and environment officers. 3. LOAN IMPLEMENTATION START-UP CONSULTANT (ENVIRONMENT) (NATIONAL)

A. Background

1. The project will be coordinated by the Pingjiang PMO, whose overall responsibility includes implementation of the project EMP. At the field level, the project will be implemented by PIUs, under each implementing agency. In the early stages of project implementation, the PMO and PIUs will be assisted by “start-up consultants”, who help establish the preparatory administrative and technical work required for efficient project implementation. This will include a national environment specialist. After completion of this “start-up” phase, a team of loan implementation consultants, including an environment specialist, will take over the work of the “start-up” consultants, to provide long-term support to the PMO and PIUs.

B. Scope and Duration of Work

180

2. The consultant will help with early establishment of the project environmental management plan (EMP). This is a short-term position at the beginning of project implementation.

C. Qualifications

3. The specialist will have: (i) a master’s degree or higher in environmental management or related field; (ii) at least 12 years of experience in environmental management, monitoring, and/or impact assessment, including specific experience on the management and monitoring of environmental projects; (iii) familiarity with ADB project management requirements and national environmental management procedures; (iv) ability to communicate and work effectively with local communities, contractors, and government agencies; (v) ability to analyze data and prepare technical reports; (vi) willingness and health to regularly visit the subproject sites; and (vii) proficiency in spoken and written English.

D. Detailed Tasks

4. The environmental specialist will undertake the following tasks:

(i) Work closely with the PMO, PIUs and design institutes to ensure that preparation of the detailed engineering designs (DEDs) fully incorporates the designs and mitigation measures described in the project initial environmental examination (IEE) and environmental management plan (EMP).

(ii) Assess whether any of the DEDs are sufficiently different from the preliminary designs approved by the Government and ADB that updates to the IEE, EMP are required. This may include, but not be limited to: major changes in proposed alignments and/or locations of facilities; new subcomponents requiring infrastructure works and/or which may have environment; and/or cancellation of approved components.

(iii) With the PMO and ADB, discuss any changes required for the IEE, EMP. Assist the PMO to prepare any new impact assessments and/or updates as required; and to submit these to ADB for review. No changes to any of the ADB-approved documents will be made without prior approval of the Government and ADB.

(iv) Assist the PMO and PIUs in establishing the project grievance redress mechanism (GRM), including procedures to ensure documentation and reporting of complaints, follow-up actions, and results.

(v) Provide training to PMO and PIU staff so that they will understand ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (2009), policies, and compliance requirements for environmental management; national and local regulations and standards for environmental protection, health, labor, and occupational safety; and the project IEE and EMP.

(vi) Provide hands-on guidance in preparing the first environmental monitoring report to ADB. (vii) Work closely with the KfW consulting team.

E. Reporting Requirements

1. Upon completion of the consultancy, submit a written report describing the work accomplished, any key challenges encountered and/or technical concerns for further consideration, and lessons learned.

F. Logistical Support to be Provided by the PMO

181

(i) Provision of hard and soft copies of the project EMP, domestic and project environmental reports, feasibility study reports, loan and project agreements, maps, and other supporting materials as necessary to ensure the officer can implement the tasks.

(ii) Facilitation of site visits and meetings, as needed. 4. LOAN IMPLEMENTATION ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANT (NATIONAL)

A. Qualifications 5. The specialist will have: (i) a master’s degree or higher in environmental management or related field; (ii) at least 10 years of experience in environmental management, monitoring, and/or impact assessment; (iii) familiarity with ADB project management requirements and national environmental management procedures; (iv) ability to communicate and work effectively with local communities, contractors, and government agencies; (v) ability to analyze data and prepare technical reports; (vi) willingness and health to regularly visit the subproject sites; and (vii) proficiency in spoken and written English. B. Tasks 6. Working closely with the PMO environment officer and PIU social and environmental focal staff, and other staff and agencies, the loan implementation environment consultant (LIEC) will do the following. 7. Before construction: (i) Ensure project environmental readiness, including: (i) all contractor contracts include, and

will comply with, the EMP; and (iii) relevant sections of the EMP are incorporated in construction plans and contracts.

(ii) Assist the PMO and PIUs to implement the grievance redress mechanism (GRM), including: (i) establish and publicize the GRM; and (ii) collate and evaluate grievances received.

(iii) Develop procedures to: (i) monitor EMP implementation progress; (ii) collate and evaluate data collected in the EMP environmental monitoring program; and (iii) prepare and submit the semiannual environmental monitoring reports to ADB (to continue until project completion report).

(iv) Undertake training of project agencies as required by the EMP training plan. (v) Provide hands-on support and on-the-job training to the PMO, PIUs, and contractors on the

specific requirements of the EMP as required. (vi) Work closely with the KfW consulting team 8. During project implementation: (i) Undertake site visits to all PIUs during subproject construction and operating phase. (ii) Assist in the ongoing public consultation process as described in the project IEE. (iii) Conduct and monitor project compliance with the EMP and all relevant assurances and

covenants in the loan and project agreements for environmental safeguards; identify any environment-related implementation issues; and, propose necessary responses in corrective action plans.

(iv) Assist the PMO and PIUs in managing the accredited environmental external monitoring

182

agencies for conducting periodic environmental impact monitoring in compliance with the approved monitoring plan defined in the EMP;

(v) Undertake training of project agencies as required by the EMP training plan, and provide hands-on support and on-the-job training to the PMO and/or PIUs and contractors on the specific requirements of the EMP, as required.

(vi) Undertake simple and cost-effective on-site quantitative measurements to regularly check that the construction complies with the environmental monitoring standards and targets, especially for noise, and water turbidity (during the dredging and embankments), using a basic hand-held meter.

(vii) Design a simple and cost-effective water monitoring program for the subprojects involving crop production. The objective of the program is to assist the PMO and PIUs in measuring and reporting monthly and annual water use for agriculture in each subproject. This will enable: (a) the PMO, PIUs, and county water bureaus to monitor water use in relation to allocation quotas and overall sustainability; (b) the PMO, PIUs, and ADB to assess whether the project is achieving improvements in water use (compared with existing crop production). Prepare and finalize the program methodology in consultation with the PMO and PIUs. The program should include the data collected through the soil moisture sensors to be installed by the project; and, be integrated with the data collection and storage system to be prepared by the PIUs, so that the water monitoring data is incorporated as part of the overall project computer systems and can be easily viewed as needed by the PMO and PIUs.

(viii) Assist PMO to prepare semiannual environmental monitoring progress reports for submission to ADB. The reports will focus on progress with implementation of the EMP, compliance with environment-related project assurances, and results of the water monitoring.

(ix) Work closely with the KfW consulting team.

C. Duration and Logistical Arrangements 9. The proposed duration of the consultancy is at least 12 person-months (intermittent). Applicants who show initiative by bringing their own field monitoring equipment (e.g., to conduct on-site checks during field visits) will be well-regarded. 5. FISH ECOLOGIST (NATIONAL)

A. Qualifications 10. The specialist will have: (i) a master’s degree or higher in fish ecology or related field; (ii) at least 10 years of experience in ecological surveys, studies, and conservation of fish species of the PRC; (iii) ability to conduct environmental impact assessment for fish, and to design simple yet effective measures to avoid, minimize, and/or mitigate potential impacts of project activities, especially dredging; (iv) ability to communicate and work effectively with local communities, contractors, government agencies, and other agencies as needed; (v) ability to analyze data and prepare technical reports; (vi) willingness and health to conduct field assessments; and (vii) ideally, working level of spoken and written English (not essential). B. Tasks 11. Working closely with the PMO environment officer and PIU social and environmental focal staff, loan implementation environment consultant, and other personnel, the specialist will do the following.

183

(i) Review available information and studies on the fish species that occur within the National

Pingjiang Section of the Miluo River Germplasm Resources Protection Zone (the Zone). Especially, focus on a review of three key species: golden mandarin fish Siniperca scherzeri and yellow catfish Pelteobagrus fulvidraco (protected for their high economic value and short supply to the market) and Japanese eel (Anguilla japonica; listed as Endangered on the IUCN Red List of Threatened Species).

(ii) For these three species, summarize the past records of the species, previous and current status, usage by people, and the extent and quality of breeding and foraging habitat in the Zone.

(iii) Conduct a rapid field survey to assess the current presence of these three species in the Zone. Focus field work on the river sections planned for dredging and embankment under the project. The survey should include field sampling as well as brief visits to local markets and interviews with fishermen.

(iv) Prepare a map showing: the locations of suitable breeding and foraging habitat, locations of past and present records, and locations of the project dredging and embankment sites.

(v) Assess the potential impacts of the planned project dredging and embankment sites to the local populations – if any – of these three species.

(vi) Develop simple and effective measures to mitigate these potential impacts. (vii) Provide specific, time-based measures for: (a) the re-establishment of natural wood debris

and rocks in the river channel after dredging (to provide shelter for fish) and (b) native plant species to be planted in and along the river channel (to provide food and egg spawning sites). W

(viii) Work with the PMO and engineers to refine the detailed engineering designs to avoid, minimize, and mitigate the potential impacts, by incorporating the consultant’s recommendations in the designs for the dredging, embankments, and post-construction site rehabilitation.

(ix) Prepare a draft consultant report. This will be reviewed by the PMO and ADB and comments will be provided to the consultant. The consultant will then submit a final report. The report will be in Chinese-language and English-language.

C. Duration and Logistical Arrangements 12. The proposed duration of the consultancy is one person-month, to be conducted in a single continuous period during the project stage of detailed engineering designs. The consultant will provide all equipment needed to conduct field work and prepare the report.

184

ATTACHMENT 3: COVID 19 – HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN. APPLICATION OF INTERNATIONAL GOOD PRACTICE OHS AT THE WORKPLACE

Item Good Practices Who implement

s

Who supervises

Awareness materials

• Preparation of awareness materials on COVID-19 e.g., signs, posters

• Installation of awareness signs at work sites, for visibility to workers and the general public

Contractor CSC, LPMO, PMO, LIEC

Detection Measures

• Control and document the entry/exit to the work site for both workers and other parties.

• Prevent sick workers from entering the site through checking temperatures of workers and other people entering the site. Require self-reporting prior to entering the site.

• All workers to self-monitor their health, possibly with the use of questionnaires, and take their body temperature regularly.

• Thermal screening at the workplace to be considered only in the context of a combination of measures for prevention and control of COVID-19 at the workplace and along with risk communication.

•

Contractor CSC, LPMO, PMO, LIEC

Physical Distancing measures

• Keep a distance of at least 1 meter between workers and minimize physical contact, ensure strict control over external access, and queue management (marking on the floor, barriers).

• Reduce density of people in the building (no more than 1 person per every 10 square metres), physical spacing at least 1 meter apart for work stations and common spaces, such as entrances/exits, lifts, pantries/canteens, stairs, where congregation or queuing of employees or visitors/clients might occur.

• Avoid crowding by staggering working hours to reduce the congregation of employees at common spaces such as entrances or exits.

• Implement or enhance shift or split-team arrangements, or teleworking.

• Minimise the movement of local workers in and out of the site (e.g., avoid workers returning home to affected areas, or returning to site form affected areas).

• Minimise the workers’ contact with local community.

Contractor CSC, LPMO, PMO, LIEC

Respiratory measures

• All workers should wear a face mask.

• If a worker is sick, they should not come to work if a member of staff or a worker feels unwell while at work, provide a medical mask so that they may get home safely.

• Where masks are used, whether in line with government policy or by personal choice, it is very important to ensure safe and proper use, care and disposal

Contractor CSC, LPMO, PMO, LIEC

Hand Hygiene measures:

• Regular and thorough handwashing with soap and water or hand hygiene with alcohol-based hand-rub (a) before starting work, before eating, frequently during the work shift, especially after contact with co-workers or customers, (b) after going to the bathroom, after contact with secretions, excretions and body fluids, after contact with potentially contaminated objects (gloves, clothing, masks, used tissues, waste), and immediately after removing gloves and other protective equipment but before

Contractor CSC, LPMO, PMO, LIEC

185

Item Good Practices Who implement

s

Who supervises

touching eyes, nose, or mouth.

• Hand hygiene stations, such as hand washing and hand rub dispensers, should be put in prominent places around the workplace and be made accessible to all staff, contractors, clients or customers, and visitors along with communication materials to promote hand hygiene

Cleaning and Disinfection

• Cleaning and Disinfection off all site facilities, including offices, accommodation, canteens and common spaces:

• Cleaning (soap, water, and mechanical action) to remove dirt, debris, and other materials from surfaces. Disinfection of dirty surfaces and objects only after cleaning.

• Most common disinfectants – sodium hypochlorite (bleach) of surface at concentration 0.1% or alcohol at least 70% concentration for surfaces which can be damaged by sodium hypochlorite.

• Priority disinfection of high-touch surfaces - commonly used areas, door and window handles, light switches, kitchen and food preparation areas, bathroom surfaces, toilets and taps, touchscreen personal devices, personal computer keyboards, and work surfaces.

• Disinfectant solutions must always be prepared and used according to the manufacturer’s instructions, including instructions to protect the safety and health of disinfection workers, use of personal protective equipment, and avoiding mixing different chemical disinfectants.

• Provide appropriate PPEs to the cleaners.

• Manage the waste as the medical waste, and dispose of it in accordance with local regulations.

Contractor CSC, LPMO, PMO, LIEC

Response measures if workers found with COVID-19 symptos

• Workers who are unwell or who develop symptoms consistent with COVID-19 to stay at home, self-isolate, and contact a medical professional or the local COVID-19 information line for advice on testing and referral (consider telemedicine and flexible sick leave policy).

• Standard operating procedures to be prepared to manage a person who becomes sick at the workplace and is suspected of having COVID-19, including isolation, contact tracing and disinfection.

• People who were in close contact at the workplace with persons with laboratory-confirmed COVID-19 should be quarantined for 14 days from the last time of the contact in accordance with WHO recommendations.

• Set out differentiated procedures for the treatment of sick persons, based on the case severity. Pay workers throughout periods of illness, isolation or quarantine.

• Set aside a part of worker accommodation for precautionary self-quarantine.

• Establish communications with local medical services and refer sick workers to there.

Contractor CSC, LPMO, PMO, LIEC

Adjusting Work Practices and

• Consider changes to work processes and timings to minimize contact between workers (e.g., decreasing the size of work team, changing to a 24-hour work rotation).

• Cancel or postpone non-essential travel to areas with

Contractor CSC, LPMO, PMO, LIEC

186

Item Good Practices Who implement

s

Who supervises

Manage Work Related Travels

community transmission of COVID-19.

• Provide hand sanitizer to workers who must travel, advise workers to comply with instructions from local authorities where they are travelling, as well as information on whom to contact if they feel ill while travelling.

• Workers returning from an area where COVID-19 transmission is occurring should monitor themselves for symptoms for 14 days and take their temperature twice a day; if they are feeling unwell, they should stay at home, self-isolate, and contact a medical professional.

Communication and Contact With the Community

• Carefully manage the relations with the community with clear and regular communication.

• Made aware of the procedures put in place at the site to address issues related to COVID-19.

• Practice social distancing with the local community.

Contractor CSC, LPMO, PMO, LIEC

Risk communication, training, and education

• Provide posters, videos, and electronic message boards to increase awareness of COVID-19 among workers and promote safe individual practices at the workplace, engage workers in providing feedback on the preventive measures and their effectiveness.

• Provide regular information about the risk of COVID-19 using official sources, such as government agencies and WHO, and emphasize the effectiveness of adopting protective measures and counteracting rumours and misinformation.

• Special attention should be given to reaching out to and engaging vulnerable and marginalized groups of workers, such as those in the informal economy and migrant workers, domestic workers, subcontracted and self-employed workers, and those working under digital labour platforms.

• Train the workers on procedures in place by the project, and their own responsibilities in implementing them.

Contractor CSC, LPMO, PMO, LIEC